WIRELESS ONE INC
424B3, 1997-05-01
CABLE & OTHER PAY TELEVISION SERVICES
Previous: VASTAR RESOURCES INC, 10-Q, 1997-05-01
Next: MFS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST, 497J, 1997-05-01



   

    

PROSPECTUS

Wireless One, Inc.

     $239,252,000

     13 1/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2006
     and Warrants to Purchase Shares of Common Stock

Wireless  One,  Inc.  (the  "Company")  has  issued $239,252,000 in principal
amount of 13 1/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2006 (the "Notes") and Warrants 
(the "Warrants") to purchase common stock, $0.01 par  value per share (the 
"Common Stock"), of the Company. The Notes will accrete in value until August
1, 2001 at a  rate of  13 1/2% per annum, compounded semi-annually, to an 
aggregate principal amount of $239,252,000.  Cash interest will not accrue on
the Notes prior to August  1, 2001.  Thereafter, interest on the Notes will
accrue at a rate of 13 1/2% per annum and will be payable in cash semi-annually
on February 1 and August 1 of each year,  commencing February 1, 2002.  The 
Notes will be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at
any time on or after August 1, 2001 at the redemption prices set forth herein,
together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. 
In addition, in the event of a sale by the Company prior to August 1, 1999 of
at least $25 million of its Capital Stock or Qualified Subordinated 
indebtedness (each as defined)  to  a  Strategic Investor (as defined), up to a 
maximum of 30% of the aggregate principal  amount  originally issued of the 
Notes may be redeemed at the election of the Company;  provided that at least
70% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued remains
outstanding after  the occurrence  of  such redemption.  See "Description of
Notes  -- Optional Redemption."

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined), each holder of Notes
may require the Company to repurchase all or a portion of such holder's Notes
at 101% of the Accreted Value  (as  defined)  thereof, or, in the case of any
such purchase on or after August 1, 2001, at 101%  of  the  principal  amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the purchase date.  See
"Description  of Notes - Certain Covenants -- Purchase of Notes upon a Change
of Control."

The Notes are senior  obligations  of the Company ranking pari passu in right
of  payment  to all existing and future  Indebtedness  (as  defined)  of  the
Company, other than Indebtedness that is expressly subordinated to the Notes.
However, subject  to  certain  limitations  set  forth  in the Indenture, the
Company   and   its   Subsidiaries  (as  defined)  may  incur  other   senior
Indebtedness, including  Indebtedness  that  is  secured by the assets of the
Company and its Subsidiaries.  In addition, although  the  Notes  are  titled
"Senior," the Company is a holding company that conducts substantially all of
its  business  through  subsidiaries,  and  the  Notes  will  be  effectively
subordinated  to  all  liabilities  of  the Company's subsidiaries, including
trade payables.  As of March 31, 1997, the  Company  had  $279.2  million  of
Indebtedness.   The  outstanding  Indebtedness  and  trade  payables  of  the
Company's Subsidiaries as of March 31, 1997 were approximately $34.1 million.
See "Description of Notes."

   
Each Warrant will entitle the holder to purchase 2.274 shares of Common Stock
at  $16.6375  per  share,  subject to adjustment under certain circumstances.
Warrant holders may exercise  the  Warrants at any time after August 12, 1997
and on or prior to August 12, 2001.   Collectively,  the Warrants entitle the
holders thereof initially to purchase, in the aggregate,  544,059  shares  of
Common  Stock  of  the  Company or approximately 3% of the outstanding Common
Stock on the date hereof.   On  April 25, 1997, the last reported sales price
of the Common Stock as reported on  the  Nasdaq  National  Market  (which  is
quoted under the symbol "WIRL") was $3.375 per share.


     SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 10 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN
       FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED IN EVALUATING AN
           INVESTMENT IN THE NOTES AND THE WARRANTS.

    

   THE NOTES AND THE WARRANTS HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE
    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
         NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE
              SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR
               ADEQUACY OR THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION
                   TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.



   This Prospectus has been prepared for use by Chase Securities Inc. ("CSI")
in  connection with offers and sales related to market-making transactions in
the Notes  and  Warrants.   CSI  may  act  as  principal  or  agent  in  such
transactions.  Such sales will be made at prices related to prevailing market
prices at the time of sale.

   
                The date of this Prospectus is April 30, 1997.

    


                              PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

      The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information  and financial statements (including the notes thereto) appearing
elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus.   Unless  the  context  otherwise  requires,
references  to the  "Company"  mean  Wireless  One,  Inc.,  its  subsidiaries
(including TruVision Wireless, Inc. ("TruVision")) and predecessors.

      Wireless  One,  Inc.  (the  "Company")  acquires,  develops,  owns  and
operates  wireless  cable  television systems, primarily in small to mid-size
markets in the southeastern  United  States.   Wireless  cable programming is
transmitted via microwave frequencies from a transmission facility to a small
receiving antenna at each subscriber's location, which generally  requires an
unobstructed  line-of-sight  ("LOS")  from  the transmission facility to  the
subscriber's  receiving  antenna.   The  Company   targets   markets  with  a
significant number of households that can be served by LOS transmissions  and
that are unpassed by traditional hard-wire cable.  The Company estimates that
approximately  25%  of  the  LOS  households  in  its Markets (as hereinafter
defined)  are  unpassed  by traditional hard-wire cable.   The  Company's  83
Markets (including 13 held  by  a  limited  liability  company  of  which the
Company  owns  50%)  are located in Texas, Louisiana, Mississippi, Tennessee,
Kentucky, Alabama, Georgia,  Arkansas,  North  Carolina,  South  Carolina and
Florida  and  represent  approximately  11.0  million  households  (including
households  in  Markets  held  through such limited liability company).   The
Company believes that approximately  8.1  million  of  these  households (2.0
million of which are in Markets held through such limited liability  company)
can be served by LOS transmissions.

      Many of the households in the Company's Markets, particularly in  rural
areas,  also  have  limited  access to local off-air VHF/UHF programming from
ABC,  NBC, CBS and Fox affiliates,  and  typically  do  not  have  access  to
subscription  television  service  except via satellite television operators,
whose equipment and subscription fees generally are more costly than those of
wireless cable, and which are unable  to  retransmit  local off-air channels.
In  many of the Company's rural Markets, the Company believes  a  significant
number  of  the  households  that  are  passed  by  cable are served by cable
operators  with  lower  quality  service  and limited reception  and  channel
lineups than the Company's services.  As a  result, the Company believes that
its  wireless  cable  television  service  is  an attractive  alternative  to
existing television choices for both passed and  unpassed  households in many
of its Markets.

      At  December  31,  1996, the Company's Markets included 32  markets  in
which the Company has systems  in  operation  ("Operating  Systems")  and  38
markets  ("Future  Launch  Markets," and together with the Operating Systems,
the  "Markets")  in  which the  Company  has  aggregated  either   sufficient
wireless cable channel  rights to commence construction of a system or leases
with or options from applicants for channel licenses that the Company expects
to  be granted by the Federal  Communications  Commission  (the  "FCC").   In
addition,  the  Company  owns  a  50% interest in a limited liability company
which holds channel rights to serve  13  markets  in  North  Carolina, all of
which  are  Future  Launch  Markets.   Through  increases  in  the number  of
subscribers in its Operating Systems, the addition of eight Operating Systems
through  its  merger with Truvision and new system launches, the Company  was
able to increase  its aggregate number of subscribers  from 7,525 at December
31, 1995 to 69,825  at  December 31, 1996, representing a penetration rate of
2.6% of the LOS households in the Operating Systems at December 31, 1996.

Recent Developments

      TruVision Transaction   -   In  July  1996,  the  Company  merged  with
TruVision  in  exchange for approximately 3.4 million shares of the Company's
common stock (the  "TruVision  Transaction").   At  the  time  of the Merger,
TruVision (i) had Operating Systems located in Jackson, Natchez,  Oxford  and
the  Gulf  Coast and Delta regions of Mississippi and Demopolis, Alabama (ii)
held wireless cable channel rights in other areas of Mississippi, for Memphis
and Flippin,  Tennessee and for Gadsden and Tuscaloosa, Alabama and (iii) had
acquisition transactions pending in a number of additional Markets, including
Lawrenceburg, Jackson  and  Chattanooga,  Tennessee,  Hot  Springs, Arkansas,
Huntsville,  Alabama, and Jacksonville, North Carolina.  As of  December  31,
1996,  Markets  acquired  as  part  of  the  TruVision  Transaction  included
approximately 2.0 million LOS households and 31,639 subscribers.

      Applied Video Acquisition  -  In May 1996, the Company acquired Applied
Video Technologies,  Inc.  ("Applied  Video")  for  a total purchase price of
approximately  $6.5  million.   The acquisition of Applied  Video  added  one
Operating System (Dothan, Alabama)  and  two  Future  Launch Markets (Albany,
Georgia   and   Montgomery,  Alabama).   These  three  Markets   consist   of
approximately  263,100  LOS  households.   The  Albany,  Georgia  System  was
launched  in September  1996.   Operations  in  the  Albany,  Georgia  System
together with  the Dothan, Alabama system, as of December 31, 1996, accounted
for 1,343 subscribers.

      Other Acquisitions   -   In 1996, the Company also acquired (i)  Shoals
Wireless,  Inc.,  whose principal  asset  was  an  Operating  System  in  the
Lawrenceburg, Tennessee  Market,  for approximately $1.2 million (the "Shoals
Purchase"),  (ii) an Operating System  and  hard-wire  cable  system  in  the
Huntsville, Alabama  Market  (the  "Madison  Purchase")  for approximately $6
million,  (iii)  rights to 11 wireless cable channels in the  Macon,  Georgia
Market for approximately  $600,000,  (iv)  rights  to  eight  wireless  cable
channels in the Bowling Green, Kentucky Market for $300,000, (v) rights to 16
wireless  cable  channels  in  the  Jacksonville,  North  Carolina Market for
approximately $820,000 ($800,00 of which is being withheld  pending grants of
licenses) and 12 wireless cable channels in the Chattanooga, Tennessee Market
for  $517,000  and  (vi)  rights to 11 MDS channels and filings for  20  ITFS
licenses (both as hereafter  defined)  and  related transmission tower leases
and approvals in Auburn/Opelika, Alabama for $600,000.

      Pending  Acquisitions  -  The Company has  entered  into  a  definitive
agreement with SkyView  Wireless Cable, Inc. to acquire rights to 22 wireless
cable channels and a substantially  completed  transmission  facility  in the
Jackson,  Tennessee  Market  for  approximately  $2.7  million and to acquire
rights to 20 wireless cable channels in the Hot Springs,  Arkansas Market for
approximately $1.5 million.  The Company also has entered into  an  agreement
with  Wireless  Ventures,  L.L.C.  ("Wireless  Ventures")  to acquire a fifty
percent  interest  in  Wireless  Ventures,  which  holds  BTA (as hereinafter
defined) authorizations in certain markets in Georgia for approximately  $1.0
million.

      BTA  Auction   -   In March 1996, the Company, TruVision, Applied Video
and Wireless One of North  Carolina,  LLC ("WONC") participated in an auction
(the "BTA Auction") conducted by the FCC for the exclusive right to apply for
available  Multipoint  Distribution  Service  ("MDS")  channels  in
certain  designated  Basic Trading Areas ("BTAs"), subject to compliance with
the FCC's interference  standards  and  other rules.  The Company, TruVision,
Applied Video and WONC were the winning bidders  for BTA authorizations in 72
BTA  markets  (the "BTA Markets"), and such authorizations,  which  primarily
will increase,  upon  FCC  approval,  the  number of expected channels in the
Company's Markets where BTAs are held, are reflected  in  the information set
forth herein.  Subsequent to the BTA Auction and consistent  with  FCC rules,
the  Company  filed  applications  for  authorizations  in  each  BTA Market.
Approximately 95% of these authorizations have been granted by the  FCC.  The
winning  bids  of the Company, TruVision and Applied Video in the BTA Auction
aggregated approximately  $30.3  million  (net  of  a  small business bidding
credit),  80%  of  which is being financed through indebtedness  provided  to
the Company by the United States government.

   
     First Quarter 1997 Results.  On April 29, 1997, the Company reported
revenues for the first quarter ended  March  31,  1997  of  $7.1 million,
compared  to $1.0 million for the first quarter of 1996 and $5.5  million
for the fourth  quarter  of 1996.  Consolidated EBITDA was negative  $3.9
million for the first quarter  of 1997, compared to negative $2.2 million
for the first quarter of 1996 and  negative  $4.6  million for the fourth
quarter  of 1996.  System EBITDA (as defined in "Management's  Discussion
and Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of Operations") was
negative $1.3 million of the first quarter of 1997 compared  to  negative
$2.3  million  for the fourth quarter of 1996.  For the first quarter  of
1997, 11 Operating  Systems  had  positive EBITDA compared to six for the
fourth quarter of 1996.  As of March 31, 1997, the Company had a total of
88,409 subsidiaries in 33 Operating Systems, one of which was launched in
the first quarter of 1997.

     2.3GHz Auction.  The Company,  through  a cooperative bidding effort
with BellSouth Corp. ("BellSouth"), acquired certain  rights with respect
to the spectrum in the 2.3GHz range at the FCC auction  with  respect  to
such  spectrum  conducted  in  April  1997.  The Company's agreement with
BellSouth calls for the Company to own  10MHz  of  spectrum  covering its
existing  wireless  cable  footprint.   If  the  partition  agreement  is
approved by the FCC, the Company will pay approximately $1.1  million for
the  spectrum,  which  covers  approximately 11 million total households.
The Company expects to use the spectrum  to  facilitate  two way data and
internet  services  and  to  provide  additional  channel  capacity   for
downstream video.

    

      The  Company's  executive  offices  are  located at 11301  Industriplex
Boulevard, Suite 4, Baton Rouge, Louisiana   70809-4115,  and  its  telephone
number at such address is (504) 293-5000.



                              SECURITIES OFFERED

The Notes:
Maturity Date                       August 1, 2006.

Principal Amount at Maturity        $239,252,000

Interest Rate and Payment Dates     The  Notes  will  accrete in value until
                                    August 1, 2001 at a rate of 13 1/2%  per
                                    annum,  compounded  semi-annually,  Cash
                                    interest  will  not  accrue on the Notes
                                    prior  to  August 1, 2001.   Thereafter,
                                    interest on  the  Notes will accrue at a
                                    rate  of 13 1/2% per annum  and  will be
                                    payable   in   cash   semi-annually   on
                                    February 1 and August 1  of  each  year,
                                    commencing February 1, 2002.
                                    
Optional Redemption                 The  Notes  will  be  redeemable  at the
                                    option  of  the Company, in whole or  in
                                    part, at any  time on or after August 1,
                                    2001 at the redemption  prices set forth
                                    herein, together with accrued and unpaid
                                    interest,  if  any,  to  the   date   of
                                    redemption.
                                    
                                    In addition, at any time or from time to
                                    time  prior to August 1, 1999, up to 30%
                                    of  the   aggregate   principal   amount
                                    originally  issued of the Notes will  be
                                    redeemable at  the option of the Company
                                    with the Net Cash  Proceeds (as defined)
                                    from a sale to a Strategic  Investor  of
                                    the  Company's Capital Stock (other than
                                    Redeemable  Capital  Stock (as defined))
                                    or  Qualified Subordinated  Indebtedness
                                    in a  single  transaction or a series of
                                    related transactions  for  an  aggregate
                                    purchase price equal to or exceeding $25
                                    million  at a redemption price equal  to
                                    113.5% of  the  Accreted  Value  of  the
                                    Notes  to  the date of redemption of the
                                    Notes;  provided,   that   after  giving
                                    effect to any such redemption,  at least
                                    70% of the aggregate principal amount of
                                    the   Notes  originally  issued  remains
                                    outstanding thereafter.
                                    
Change of Control                   Upon  the  occurrence  of  a  Change  of
                                    Control,  each holder of Notes will have
                                    the option  to  require  the  Company to
                                    repurchase  all  or  a  portion of  such
                                    holder's Notes at 101% of  the  Accreted
                                    Value  thereof,  or, in the case of  any
                                    such  purchase  on or  after  August  1,
                                    2001, at 101% of  the  principal  amount
                                    thereof,   plus   accrued   and   unpaid
                                    interest,  if any, to the purchase date.
                                    However,   certain    highly   leveraged
                                    transactions may not be  deemed  to be a
                                    Change  of  Control,  including, without
                                    limitation, transactions with affiliates
                                    that  comply  with  the other  covenants
                                    included   in   the   Indenture.     See
                                    "Description  of  Notes."  Additionally,
                                    there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the
                                    Company   will   have   the    financial
                                    resources  necessary  to repurchase  the
                                    Notes  upon  a Change of  Control.   See
                                    "Risk Factors  -- Change of Control" and
                                    "Description   of   Notes   --   Certain
                                    Covenants -- Purchase  of  Notes  Upon a
                                    Change of Control."
                                    
Ranking                             The  Notes are senior obligations of the
                                    Company  ranking  pari passu in right of
                                    payment  to  all  existing   and  future
                                    Indebtedness of the Company, other  than
                                    Indebtedness     that    is    expressly
                                    subordinated  to  the   Notes.   However
                                    subject  to  certain limitations  (which
                                    may not limit  the  Company's ability to
                                    engage   in  certain  highly   leveraged
                                    transactions)    set    forth   in   the
                                    Indenture,   between  the  Company   and
                                    United Trust Company  of  New York dated
                                    August  12, 1996 (the "Indenture"),  the
                                    Company and  its  Subsidiaries may incur
                                    other  senior  Indebtedness,   including
                                    Indebtedness  that  is  secured  by  the
                                    assets    of   the   Company   and   its
                                    Subsidiaries.   In addition, the Company
                                    is  a  holding  company   that  conducts
                                    substantially   all   of   its  business
                                    operations   through  its  Subsidiaries,
                                    and,  therefore,   the   Notes  will  be
                                    effectively subordinated to all existing
                                    and   future   Indebtedness  and   other
                                    liabilities  and   commitments  of  such
                                    Subsidiaries, including  trade payables.
                                    As  of March 31, 1997, the  Company  had
                                    $279.2  million  of  Indebtedness.   The
                                    outstanding   Indebtedness   and   trade
                                    payables  of  the Company's Subsidiaries
                                    as of March 31, 1997, were approximately
                                    $34.1  million.    See  "Description  of
                                    Notes."
                                    
Certain Covenants                   The     Indenture    contains    certain
                                    covenants,  including limitations on the
                                    incurrence of  Indebtedness,  the making
                                    of   restricted  payments,  transactions
                                    with  affiliates,   sale  and  leaseback
                                    transactions, the existence and creation
                                    of liens, the disposition of proceeds of
                                    asset  sales, the making  of  guarantees
                                    and pledges  by Restricted Subsidiaries,
                                    transfers  and  issuances  of  stock  of
                                    Subsidiaries,   issuance   of  preferred
                                    stock  by  Restricted Subsidiaries,  the
                                    imposition    of     certain     payment
                                    restrictions on Restricted Subsidiaries,
                                    investments        in       Unrestricted
                                    Subsidiaries,   the   conduct   of   the
                                    Company's business and  certain mergers,
                                    consolidations and sales of assets.  See
                                    "Description   of   Notes   --   Certain
                                    Covenants."
                                    
Original Issue Discount             The  Notes  were  issued  with  original
                                    issue  discount  for Federal income  tax
                                    purposes.  Thus, although  cash interest
                                    will  not accrue on the Notes  prior  to
                                    August  1,  2001  and  there  will be no
                                    periodic  payments  of  interest on  the
                                    Notes   prior   to  February  1,   2002,
                                    original issue discount  (that  is,  the
                                    difference between the stated redemption
                                    price at maturity and the issue price of
                                    the  Notes)  will  accrue from the issue
                                    date  of a Note to August  1,  2001  and
                                    will be  includable  as  interest income
                                    for each day during each taxable year in
                                    which the Note is held by  a  holder  in
                                    such  holder's  gross income for Federal
                                    income  tax  purposes   in   advance  of
                                    receipt  of  the cash payments to  which
                                    the income is attributable.  See "United
                                    States Federal Income Tax Matters."
The Warrants:
Warrants                            239,252 Warrants, which, when exercised,
                                    will  entitle  the  holders  thereof  to
                                    acquire 544,059  shares  of Common Stock
                                    (the   "Warrant  Shares"),  representing
                                    approximately   3%  of  the  outstanding
                                    Common Stock as of the date hereof.
                                    
Registration Rights                 The Company has agreed that for a period
                                    of four years commencing  on  the  first
                                    anniversary  of the date of issuance  of
                                    the  Warrants  it   will   maintain  the
                                    effectiveness    of    a    registration
                                    statement  with respect to the  issuance
                                    of the Common  Stock  from  time to time
                                    upon exercise of the Warrants.
                                    
Exercise                            Each  Warrant  will  entitle the  holder
                                    thereof  to  purchase  2.274  shares  of
                                    Common  Stock  at an exercise  price  of
                                    $16.6375 per share.   The  Warrants will
                                    be exercisable at any time on  or  after
                                    August  12,  1997.  The number of shares
                                    of Common Stock for which, and the price
                                    per  share  at  which,   a   Warrant  is
                                    exercisable  are  subject  to adjustment
                                    upon  the occurrence of certain  events,
                                    as provided  in  the  warrant  agreement
                                    relating  to  the Warrants (the "Warrant
                                    Agreement").  The  Common  Stock  issued
                                    upon  the  exercise of the Warrants will
                                    be registered  under  the Securities Act
                                    of  1933,  as  amended (the  "Securities
                                    Act").  A Warrant  does  not entitle the
                                    holder to receive any dividends  paid on
                                    the  Common Stock.  See "Description  of
                                    Warrants."
                                    
Expiration of Warrants              The Warrants  will  expire on August 12,
                                    2001  (the  "Expiration   Date").    The
                                    Company  will  give notice of expiration
                                    not less than 90  nor more than 120 days
                                    prior  to  the Expiration  Date  to  the
                                    registered   holders    of    the   then
                                    outstanding  Warrants.   If  the Company
                                    does not give such notice, the  Warrants
                                    will still terminate and become void  on
                                    the Expiration Date.

      For additional information concerning  the  Notes  and the Warrants and
the definitions of certain capitalized terms used above, see  "Description of
Notes" and "Description of Warrants."

                                 RISK FACTORS

      See "Risk Factors" for a discussion of certain factors that  should  be
considered  in  evaluating  an  investment  in  the  Notes  and  the Warrants
including,  but not limited to, risks related to the substantial indebtedness
of the Company  and  the  insufficiency  of  its  earnings to cover its fixed
charged;  the  Company's limited operating history, its  lack  of  profitable
operations, its  negative  cash  flow  and  the  early stage of the Company's
development; the Company's need for additional financing; the holding company
structure  of  the  Company and its dependence on its  subsidiaries  for  the
repayment of the Notes;  the  ranking  of  the  Notes;  the Company's need to
manage  its  growth; and the uncertainty of the Company's ability  to  obtain
certain FCC authorizations.

              SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

      The following  table  sets  forth  summary  consolidated  financial and
operating data of the Company.  The summary consolidated balance  sheet  data
as  of December 31, 1996 and the summary statement of operations data for the
period  from  February 4, 1993 (inception) to December 31, 1993 and the years
ended December  31,  1994,  1995  and 1996 were derived from the consolidated
financial statements of the Company  which  were audited by KPMG Peat Marwick
LLP, independent certified public accountants.   The  consolidated  financial
statements  as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 and for the years ended December
31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 are included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

      The financial  statements  for the year ended December 31, 1995 reflect
the operating results of the Company  for  the  period  from  January 1, 1995
through  October  18,  1995 and the combined results of the Company  and  the
certain  assets  acquired   in   October   1995   from   Heartland   Wireless
Communications,  Inc.  ("Heartland")  for  the  period  from October 19, 1995
through  December  31,  1995.  The financial statements for  the  year  ended
December 31, 1996 reflect the operating results of the Company for the period
from January 1, 1996 through  July  28,  1996 and the combined results of the
Company and TruVision for the period from  July 29, 1996 through December 31,
1996.  The information contained in this table  should be read in conjunction
with  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and
Results of Operations" and the Company's financial  statements (including the
notes thereto) contained elsewhere in this Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 Period from
                                  February 4,
                                      1993
                                (inception) to         Year Ended December 31,
                                  December 31,  --------------------------------------  
                                      1993          1994        1995         1996
                                  -----------   -----------  -----------  ------------
<S>                               <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>
Statement of Operations  Data:
Revenues                          $      ---    $   399,319  $ 1,410,318  $ 11,364,828
Total operating expenses             162,199      2,489,430    7,056,724    35,600,797
Operating loss                      (162,199)    (2,090,111)  (5,646,406)  (24,235,969)
Interest expense and other, net         (411)      (171,702)  (2,046,068)  (20,134,426)
Net loss                            (162,610)    (2,261,813)  (7,692,474)  (39,670,395)
Net loss applicable to common 
  stock                             (162,610)    (2,261,813)  (8,478,863)  (39,670,395)
Other Data:
EBITDA(1)                         $ (134,710)   $(1,695,529) $(3,929,689) $(12,610,462)
Depreciation and amoritzation         27,489        413,824    1,783,066    11,625,507
Capital expenditures(2)              442,977      8,116,896   16,567,472   104,306,746
Deficiency of earnings to 
  fixed charges(3)                   162,610      2,261,813    8,478,863   (44,370,395)
  
Operating Data at End of Period:
Number of Operating Systems              ---              3           10            32
Estimated LOS households in  
  Operating Systems                      ---        337,700      926,100     2,675,200
Subscribers in Operating
  Systems                                ---          2,504        7,525        69,825


</TABLE>
                                                   As of December 31,1996
                                                   ----------------------
Balance Sheet Data:
Working capital(4)                                      $ 106,676,500
Total assets                                              395,609,362
Current portion of long-term debt                           3,169,383
Long-term debt                                            299,909,221
Deferred taxes                                              6,500,000
Total stockholders' equity                                 70,666,682


  (1) "EBITDA"  represents  net  income (loss) plus interest  expense  (net),
      income tax expense, depreciation  and  amortization  and all other non-
      cash  charges,  less  any  non-cash  items  which  have  the effect  of
      increasing  net  income  or  decreasing  net loss.  EBITDA is presented
      because  it is a widely accepted financial  indicator  of  a  company's
      ability to  service  and/or incur indebtedness.  However, EBITDA should
      not be considered as an  alternative  to  net  income  as  a measure of
      operating results or cash flows as a measure of liquidity.

  (2) Includes purchases of property, plant and equipment as well  as  leased
      license and license investments.

  (3) In  calculating  the  deficiency of earnings to fixed charges, earnings
      consist of net losses prior  to  income taxes and fixed charges.  Fixed
      charges  consist of interest expense,  amortization  of  debt  issuance
      costs and one-third of rental payments on operating leases (such amount
      having been  deemed by the Company to represent the interest portion of
      such payments).

  (4) Includes approximately  $18,149,180 of funds held in escrow at December
      31, 1996 to be used to pay  interest  due  on  the Company's 13% Senior
      Notes due 2003.



                                 RISK FACTORS

   Prospective investors should carefully consider the  following  factors in
addition  to  other  information  contained  in this Prospectus regarding  an
investment  in  the  Notes  and  Warrants  offered hereby.   This  Prospectus
contains certain statements that are not historical facts, which are "forward
looking statements" within the meaning of Section  27A  of the Securities Act
and  Section  21E  of  the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as  amended  (the
"Exchange  Act")  that reflect  management's  best  judgment  concerning  the
matters contained therein  based  on factors currently known.  Actual results
could differ materially from those  anticipated  in  these  "forward  looking
statements" as a result of a number of factors, including but not limited  to
those  set  forth  in the risk factors listed below.  Certain terms which are
capitalized but not defined below are defined under "Description of the Notes
- - Certain Definitions."

Substantial Indebtedness  of the Company; Insufficient Earning to Cover Fixed
Charges

   As of December 31, 1996,  the  Company had approximately $303.1 million of
consolidated indebtedness.  The indenture  (the  "Old Indenture") relating to
the Company's 13%  Senior Notes Due 2003 (the "1995 Notes") and the Indenture
(together  with  the  Old  Indenture, the "Indentures")  limit,  but  do  not
prohibit, the incurrence of  additional  Indebtedness, secured and unsecured,
by the Company and its Subsidiaries.  Subject  to  the restrictions set forth
in  the  Indentures,  the Company expects that it and its  Subsidiaries  will
incur substantial additional   indebtedness  in  the  future.   The Notes are
senior obligations of the Company ranking pari passu in right of  payment  to
all  existing and future indebtedness of the Company, other than Indebtedness
that is  expressly  subordinated  to  the Notes.  However, subject to certain
limitations set forth in the Indenture,  the Company and its Subsidiaries may
incur other senior Indebtedness, including  Indebtedness  that  is secured by
the  assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries.  The ability of the  Company
to make payments of principal and interest will be largely dependent upon its
future performance.

   Since  its  inception the Company has sustained substantial net losses and
therefore has been  unable  to  cover  fixed  charges.   The Company does not
anticipate being able to generate net income until after 2001,  and there can
be  no  assurance  that other factors, such as, but not limited to,  economic
conditions,  inability   to  raise  additional  financing  or  disruption  in
operations, will not result  in  further  delays  in  generating positive net
income.   Losses  may  increase  as  operations  in  additional  markets  are
commenced  or  acquired.   See  "Selected Financial Data"  and  "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition  and  Results of Operations."
Many  factors, some of which will be beyond the Company's  control  (such  as
prevailing economic conditions), may affect its performance.

   In connection  with  the  offering  of the 1995 Notes in October 1995, the
Company  placed  approximately  $53.2 million  of  the  approximately  $143.8
million of net proceeds from the  offering in escrow to cover the first three
years' interest payments on the 1995  Notes.  Once the proceeds of the escrow
have  been  fully  applied in October 1998,  a  substantial  portion  of  the
Company's cash flow  will be devoted to debt service on the 1995 Notes and on
and after February 1,  2002,  will  also  be  devoted  to debt service on the
Notes.  If the Company is unable to meet interest and principal  payments  in
the  future,  it may, depending upon the circumstances which then exist, seek
additional equity  or  debt  financing,  attempt  to  refinance  its existing
indebtedness or sell all or part of its business or assets to raise  funds to
repay its indebtedness.  There can be no assurance that sufficient equity  or
debt  financing  will  be  available  at  all  or  on terms acceptable to the
Company, that the Company will be able to refinance its existing indebtedness
or the Notes or that sufficient funds could be raised through the sale of all
or  a part of the Company's business or assets.  If no  such  refinancing  or
additional  financing or funds were available, the Company could be forced to
default on the  Notes  and,  as an ultimate remedy, seek protection under the
federal  bankruptcy  laws.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition and  Results  of  Operations  -- Liquidity  and  Capital 
Resources."

Limited Operating History; Lack of Profitable Operations; Negative Cash Flow;
Early Stage Company

   The  Company  has  a  limited  operating  history  and  there  is  limited
historical financial information  on  the  Company  upon  which  to  base  an
evaluation  of  the Company's performance and the investment in the Notes and
Warrants.  Since  its  inception,  the  Company has sustained substantial net
losses  and negative consolidated EBITDA (net  income  (loss)  plus  interest
expense (net),  income  tax  expense,  depreciation  and amortization and all
other  non-cash charges, less any non-cash items which  have  the  effect  of
increasing  net  income  or  decreasing  net  loss)  primarily  due  to fixed
operating  costs  associated  with  the  development of its systems, interest
expense  and  charges  for  depreciation  and  amortization.   The  Company's
accumulated deficit as of December 31, 1996 was  $49.8  million.  The Company
expects  to  continue to experience negative consolidated EBITDA  through  at
least the third  quarter  of 1998, and may continue to do so thereafter while
it  develops and expands its  wireless  cable  systems,  even  if  individual
systems  of the Company become profitable and generate positive system EBITDA
(as defined  in  "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations").   Prospective  investors  should be aware of the
difficulties encountered by enterprises in the early stages  of  development,
particularly  in  light  of  the  intense  competition characteristic of  the
subscription television industry.  There can be no assurance that realization
of  the  Company's business plan, including an  increase  in  the  number  of
subscribers  or  the launch of additional wireless cable systems, will result
in profitability or  positive  consolidated  EBITDA for the Company in future
years.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis  of Financial Condition and
Results of Operation," "Business" and "Wireless Cable Industry."

Need for Additional Financing; Certain Covenants

   In order to finance the capital expenditures and  related  expenses needed
for  subscriber  growth  and  system  development,  the Company will  require
substantial  investment  on  a continuing basis.  The Company  will  need  to
obtain additional financing in  1997  in  order  to  continue to complete the
launch of the Company's Markets, to add subscribers in  its  new and existing
Markets and to cover ongoing operating losses and debt service  requirements.
The  amount  and  timing  of  the Company's future capital requirements  will
depend upon a number of factors,  many  of which are not within the Company's
control,  including  programming costs, capital  costs,  marketing  expenses,
staffing levels, subscriber  growth, churn and competitive conditions.  There
can be no assurance that the Company's  future  capital requirements will not
increase as a result of unexpected developments with  respect to its markets.
There can be no assurance that the Company's future capital requirements will
be met or will not increase as a result of future acquisitions,  if any.  The
Indentures  restrict  the  amount of additional Indebtedness the Company  may
incur.  Failure to obtain any  required  additional financing could adversely
affect  the  growth of the Company and, ultimately,  could  have  a  material
adverse effect  on  the  Company.   See  "--  Substantial Indebtedness of the
Company;  Insufficient  Earnings  to Cover Fixed Charges"  and  "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

Holding  Company  Structure;  Dependence   of  Company  on  Subsidiaries  for
Repayment of Notes

   The operations of the Company are conducted principally through its direct
and indirect subsidiaries and, as a result,  the  Company's  cash  flow  and,
consequently,  its ability to service debt, including the Notes, is dependent
upon the cash flow  of  its  subsidiaries  and  the payment of funds by those
subsidiaries  to the Company in the form of loans,  dividends  or  otherwise.
The subsidiaries  are  separate  and  distinct  legal  entities  and  have no
obligation,  contingent or otherwise, to pay any amounts due pursuant to  the
Notes or to make  any funds available therefor, whether in the form of loans,
dividends or otherwise.   In  addition,  certain of the Company' subsidiaries
may  become  parties to credit agreements that  contain  limitations  on  the
ability of such subsidiaries to pay dividends or to make loans or advances to
the Company.   The  Indentures  limit  in certain respects the ability of the
Company to create or permit additional restrictions  on  dividends  and other
payments by its Subsidiaries.  See "Description of Notes--Certain Covenants--
Limitation   on   Dividends   and   Other   Payment   Restrictions  Affecting
Subsidiaries."

   Because  the  Company  is  a  holding company that conducts  its  business
through  its  direct  and  indirect subsidiaries,  all  existing  and  future
liabilities of the Company's  subsidiaries, including trade payables, will be
effectively  senior to the Notes.   As  of  March  31,  1997,  the  Company's
consolidated  subsidiaries   had   aggregate   liabilities,  including  trade
payables, of approximately $34.1 million.

Ranking of Notes

   The Notes are not secured by any of the assets  of  the  Company  and  are
senior  unsecured  obligations  of  the  Company.   Under  the  terms  of the
Indenture,  the  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries  will  be permitted to incur
additional indebtedness, including indebtedness secured by  the assets of the
Company and its Subsidiaries.  See "Description of Notes - Certain  Covenants
- -- Limitation on Indebtedness" and "-- Limitation on Liens."  In the event of
any  distribution or payment of the assets of the Company in any foreclosure,
dissolution,  winding-up,  liquidation  or reorganization, holders of secured
indebtedness will have a secured prior claim  to  the  assets  of the Company
which  constitute their collateral.  In the event of bankruptcy,  liquidation
or reorganization  of  the  Company,  holders  of  the Notes will participate
ratably  with all holds of indebtedness of the Company  which  is  unsecured,
including  the  1995  Notes,  and all other general creditors of the Company,
based upon the respective amounts  owed  to  each  holder  or creditor in the
remaining  assets of the Company, and there may not be sufficient  assets  to
pay amounts due on the Notes.

Need to Manage Growth

   Successful  implementation  of  the  Company's  business plan will require
management of rapid growth, which will result in an  increase in the level of
responsibility for management personnel.  To manage its  growth  effectively,
the  Company  will  be  required  to  continue  to implement and improve  its
operating and financial systems and controls and  to expand, train and manage
its employee base.  There can be no assurance that  the  management,  systems
and  controls currently in place, or to be implemented, will be adequate  for
such growth,  or  that  any  steps taken to hire personnel or to improve such
systems and controls will be sufficient.

Inability to Consummate Pending Acquisitions

   The description of the Company  included  in  this  Prospectus assumes the
consummation  all transactions related to the pending acquisition  agreements
described herein.   The  consummation  of each of these pending acquisitions,
and any future acquisitions the Company  may  pursue,  if any, is  and may be
subject to certain conditions, the satisfaction of which, in some cases, will
be beyond the Company's control, including obtaining FCC approvals and third-
party consents.  There can be no assurance that the Company  will  be able to
obtain  such  approvals  and  consents,  and  failure  to do so could have  a
material   adverse  effect  on  the  Company's  ability  to  consummate   the
acquisitions  or  the  Company's  operations  in  the  affected  markets.  In
addition,  there  can  be no assurance that the FCC will approve any  pending
applications relating to channel rights  that  the  Company  is  acquiring in
pending  acquisitions or may acquire in the future, even though the  approval
of such applications  may not be a condition to completing such acquisitions.
See "- Uncertainty of Ability to Obtain FCC Authorizations."

Uncertainty of Ability to Obtain FCC Authorizations

   Wireless cable systems transmit programming over some or all of the 33 MDS
channels and instructional  television  fixed  service ("ITFS") channels that
are licensed by the FCC.  Generally, the Company  believes  that a minimum of
12  wireless  cable  channels  is  necessary  to offer a commercially  viable
wireless  cable service in its markets.  All of  the  channels  comprising  a
wireless cable  system  must  operate  from the same transmitter site so that
subscribers may receive a clear picture  on all channels offered.  In some of
its Markets, the Company does not currently  have  the  right  to  operate  a
sufficient  number of channels from the same transmitter site, and in certain
other Markets,  the  Company contemplates relocating all of its channels to a
new transmitter site.  In these Markets the Company is dependent upon (i) the
grant  of pending applications  for  new  licenses  or  for  modification  of
existing  licenses,  and  (ii) the grant of applications for new licenses and
license modification applications which have not yet been filed with the FCC.
Certain pending applications  cannot be granted by the FCC until interference
agreements  with nearby license  holders  are  secured  and  certain  of  the
Company's applications  are the subject of competing applications.  There can
be no assurance that any  or all of these applications will be granted by the
FCC.  Although the Company  does  not  believe  that the denial of any single
application will adversely affect the Company, the  denial of several of such
applications, particularly if concentrated in one or  a  few of the Company's
Markets, could have a material adverse effect on the ability  of  the Company
to  serve  such  Market  or  Markets.   See  "Business - Channels and Channel
Licensing."

   In certain cases, FCC approval may be dependent upon the Company's ability
to engineer its use of a wireless cable channel  to  avoid  interference with
the  reception  of  other  channels  that  have  been  licensed or for  which 
applications  are  pending.  In  addition,  intervening  license  grants  may
adversely  affect  some   of  the  Company's  planned  applications   due  to 
interference  considerations.   No  assurance can  be given  that the Company
will  be  able to engineer all of its  channels so as  to avoid interference.
See "--Interference Issues."

Government Regulation

   The wireless cable industry is extensively regulated  by the FCC.  The FCC
governs,   among   other  things,  the  issuance,  renewal,  assignment   and
modification of licenses  necessary for wireless cable systems to operate and
the time afforded license holders  to  construct  their  facilities.  The FCC
imposes fees for certain applications and licenses, and mandates that certain
amounts of educational, instructional or cultural programming  be transmitted
over  certain  of  the  channels used by the Company's existing and  proposed
wireless  cable  systems.   The  FCC  also  has  the  authority,  in  certain
circumstances, to  revoke  and  cancel licenses and impose monetary fines for
violations of its rules.  In addition, there is no limit on the time that may
elapse between the filing of an application  with  the FCC for a modification
or  a  new  license  and  action  thereon by the FCC. Delay  by  the  FCC  in
processing  applications  could delay  or  materially  adversely  affect  the
Company's plans with respect  to one or more of its markets.  If modification
of an unbuilt station license is  anticipated,  it is frequently necessary to
obtain from the FCC an extension of the period specified  on  the license for
constructing the station.  In such case, absent FCC grant of such  extension,
the  license will expire.  There can be no assurance that the FCC will  grant
an extension  in  any particular instance.  In addition, FCC licenses must be
renewed every ten years  and, while such renewals generally have been granted
on a routine basis in the  past,  there  is  no  assurance that licenses will
continue to be renewed routinely in the future.  The failure of the Company's
channel lessors to renew their respective licenses  or  of  the  FCC to grant
such extensions would have a material adverse effect on the Company.

   No assurance can be given that new regulations will not be imposed or that
existing  regulations  will  not  be  changed  in a manner that could have  a
material adverse effect on the wireless cable industry  as a whole and on the
Company  in  particular.  In addition, wireless cable operators  and  channel
license  holders   are   subject   to  regulation  by  the  Federal  Aviation
Administration ("FAA") with respect  to construction, marking and lighting of
transmission towers and to certain local  zoning  regulations  affecting  the
construction of  towers and other facilities.  There also may be restrictions
imposed  by  local  authorities,  neighborhood associations and other similar
organizations limiting the use of certain  types  of reception equipment used
by the Company and new taxes imposed by state and local  authorities.  Future
changes in the foregoing regulations or any other regulations  applicable  to
the  Company could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of
operations and financial condition.  See "Business - Regulatory Environment."

Interference Issues

   Under  current  FCC  regulations,  a  wireless  cable operator may install
receive-site equipment and serve any point where its  signal can be received.
Interference from other wireless cable systems can limit  the  ability  of  a
wireless  cable  system to serve any particular point.  In licensing ITFS and
MDS stations, a primary  concern  of  the  FCC  is  avoiding situations where
proposed station signals are predicted to cause interference to the reception
of previously proposed station signals.  The Company's business plan involves
moving  the  authorized  transmitter sites of various of  its  MDS  and  ITFS
licensed stations and obtaining  the  grant of licenses for new stations that
the Company will use in its wireless cable  systems.   The FCC's interference
protection  standards may make one or more of these proposed  relocations  or
new grants unavailable,  in  which  event  it  may  be necessary to negotiate
interference  agreements  with  the  licensees  of the stations  which  would
otherwise block such relocations or grants.  There  can  be no assurance that
the  Company  will be able to obtain necessary interference  agreements  with
terms acceptable to the Company.  In the event that the Company cannot obtain
interference agreements  required  to  implement  the  Company's  plans for a
market,  the Company may have to curtail or modify operations in the  market,
which could  have a material adverse effect on the growth of the Company.  In
addition, while  the  Company's  leases  with  MDS and ITFS licensees require
their cooperation, it is possible that one or more  of  the Company's channel
lessors  may  hinder or delay the Company's efforts to use  the  channels  in
accordance with the Company's plans for the particular market.

Competition

   The subscription  television  industry  is  highly  competitive.  Wireless
cable  systems  face or may face competition from several  sources,  such  as
traditional hard-wire  cable  systems,  direct  broadcast  satellite  ("DBS")
systems,   satellite  master  antenna  television  ("SMATV")  systems,  other
wireless cable  systems  and  other  alternative  methods of distributing and
receiving video programming.  Furthermore, premium  movie services offered by
cable television systems have encountered significant  competition  from  the
home  video cassette recorder ("VCR") industry.  In areas where several local
off-air  VHF/UHF  broadcast  channels  can be received without the benefit of
subscription  television,  hard-wire and wireless  cable  systems  also  have
experienced competition from  the availability of broadcast signals generally
and have found market penetration  to be more difficult.  In addition, within
each  market, the Company must compete  with  others  to  acquire,  from  the
limited  number of wireless cable channel licenses issued or issuable, rights
to a minimum  number  of  wireless  cable  channels  needed  to  establish  a
commercially   viable  system.   Legislative,  regulatory  and  technological
developments may  result in additional and significant competition, including
competition  from  proposed  new  wireless services such as  local multipoint
distribution service ("LMDS") in the 28 GHz band and wireless communications
service in the  2.3 GHz  band.  In some  areas,  exchange telephone companies
offer video programming services via radio communications  without regulation
of rates or services, offer hardwire or fiber optic cable service for hire by
video  programmers  and  provide traditional cable service subject  to  local
franchising requirements.

   In its Operating Systems, the Company initially has targeted its marketing
to households that are unpassed  by traditional hard-wire cable and that have
limited access to local off-air VHF/UHF  programming.   Certain  of the hard-
wire  cable  companies operating in the Company's Markets currently  offer  a
greater number  of  channels to their customers than the Company offers.  DBS
providers currently offer  a  substantially  greater  number of channels than
hard-wire  or  wireless  cable  providers  with a high picture  quality.   In
addition,  the  DBS  industry  recently  signed  an  agreement  with  VHF/UHF
programmers  that  would  allow  such  stations to be broadcast  through  DBS
systems.  Aggressive price competition or the passing of a substantial number
of  presently  unpassed  households  by  any  existing  or  new  subscription
television  service could have a material adverse  effect  on  the  Company's
results of operations and financial condition.

   New and advanced  technologies  for  the subscription television industry,
such  as DBS, LMDS, digital compression and  fiber  optic  networks,  are  in
operation  or  are  in various stages of development.  As they are developed,
these new technologies could have a material adverse effect on the demand for
wireless cable services.   Many actual and potential competitors have greater
financial, marketing and other  resources  than the Company.  There can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to compete successfully with existing
competitors  or  new  entrants  in  the  market for  subscription  television
services.

Dependence on Channel Leases; Need for License  Extensions;  Loss of Licenses
by Lessors

   The  Company  is dependent on leases with unaffiliated third  parties  for
substantially all  of its wireless cable channel rights.  The use of wireless
cable channels by the  license  holders  is subject to regulation by the FCC,
and  the  Company  is  dependent upon the continuing  compliance  by  channel
license holders with applicable  regulations,  including the requirement that
ITFS license holders must meet certain educational  use requirements in order
to lease transmission capacity to wireless cable operators.

   The Company's channel leases typically cover four ITFS channels and/or one
to four MDS channels each.  Under a policy adopted by  the  FCC,  the term of
the Company's ITFS channel leases cannot exceed ten years from the  time  the
lessee  begins using the channel.  The remaining initial terms of most of the
Company's  ITFS channel leases are approximately five to ten years.  There is
no restriction  on  the length of MDS channel leases, which frequently extend
beyond the term of the underlying MDS license.  However, in the event an ITFS
or MDS license is not renewed or  is otherwise terminated, the authorization
will no longer be valid, and the Company  will  have  no  rights  under  its
lease to transmit  on  channels  that  are  subject  to  such nonrenewed or
terminated license.

   
   ITFS  licenses  generally are granted for a term  of  ten  years  and  are
subject to renewal by  the  FCC.  Existing MDS licenses generally will expire
on May 1, 2001 unless renewed.   BTA authorizations expire ten years from the
grant  thereof,  unless  renewed.  FCC  licenses  also  specify  construction
deadlines which, if not met,  could  result  in  the  loss  of  the  license.
Requests  for  additional  time  to  construct a channel may be filed and are
subject to review pursuant to FCC rules.   There can be no assurance that the
FCC will grant any particular extension request  or  license renewal request.
The termination or non-renewal of a channel lease or of a channel license, or
the failure to grant an application for an extension of the time to construct
an authorized station, would result in the Company being  unable  to  deliver
programming on the subject channels.
    

   The Company contracts with Mississippi EdNet Institute, Inc. ("EdNet") for
the commercial use of 20 ITFS channels in each of its markets in the state of
Mississippi  (the "EdNet Agreement").  The term of the EdNet Agreement is  10
years from the  date  of  issuance  of  certain construction permits, each of
which was granted in 1992.  The Company anticipates  that,  pursuant  to  the
EdNet  Agreement,  the  lease  term will terminate on or about April 1, 2002,
unless  renewed  prior  thereto.   The   commercial  use  of  these  channels
represents  the majority of the Company's channels  in  Mississippi  and  the
termination of,  or  inability  to  renew,  the  EdNet Agreement would have a
material  adverse  effect  on  the Company's operations  in  its  Mississippi
markets.  Under the EdNet Agreement,  the  Company must, at its sole expense,
(i) install, operate and maintain a system sufficient  to  serve  95%  of the
population  of  the  licensed  geographic  area of Mississippi, (ii) provide,
install and maintain up to 1,100 standard receive  sites,  up  to  11  studio
transmitter  links,  up to 11 electronic classrooms (each at a cost of up  to
$20,000) and pay up to  $1.5  million  for  11  duplex, 2-channel link, (iii)
acquire and install a minimum of five 10-watt transmitters  per transmit site
and  (iv) apply for CARS Band microwave authorizations for EdNet  use,  among
other  obligations.   The  Company  must  complete  and have operational such
system by July 1, 1998.  The Company has granted EdNet a security interest in
all  of its Mississippi  equipment, transmitters and rights  to  use  certain
wireless cable channels (the "EdNet System") in order to secure the Company's
performance  under  the EdNet Agreement, which generally requires the Company
to install, operate and  maintain  a  system  sufficient  to serve 95% of the
population of the licensed geographic area of Mississippi by  July  1,  1998.
In  the  event  of  a default by the Company under the EdNet Agreement, EdNet
will have the right to  operate  the  EdNet System and derive all income from
its  operation.  If EdNet assumes the operation  of  the  EdNet  System,  the
Company  will  be  required to assign its interest in the EdNet Agreement and
the EdNet System or  to  forfeit  its interests in such assets.  Although the
Company does not believe that the termination   of  or  failure  to  renew  a
single  channel lease, other than that with EdNet, would materially adversely
affect the  Company, several of such terminations or failures to renew in one
or more markets  that  the  Company  actively  serves  could  have a material
adverse  effect  on  the  Company.  In addition, the termination, forfeiture,
revocation or failure to renew  or extend an authorization or license held by
the Company's lessors could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

Dependence on Program Suppliers

   The  Company is dependent on fixed-term  contracts  with  various  program
suppliers  such  as CNN, ESPN and HBO.  Although the Company has no reason to
believe that any such  contracts will be canceled or will not be renewed upon
expiration, if such contracts  are  canceled or not renewed, the Company will
have to seek program material from other  sources.  There can be no assurance
that other program material will be available  to  the  Company on acceptable
terms or at all or, if so available, that such material will be acceptable to
the Company's subscribers.

Difficulties and Uncertainties of a New Industry

   Wireless  cable  is  a  new  industry  with  a  short  operating  history.
Potential  investors  should  be aware of the difficulties and  uncertainties
that are normally associated with  new  industries,  such as lack of consumer
acceptance,  difficulty  in  obtaining  financing,  increasing   competition,
advances in technology and changes in laws and regulations.  There  can be no
assurance  that  the  wireless  cable industry will develop or continue as  a
viable or profitable industry.

Physical Limitations of Wireless Cable Transmission

   Reception  of  wireless cable programming  generally  requires  a  direct,
unobstructed LOS from  the  headend to the subscriber's receive-site antenna.
Therefore, in communities with  tall  trees, hilly terrain, tall buildings or
other obstructions in the transmission  path, wireless cable transmission can
be difficult or impossible to receive at  certain  locations, and the Company
may  not  be able to supply service to all potential subscribers.   While  in
certain instances  the  Company  intends  to  employ  low  power repeaters to
overcome LOS obstructions, there can be no assurance that it  will be able to
secure the necessary FCC authorizations.  Based on the Company's installation
and  operating  experience,  the  Company  believes  that its signal  can  be
received directly by approximately 80% of the households within the Company's
signal pattern in the Operating Systems, and an average  of approximately 70%
of  the  households  within  the Company's expected signal patterns  for  its
Future Launch Markets.  In addition to limitations resulting from terrain, in
limited circumstances extremely  adverse  weather can damage transmission and
receive-site antennae, as well as other transmission equipment.

Dependence on Existing Management

   The Company is dependent in large part on  the experience and knowledge of
existing  management.   The  loss of the services  of  one  or  more  of  the
Company's current executive officers  could  have  a  material adverse effect
upon the Company.  Although the Company has recently added new members to its
management  team,  the  Company  believes  that  it  will require  additional
management personnel as it commences operations in new  markets.  The failure
of  the Company to attract and retain such personnel could  have  a  material
adverse effect on the Company.

Change of Control

   In  the  event  of a Change of Control, each holder of Notes will have the
option to require that the Company repurchase (subject to compliance with the
requirements of Rules  13e-4  and  14e-1  under  the  Exchange  Act) all or a
portion of such holder's Notes at 101% of the Accreted Value thereof,  or, in
the  case  of  any  such  purchase on or after August 1, 2001, at 101% of the
principal amount thereof, plus  accrued  and  unpaid interest, if any, to the
purchase date.  However, certain highly leveraged  transactions  may  not  be
deemed to be a Change of Control, including, without limitation, transactions
with  affiliates  that  comply  with  the  other  covenants  included  in the
Indenture.   See  "Description  of  Notes."   Additionally,  there  can be no
assurance  that  the  Company will have the financial resources necessary  to
repurchase the Notes upon  a  Change of Control.  See "Description of Notes--
Certain Covenants--Purchase of Notes upon a Change of Control.

Public Markets for the Notes and Warrants

   The Company has not applied  for  a  listing of the Notes or Warrants on a
securities exchange or sought approval for  quotation  through  an  automated
quotation system.  The underwriters who participated in the original offering
of the Notes and Warrants have advised the Company that they currently intend
to make a market in the Notes and Warrants, but they are not obligated  to do
so  and  they  may  discontinue  such  market  making at any time without any
notice.  Accordingly, no assurance can be given that an active trading market
for the Notes or the Warrants will continue or as  to  the liquidity thereof.
If a trading market continues for the Notes and Warrants,  the future trading
prices thereof will depend on many factors including, among other things, the
Company's results of operations, prevailing interest rates,  the  market  for
securities  with  similar  terms  and  the  market  for  securities  of other
companies and similar businesses.

Original Issue Discount

   The  Notes  were  issued  at  a  substantial discount from their principal
amount at maturity.  Consequently, the  purchasers of the Notes generally are
required to include amounts in gross income  for  Federal income tax purposes
in  advance  of  receipt  of  the  cash  payments to which  their  income  is
attributable.  See "United States Federal  Income  Tax  Matters"  for  a more
detailed discussion of the Federal income tax consequences to the holders  of
the  Notes  resulting  from  the  purchase,  ownership and disposition of the
Notes.  If a bankruptcy case is commenced by or  against  the  Company  under
Federal bankruptcy law after the issuance of the Notes, the claim of a holder
of the Notes  with  respect to the principal amount thereof may be limited to
an amount equal to the  sum  of  (i) the initial public offering price of the
Notes and (ii) that portion of the  original  issue  discount  which  is  not
deemed  to  constitute  "unmatured  interest"  for  the  purposes  of Federal
bankruptcy law.  Any original issue discount that was not accreted as of such
bankruptcy filing would constitute "unmatured interest."

Control by Principal Stockholders

   Affiliates  of  The Chase Manhattan Corporation, Heartland and Mississippi
Wireless  TV,  L.P. ("MWTV")  collectively  beneficially  own  53.7%  of  the
outstanding Common  Stock.   Chase  Manhattan  Capital  Corporation ("CMCC"),
Chase   Venture   Capital  Associates,  L.P.  ("CVCA"),  Baseball   Partners,
Heartland, MWTV, VanCom, Inc. ("VanCom"), Vision Communications, Inc.("VCI"),
Messrs.  Burkhalter,  Byer and  certain former executives  of  TruVision  are
parties to  a stockholders' agreement,  pursuant to  which they  have agreed,
among other things, to vote shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by them
so that the Board of Directors of the Company will  have  up to nine members,
up  to three  of whom  will be designated  by Heartland (at least one of whom
must be independent of Heartland  and the Company), up to two of whom will be
designated  by  CMCC,  Baseball Partners  and  CVCA  and one of  whom  may be 
designated  by  MWTV, VanCom, VCI  and  Messrs. Burkhalter,  Byer and certain
former executives of TruVision. As a result, these stockholders  will be able
to control the election  of the Company's Board of Directors and to generally
exercise control over the Company's affairs.  Such concentration of ownership
could also have the effect of  delaying,  deterring or preventing a change in
control of the Company that might otherwise  be  beneficial  to stockholders.
See "Formation of the Company" and "Principal Stockholders."

Possible Volatility of Common Stock Price

   The  trading  price  of  the  Common  Stock  for  which  the Warrants  are
exercisable could be subject to wide fluctuations in response  to  variations
in  the  Company's quarterly operating results, changes in earnings estimates
by analysts,  conditions in the wireless cable industry, regulatory trends or
general market  or  economic  conditions.   In  addition, in recent years the
stock  market has experienced extreme price and volume  fluctuations.   These
fluctuations  have  had  a  substantial  effect on the market prices for many
emerging growth companies, often unrelated  to  the  operating performance of
the specific companies.  Such market fluctuations could  adversely affect the
market price for the Common Stock and the Warrants.

Expiration of Warrants

   The  Warrants are not exercisable prior to August 12, 1997  and  terminate
and become  void  on  the  Expiration Date.  The Company will give notice not
less than 90 nor more than 120  days  prior  to  the  Expiration  Date to the
registered  holders  of  then  outstanding  Warrants  to the effect that  the
Warrants will terminate and become void as of the close  of  business  on the
Expiration Date.  If the Company fails to give such notice, the Warrants will
nonetheless  terminate  and  become  void  as of the close of business on the
Expiration Date.  See "Description of Warrants."

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

   The Company has a total of 16,946,697 shares  of  Common Stock outstanding
(19,270,169 on a fully diluted basis assuming the exercise  of  the  warrants
issued  in  connection  with  the  1995 Notes (the "1995 Warrants"), warrants
issued to Gerard, Klauer & Mattison  L.L.C.  in connection with the Heartland
Transaction  (as  defined  herein)  (the "GKM Warrants"),  the  Warrants  and
management and employee options).  Of these shares, approximately 3.7 million
shares  are  freely transferable by persons  other  than  affiliates  of  the
Company without  restriction  or  registration under the Securities Act.  The
remaining shares are "restricted securities"  as that term is defined by Rule
144 under the Securities Act and may not be sold  other  than  pursuant to an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant  to  an
exemption  from such registration requirement.  None of such shares of Common
Stock will be  eligible  for  sale  under Rule 144 for one year following the
date  of issuance.  All such shares are  entitled  to  demand  and  piggyback
registration  rights.   See  "Description  of  Capital  Stock -- Registration
Rights."  Sales of restricted securities under Rule 144 following  such  one-
year period will be subject to the conditions of Rule 144.  The Warrants will
be exercisable at any time on or after August 12, 1997 through the Expiration
Date.    During   such  period,  the  Company  has  agreed  to  maintain  the
effectiveness of a registration statement, and, as a result, the Common Stock
issuable upon exercise  of  such  Warrants will be freely transferable by the
holders  thereof  (other  than  affiliates  of  the  Company).   Sales  of  a
substantial number of shares of Common  Stock  in  the public market or under
Rule 144 or otherwise, or the perception that such sales  could  occur, could
adversely  affect  the  prevailing  market  price  of the Common Stock.   See
"Shares Eligible for Future Sales."

Fraudulent Transfer Considerations

   Under  applicable  provisions  of  the United States  Bankruptcy  Code  or
comparable provisions of state fraudulent  transfer or conveyance law, if the
Company, at the time it issued the Notes, (a) incurred such indebtedness with
the intent to hinder, delay or defraud creditors,  or  (b)(i)  received  less
than  reasonably  equivalent  value  or  fair  consideration  and (ii)(A) was
insolvent  at  the  time  of  such incurrence, (B) was rendered insolvent  by
reason of such incurrence (and  the application of the proceeds thereof), (C)
was engaged or was about to engage in a business or transaction for which the
assets remaining with the Company  constituted  unreasonably small capital to
carry on its business, or (D) intended to incur,  or  believed  that it would
incur,  debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature,  then,  in
each such case, a court of competent jurisdiction could avoid, in whole or in
part, the Notes or, in the alternative, subordinate the Notes to existing and
future indebtedness  of  the Company.  The measure of insolvency for purposes
of the foregoing would likely  vary  depending  upon  the law applied in such
case.  Generally, however, the Company would be considered  insolvent  if the
sum  of its debts, including contingent liabilities, was greater than all  of
its assets  at a fair valuation, or if the present fair saleable value of its
assets was less  than  the  amount that would be required to pay the probable
liabilities on its existing debts,  including contingent liabilities, as such
debts become absolute and matured. The Company believes that, for purposes of
the United States Bankruptcy Code and state fraudulent transfer or conveyance
laws, the Notes were issued without the  intent  to  hinder, delay or defraud
creditors  and for proper purposes and in good faith, and  that  the  Company
received reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration therefor, and that
after the issuance  of  the  Notes  and  the  application of the net proceeds
therefrom, the Company was solvent, had sufficient  capital  for  carrying on
its  business  and was able to pay its debts as they mature.  However,  there
can be no assurance  that a court passing on such issues would agree with the
determination of the Company.

Certain Provisions of  the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws
and the DGCL

   The Company's Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  (the
"Certificate  of Incorporation") and By-laws (the "By-laws") and the Delaware
General Corporation  Law  (the  "DGCL") contain provisions which may have the
effect of delaying, deterring or  preventing  a  future takeover or change in
control of the Company unless such takeover or change  in control is approved
by  the Company's Board of Directors.  Such provisions may  also  render  the
removal   of   directors   and  management  more  difficult.   The  Company's
Certificate of Incorporation  and  By-laws provide for, among other things, a
classified Board of Directors serving staggered terms of three years, removal
of directors only for cause and only  by  the affirmative vote of the holders
of  a  majority of the voting power of the then  outstanding  voting  capital
stock of  the Company, voting together as a single class, exclusive authority
of the Board  of Directors to fill vacancies on the Board of Directors (other
than in certain  limited  circumstances), certain advance notice requirements
for stockholder nominations  of  candidates  for  election  to  the  Board of
Directors  and  certain other stockholder proposals, restrictions on who  may
call a special meeting  of  stockholders  and  a  prohibition  on stockholder
action  by  written  consent.   Amendments  to  certain  provisions  in   the
Certificate  of  Incorporation require the affirmative vote of the holders of
at least 80% of the  total  votes  eligible  to  be  cast  in the election of
directors,  voting  together as a single class.  In addition,  the  Company's
Board of Directors has  the  ability  to  authorize  the  issuance  of  up to
10,000,000  shares  of  preferred  stock in one or more series and to fix the
voting  powers,  designations,  preferences   and   relative,  participating,
optional  and  other  special  rights  and  qualifications,   limitations  or
restrictions  thereof  without stockholder approval.  The DGCL also  contains
provisions  preventing  certain   stockholders   from  engaging  in  business
combinations   with  the  Company,  subject  to  certain   exceptions.    See
"Description of Capital Stock."


                           FORMATION OF THE COMPANY

   The Company's  predecessor, (together with its subsidiaries, "Old Wireless
One"), was formed on  December 23, 1993 in conjunction with a merger with its
predecessor, Wireless One,  L.L.C.,  a  limited  liability company.  Wireless
One, L.L.C. was formed on February 4, 1993 with six members including Hans J.
Sternberg,  Chairman  of  the  Company.  In January 1994,  Old  Wireless  One
completed a private placement of  common stock with a group of investors that
included 12 independent telephone companies,  certain  of  which are based in
the Company's targeted markets, for cash commitments and other  consideration
totaling  approximately $10 million.  Proceeds from that offering  were  used
primarily to  construct  Operating  Systems  in  Lafayette,  Lake Charles and
Wharton and to purchase additional wireless cable channel rights.

   In April 1995, certain investors including CMCC and certain members of Mr.
Sternberg's immediate family purchased redeemable convertible preferred stock
and  warrants  to  acquire  common  stock  of  Old Wireless One in a  private
placement  resulting  in net proceeds of approximately  $14  million  to  Old
Wireless One.  All such  preferred  shares and warrants to purchase shares of
common stock were converted into shares of Common Stock of the Company in the
Heartland Transaction (as defined herein).   Concurrent  with  the closing of
that  private  placement,  Old  Wireless  One  purchased channel rights  from
Heartland  in  one Texas and four Louisiana markets  for  approximately  $2.8
million.  The Company  was  incorporated  in  June  1995  for  the purpose of
effecting the Heartland Transaction.

   In  October  1995, Heartland and all the stockholders of Old Wireless  One
consummated the "Heartland Transaction," whereby the Company acquired (i) all
of the outstanding  capital  stock of Old Wireless One (which retained all of
its assets and liabilities except  its  wireless  cable television assets and
certain related liabilities with respect to the Springfield,  Missouri market
which Heartland acquired) through the merger of a subsidiary of  the  Company
with  Old Wireless One and (ii) the wireless cable television assets and  all
related  liabilities  of  certain  subsidiaries  of Heartland with respect to
certain of Heartland's markets located in Texas, Louisiana,  Alabama, Georgia
and  Florida  (the  "Heartland Division").  In connection with the  Heartland
Transaction, the contributing  subsidiaries of Heartland and the stockholders
of Old Wireless One received an  aggregate  of  approximately 3.5 million and
approximately  6.5  million  shares of Common Stock,  respectively,  with  an
aggregate of 200,000 of such shares  of  Common  Stock placed in escrow to be
distributed to either the Old Wireless One stockholders  or  the contributing
subsidiaries  of  Heartland,  but not to the Company.  In January  1997,  all
200,000 of these escrowed shares were delivered to Heartland.

   Also in October 1995, the Company  consummated  an initial public offering
of 3,450,000 shares of its Common Stock and a concurrent  offering of 150,000
units consisting of $150 million aggregate principal amount of 1995 Notes and
450,000 1995 Warrants, each of which entitles a holder to purchase  one share
of Common Stock.

   In July 1996, the Company acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of
TruVision  through  the merger of a subsidiary of the Company with TruVision.
See "Business - Recent Developments."


                  DIVIDENDS AND PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK

   The Common Stock began  trading  on  the Nasdaq National Market in October
1995  under  the  symbol  of "WIRL" at a price  of  $10.50  per  share.   The
following table sets forth  the high and low closing bid prices of the Common
Stock as reported by the Nasdaq National Market.

   
                                                       Market Price
                                                      --------------- 
         Fiscal Period                                 High      Low
                                                       ----      ---
         1995:
         Fourth Quarter (from October 18, 1995)       $17-1/4  $11-3/4
         1996:
         First Quarter                                $16-3/4  $13-3/4
         Second Quarter                               $20-1/4  $    13
         Third Quarter                                $    18  $14-1/4
         Fourth Quarter                               $    14  $ 5-7/8
         1997:
         First Quarter                                $     7  $ 2-5/8
         Second Quarter (through April 25, 1997)      $     4  $ 3-3/8
    

   The Company has never declared  or  paid  any cash dividends on the Common
Stock and does not presently intend to pay cash dividends on the Common Stock
in the foreseeable future.  The Company intends to retain future earnings for
reinvestment in its business.  In addition, the  Company's ability to declare
or pay cash dividends is affected by the ability of the Company's present and
future subsidiaries to declare and pay dividends or  otherwise transfer funds
to the Company because the Company conducts its operations  entirely  through
its  subsidiaries.  Certain agreements related to the Company's indebtedness,
including the Indentures, significantly restrict the Company's ability to pay
dividends  on  the Common Stock.  Future loan facilities, if any, obtained by
the Company or its  subsidiaries  may  prohibit  or  restrict  the payment of
dividends or other distributions by the Company to its stockholders  and  the
payment  of dividends or other distributions by the Company's subsidiaries to
the Company.   Subject  to such limitations, the payment of cash dividends on
the Common Stock will be  within  the  discretion  of  the Company's Board of
Directors  and  will depend upon the earnings of the Company,  the  Company's
capital requirements, applicable corporate law requirements and other factors
that are considered relevant by the Company's Board of Directors.



                                CAPITALIZATION

   The following  table  sets  forth  the  cash and the capitalization of the
Company at December 31, 1996.  This table should  be read in conjunction with
the Company's consolidated financial statements (including the notes thereto)
appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.

                                                          December 31, 1996
                                                            
Cash and cash equivalents, excluding restricted cash         $  104,448,583
Restricted cash(1)                                               37,034,745
                                                             --------------
      Total cash and cash equivalents                           141,483,328
                                                             ==============
                                                             
Current maturities of long-term debt                         $    3,169,383
                                                             --------------
Long-term debt:
1995 Notes (2)                                                  148,384,135
Notes (2)                                                       126,400,136
Other                                                            25,124,950
                                                             --------------
      Total long-term debt                                      299,909,221
                                                             --------------
Common stock, $.01 par value; 50,000,000 shares 
   authorized; 16,946,697 issued and outstanding(3)                 169,467
Additional paid-in capital                                      120,284,507
Accumulated deficit                                             (49,787,292)
                                                             --------------
      Total stockholders' equity                                 70,666,682
                                                             --------------
            Total capitalization                             $  373,745,286
                                                             ==============
_______________________________

  (1) Represents a portion of the net proceeds realized  from the sale of the
      1995 Notes that was placed in escrow to pay interest  on the 1995 Notes
      through October 1998.
  (2) Net of unamortized discount.
  (3) Excludes  (i)  1,029,413 shares of Common Stock reserved  for  issuance
      upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted to employees and
      directors, (ii)  300,000  shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise
      of the GKM Warrants, (iii) 450,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon
      exercise of the 1995 Warrants  and  (iv)  the  544,059 shares of Common
      Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants.



        UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

      The  following  unaudited  pro  forma condensed combined  statement  of
operations for the year ended December  31,  1996  gives  effect  to  (i) the
TruVision Transaction, (ii) the Madison Purchase and (iii) the conversion  of
the  TruVision  convertible  preferred  stock into TruVision common stock, in
each  case as if such transactions had occurred  on  January  1,  1996.   All
transactions are accounted for under the purchase method of accounting.

      The  pro  forma  condensed  combined  statement  of  operations and the
accompanying   notes  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  Company's
consolidated financial  statements, TruVision's financial statements, Madison
Communications, Inc.'s and  Beasley Communications, Inc.'s combined financial
statements,  including  the  notes  thereto,  contained  elsewhere   in  this
Prospectus.   The  pro forma condensed combined statement of operations  does
not purport to represent  what  the  Company's  results  of  operations would
actually have been if the aforementioned transactions or events  occurred  on
the dates specified or to project the Company's results of operations for any
future  periods  or  at any future date.  The pro forma adjustments are based
upon available information  and certain adjustments that the Company believes
are reasonable.  In the opinion  of  the  Company,  all adjustments have been
made  that are necessary to present fairly the pro forma  condensed  combined
statement of operations.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             WIRELESS, ONE, INC.
        Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations
                     For the Year Ended December 31, 1996


                                       Wireless One    TruVision     Madison      Pro Forma       Pro Forma
                                        Historical     Historical   Historical   Adjustments       Combined
                                       ------------   -----------   ----------   -----------     ------------
<S>                                    <C>            <C>           <C>         <C>              <C>
Revenues                               $ 11,364,828   $ 3,356,954   $ 909,896   $  (360,684)(1)  $ 15,270,994
Operating expenses:                                                               
  Systems operations                      5,316,190     1,011,164     351,860           ---         6,679,214
  Selling, general and administrative    18,659,100     6,548,405     436,088      (130,765)(1)    25,512,829
    
  Depreciation and amortization          11,625,507     2,415,305     294,043       877,051(2)     15,211,906
                                                                                  
    Total operating expenses             35,600,797     9,974,874   1,081,991       746,286        47,403,949
    
Operating income (loss)                 (24,235,969)   (6,617,920)   (172,095)   (1,106,970)      (32,132,955)
Interest income                           8,146,958           ---         ---           ---         8,146,958
Interest expense                        (28,087,948)     (912,265)     (5,792)          ---       (29,006,005)
Equity in losses of investee               (193,436)          ---         ---           ---          (193,436)
Other                                           ---           ---      29,307           ---            29,367
  Income (loss) before income taxes     (44,370,395)   (7,530,185)   (148,520)   (1,106,970)      (53,156,071)
  Income tax benefit                      4,700,000           ---         ---           ---         4,700,000
  Net income (loss)                     (39,670,395)   (7,530,185)   (148,520)   (1,106,970)      (48,456,071)
Preferred stock dividends and                                            
  discount accretion                            ---      (440,000)        ---      (440,000)(3)           ---
                                       ------------   -----------   ---------   -----------      ------------
  Net income (loss) applicable to
    common stock                       $(39,670,395)  $(7,970,185)  $(148,520)  $(1,106,970)     $(48,456,071)
    
  Net loss per common share            $      (2.65)                                             $      (2.86)
  
  Weighted average common shares
    outstanding                          14,961,934                                                16,942,807

</TABLE>


                    NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED
                      COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS


(1)   Reflects  the  elimination  of  TruVision's  and Madison's installation
      revenue  and  direct commissions from the statement  of  operations  in
      order to conform  accounting  policies  for  the  capitalized  costs of
      subscriber installations to the Company's accounting policies.

(2)   Reflects  the  reduction  in  depreciation  expense  as a result of the
      conforming  adjustments  in  Note 1 above and the amortization  of  the
      intangible assets acquired in the TruVision Transaction and the Madison
      Purchase.  For purposes of these  Pro  Forma  Statements,  lives  of 20
      years have been used for licenses and channel rights.  Amortization  of
      intangible  assets  has  only  been  recorded in those Markets acquired
      which are Operating Systems.

(3)   Reflects the  elimination of the  preferred dividend  requirements as a
      result  of the conversion  of TruVisions's convertible  preferred stock
      into TruVision common stock.

                           SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

      The selected consolidated financial data  presented  as of December 31,
1993,  1994,  1995  and  1996  and  for  the  period  from  February 4,  1993
(inception) to December 31, 1993, and for the years ended December  31, 1994,
1995 and 1996 are derived from the consolidated financial statements  of  the
Company and its subsidiaries, which financial statements have been audited by
KPMG  Peat  Marwick  LLP,  independent  certified  public  accountants.   The
consolidated  financial  statements as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and for
the years ended December 31,  1994, 1995 and 1996, and the report thereon are
contained elsewhere in this Prospectus.   The  financial  statements  for the
year ended December 31, 1995 reflect the operating results of the Company for
the  period  from  January  1, 1995 through October 18, 1995 and the combined
results of the Company and the  certain  assets  acquired  in  the  Heartland
Transaction  for the period from October 19, 1995 through December 31,  1995.
The financial  statements  for  the  year ended December 31, 1996 reflect the
operating results of the Company for the  period from January 1, 1996 through
July 28, 1996 and the combined results of the  Company  and TruVision for the
period  from  July  29,  1996  through  December  31,  1996.   This  selected
consolidated  financial data should be read in conjunction with "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and
the consolidated  financial  statements  (including the notes thereto) of the
Company contained elsewhere in this Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       Period from
                                       February 4,
                                          1993
                                      (inception) to          Year Ended December 31,
                                       December 31,  ----------------------------------------  
                                          1993          1994           1995          1996
                                       -----------   -----------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                    <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>
Statement of Operations Data:
  Revenues                             $         -   $   399,319   $  1,410,318   $ 11,364,828
  Operating expenses:
      Systems operations                    24,429       274,886        841,819      5,316,190
      Selling, general and
        administrative expenses            110,281     1,800,720      4,431,839     18,659,100
        
      Depreciation and amortization         27,489       413,824      1,783,066     11,625,507
                                       -----------   -----------   ------------   ------------
  Total operating expenses                 162,199     2,489,430      7,056,724     35,600,797
                                       -----------   -----------   ------------   ------------
  Operating loss                          (162,199)   (2,090,111)    (5,646,406)   (24,235,969)
  Interest expense and other, net             (411)     (171,702)    (2,046,068)   (20,134,426)
                                       -----------   -----------   ------------   ------------
  Loss before income taxes                (162,610)   (2,261,813)    (7,692,474)   (44,370,395)
  Income tax benefit                             -             -              -      4,700,000
                                       -----------   -----------   ------------   ------------
  Net loss                             $  (162,610)  $(2,261,813)  $ (7,692,474)   (39,670,395)
  Preferred stock dividends and
      discount accretion                         -             -       (786,389)             -
                                       -----------   -----------   ------------   ------------
  Net loss applicable to common stock  $  (162,610)  $(2,261,813)  $ (8,478,863)  $(39,670,395)
                                       ===========   ===========   ============   ============    
  Net loss per common share            $     (0.30)  $     (1.21)  $      (2.02)  $      (2.65)
                                       ===========   ===========   ============   ============
  Weighted average common shares
      outstanding                          538,127     1,863,512      4,187,736     14,961,934
                                       ===========   ===========   ============   ============
                                        
                                                            December 31,
                                       -------------------------------------------------------                     
                                            1993         1994          1995          1996
Balance Sheet Data:                    -----------   -----------   ------------   ------------
  Working capital (1)                  $    57,786   $(1,537,244)  $122,084,511   $106,676,500
  Total assets                             514,223     8,914,224    213,799,874    395,609,362
  Current portion of long-term debt          4,714     1,457,295        376,780      3,169,383
  Long-term debt                            14,903     2,839,602    150,871,267    299,909,221
  Deferred taxes                                 -             -              -      6,500,000
  Total stockholders' equity               458,370     4,343,713     55,649,687     70,666,682

</TABLE>

  (1) Includes approximately $17,637,839 and  $18,149,180  of  funds  held in
      escrow  at  December  31,  1995 and 1996 respectively to be used to pay
      interest due on the 1995 Notes.



         MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                          AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

      The  following  discussion should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the
Company's consolidated  financial  statements  (including  the notes thereto)
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

      This  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition  and
Results of Operations  pertains solely to the historical financial statements
contained herein.

      The results of operations  for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995,
and 1996, were prepared based on the  historical  results of the Company.  On
October 18, 1995, the Company acquired the Heartland Division in exchange for
approximately 3.5 million shares of Common Stock and  $10  million  in notes.
As  a result, the results of operations for the year ended December 31,  1995
includes  the operating results of the Company for the period from January 1,
1995 through  October  18,  1995  and  the  combined operating results of the
Company  and  the Heartland Division for the period  from  October  19,  1995
through December  31,  1995.   On  July  29,  1996,  the  Company merged with
TruVision in exchange for approximately 3.4 million shares  of  the Company's
common  stock.   As  a  result, the results of operations for the year  ended
December 31, 1996 includes  the  operating  results  of  the  Company for the
period from January 1, 1996 through July 28, 1996 and the combined  operating
results of the Company and TruVision from July 29, 1996 to December 31, 1996.
Period-to-period  comparisons  of  the  Company's  financial  results are not
necessarily  meaningful  and  should  not be relied upon as an indication  of
future performance due to the acquisition  of  the  Heartland  Division,  the
TruVision  Transaction  and  the  development  of  the Company's business and
system launches during the periods presented.

Overview

      Since  its  inception,  the  Company  has significantly  increased  its
Operating Systems and number of subscribers.  This controlled growth has been
achieved from internal expansion and through  acquisitions  and mergers.  The
Company  has  sustained  substantial  net  losses,  primarily  due  to  fixed
operating  costs  associated  with  the  development of its systems, interest
expense and charges for depreciation and amortization.   The  Company expects
to experience positive system EBITDA in the second half of 1997  and positive
consolidated  EBITDA  (net  income  (loss) plus interest expense, income  tax
expense, depreciation and amortization expense and all other non-cash charges
less any non-cash items which have the  effect  of  increasing  net income or
decreasing  net  loss)  in  the  first  half  of 1998.  The Company had  five
Operating Systems achieve positive EBITDA for 1996  and  11 Operating Systems
positive  for  the month of December, 1996.  None of the Company's  remaining
systems had turned EBITDA positive as of December 1996, primarily as a result
of their early stages  of development and number of subscribers.  The Company
does not anticipate being  able  to  generate net income until after the year
2001, and there can be no assurance that  other  factors,  such  as,  but not
limited  to, economic conditions, its inability to raise additional financing
or disruptions  in  its  operations,  will  not  result  in further delays in
operating  on  a  profitable  basis.   Losses  may increase as operations  in
additional systems are commenced or acquired.

      "System EBITDA" means net income (loss) plus  interest  expense, income
tax  expense,  depreciation  and amortization expense and all other  non-cash
charges, less any non-cash items  which  have  the  effect  of increasing net
income or decreasing net loss, for a system and includes all selling, general
and  administrative expenses attributable to employees in that  system.   For
the periods  presented  there  are  no such non-cash items.  Information with
respect  to  EBITDA  is included herein  because  it  is  a  widely  accepted
financial  indicator  of   a   company's  ability  to  service  and/or  incur
indebtedness.  EBITDA is not intended  to represent cash flows, as determined
in accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles, nor has it been
presented  as  an  alternative  to operating income or  as  an  indicator  of
operating performance and should  not  be  considered  as  a  substitute  for
measures  of  performance  prepared  in  accordance  with  generally accepted
accounting principles.

Year 1996 Compared to the Year 1995

      Revenues   -  The Company's revenues consist of monthly  fees  paid  by
subscribers for the  basic  programming  package  and for premium programming
services.  The Company's subscription revenues for 1996 were $11.4 million as
compared to $1.4 million for 1995, an increase of $10.0 million or 714%. This
increase in revenues was primarily due to the average  number  of subscribers
increasing  from  5,015  to  40,420 subscribers for the years 1995 and  1996,
respectively.  At December 31, 1995, the Company had 7,525 subscribers versus
69,825 at December 31, 1996.   Approximately  34%  of the subscriber increase
was attributable to same system growth (growth in systems in operation at the
beginning of the year and growth in systems acquired during the year from the
date of acquisition), 30% was attributable to growth  from the 14 new systems
launched  during 1996, and 36% was attributable to the acquisition  of  eight
Operating Systems.

      Systems  Operations  Expenses   -   Systems operations expense includes
programming  costs,  channel  lease  payments,  tower  and  transmitter  site
rentals,  cost  of  program  guides  and  certain   repairs  and  maintenance
expenditures.  Programming costs, cost of program guides,  and  channel lease
payments (with the exception of minimum payments) are variable expenses which
increase as the number of subscribers increases.  Systems operations expenses
for 1996 were $5.3 million (46% of revenue) as compared to $0.8 million  (57%
of  revenue)  for 1995, reflecting an increase of $4.5 million or 562%.  This
increase is attributable  primarily  to the increase in the average number of
subscribers in 1996 compared to 1995 as  outlined  above.   As  a  percent of
revenues, systems operations expenses have decreased as more systems mature.

      Selling,   General   and   Administrative    -   Selling,  general  and
administrative  ("SG&A")  expenses  for  1996  were $18.7  million  (164%  of
revenue) compared to $4.4 million (314% of revenue)  for 1995, an increase of
$14.3 million or 325%.  The Company has experienced increasing  SG&A expenses
as  a  result  of  its  increased  wireless  cable  activities and associated
administrative  costs  including  costs  related  to opening,  acquiring  and
maintaining additional offices and compensation expense.  The increase is due
primarily  to  increases  in  personnel  costs,  advertising   and  marketing
expenses,  and  other overhead expenses required to support the expansion  of
the Company's operations.   As  a  percent  of  revenues, selling general and
administrative expenses have decreased as more systems mature.

      The Company believes such SG&A costs will not stabilize until 1998 when
all  Markets  are  expected  to  be launched.  At that  time,  administrative
expenses should remain constant with  selling and general expense stabilizing
when desired penetration rates are achieved.  In order for such stabilization
to occur within this time period, however, the current system launch schedule
must be met and desired penetration rates must be achieved.

      Depreciation and Amortization Expense  -  Depreciation and amortization
expense for 1996 was $11.6 million versus  $1.8 million for 1995, an increase
of  $9.8 million or 544%.  The increase in depreciation  expense  during  the
period  was  due  to additional capital expenditures related to the launch of
new systems and acquisitions of Operating Systems.  In addition, amortization
of leased license costs  increased due to new launches and the acquisition of
additional channel rights.

      Interest Expense  -  Interest expense for 1996 was $28.1 million versus
$4.1 million for 1995, an  increase of $24 million or 585%.  This increase in
interest expense is due to the issuance of the 1995 Notes in October 1995 and
the issuance of the Notes in August 1996.

      Interest Income  -  Interest  income  in  1996  was $8.1 million versus
$2.0 million for 1995, an increase of $6.1 million or 305%.  This increase in
interest income is due to the investment of net proceeds  from  the  1995 and
1996 Unit Offerings (each as defined in "- Liquidity and Capital Resources").

Year 1995 Compared to the Year 1994

      Revenues   -   The  Company's revenues for the year ended December  31,
1994 were $.4 million.  Subscription  revenues  from  new subscribers totaled
$.25  million  or  67%  of  revenues.   Equipment  sales  and other  revenues
accounted  for  $.10 million and $.05 million, respectively,  in  1994.   All
revenues were related  to  the  Lafayette, Lake Charles, and Wharton Systems,
each of which was launched during 1994.

      For  the  year  ended  December  31,  1995  revenues,  which  were  all
subscription  revenues,  were $1.4  million.  The  increase  in  subscription
revenues of $1.15 million or 460% over 1994 was primarily attributable to the
acquisition of the Heartland  Division  in  October  1995,  the launch of the
Bryan/College Station and Pensacola Systems and the increase in revenues from
the  Company's  existing  Operating Systems.  This increase in revenues  from
existing Operating Systems  was primarily due to the Wharton and Lake Charles
Systems being operational for  12  months  in  1995  versus  seven  and eight
months,   respectively,   for  1994,  and  an  increase  in  average  monthly
subscribers in 1995 over 1994 for the Lafayette System.

      Systems Operations Expense   -   For  the year ended December 31, 1995,
systems  operations  expense  amounted to $.84 million  as  compared  to  $.3
million for the prior-year period.   The  increase was primarily attributable
to the increase in the number of subscribers and new market launches.

      Selling General and Administrative Expense   -   SG&A increased to $4.4
million as compared to $1.8 million for the prior period.   The  $2.6 million
increase  was  due primarily to increase in personnel costs, advertising  and
marketing expenses,  and  other  overhead  expenses  required  to support the
expansion of the Company's operations.

      Depreciation and Amortization Expense  -  Depreciation and amortization
expense  was  $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 1995, compared  to
$.4 million for  the  same  period  in  1994.   The  increase  was  primarily
attributable  to  additional  costs  incurred  by  the  Company  through  its
acquisition  of the Heartland Division and the development and implementation
of the Company's operating plan.

      Interest  Income   -  For the year ended December 31, 1995, the Company
earned $1.4 million on its  cash  equivalents  and $.6 million from the funds
escrowed in connection with the investment of net proceeds from the 1995 Unit
Offering.

      Interest Expense  -  Interest expense in 1994 was $.17 million.  During
1994, the Company established a $3.0 million revolving credit facility from a
bank  secured  by  subscription receivables.  The revolving  credit  facility
accounted for $.05 million  of  interest  expense  in  1994.  The outstanding
balance  on  the  facility  at  December 31, 1994 amounted to  $1.1  million.
Additionally, the Company issued  two  discount  notes  that  related  to the
acquisition  of  channel  rights  in Pensacola and Panama City, Florida.  The
discount notes have a face value of  $3.7 million and are due in installments
through 1997.  Interest expense related  to the notes during 1994 amounted to
$.1  million.   The subsidiary of the Company  that  owns  and  operates  the
Bryan/College Station  System  has  outstanding  a  $.15  million convertible
debenture  that  bears  interest  at  the  prime  rate.   The  debenture   is
convertible  at the option of the holder into a 20% minority interest in such
subsidiary and is callable at a fixed price.

      Interest  expense  in  1995  was  $4.0  million.   The revolving credit
facility  was  repaid in full from the proceeds of the private  placement  of
redeemable convertible  preferred  stock  in April 1995.  Interest expense of
$.04 million was incurred in 1995 from this  revolving  credit  facility.  In
October  1995,  the  Company  issued  an  aggregate principal amount of  $150
million of its 1995 Notes.  At December 31,  1995,  interest  expense of $3.7
million  was  incurred  on  the  1995  Notes.   Interest expense for the  two
discount notes described in the above paragraph was  $.3 million for the year
ended  December  31,  1995.   Interest  expense on the convertible  debenture
related to the Bryan/College Station System  was  $.01  million  for the year
ended December 31, 1995.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

      The  wireless  cable  television  business  is capital intensive.   The
Company's  operations  require substantial amounts of  capital  for  (i)  the
installation of equipment  at  subscribers' premises (ii) the construction of
transmission and headend facilities  and  related  equipment purchases, (iii)
the funding of start-up losses and other working capital  requirements,  (iv)
the  acquisition  of  wireless  cable  channel  rights  and  systems  and (v)
investments  in  vehicles  and  administrative offices.  Since inception, the
Company has expended funds to lease  or  otherwise  acquire channel rights in
various markets, to construct or acquire its operating  systems,  to commence
construction of operating systems in different markets and to finance initial
operating losses.

      In  order  to  finance  the expansion of its operating systems and  the
launch of additional markets, in  October  1995,  the  Company  completed the
initial public offering of 3,450,000 shares of its common stock (the  "Common
Stock  Offering").   The Company received approximately $32.3 million in  net
proceeds from the Common  Stock  Offering.   Concurrently, the Company issued
150,000 units (the "1995 Unit Offering") consisting of $150 million aggregate
principal amount of the 1995 Notes and 450,000  1995  Warrants, which entitle
the holders thereof to purchase an equal number of  shares of Common Stock at
an  exercise  price  of  $11.55 per share.  The Company placed  approximately
$53.2 million of the approximately  $143.8  million  of net proceeds realized
from the sale of the units into an escrow account to cover  the  first  three
years'  interest  payments  on the 1995 Notes as required by terms of the Old
Indenture.

      In  August 1996, the Company  issued  239,252  units  (the  "1996  Unit
Offering")  consisting  of  $239  million  aggregate principal amounts of the
Notes and the Warrants.  The Company received  $118.6 million after expenses.
The proceeds are being used to fund the business  plan  of the newly acquired
markets from the TruVision Transaction and to fund the launch  and  expansion
of existing markets.

      For the year ended December 31, 1994, cash used in operating activities
was  $1.7  million  consisting  primarily of net loss of $2.3 million and  an
increase in receivables and prepaid  expenses  of  $.2  million, offset by an
increase   in   accounts  payable  and  accrued  expenses  of  $.2   million,
depreciation and  amortization  of  $.4 million, and non-cash expenses of $.2
million.   For the year ended December  31,  1994,  cash  used  in  investing
activities was $8.2 million, consisting primarily of capital expenditures and
payments for  licenses and organizational costs of approximately $3.1 million
and  $5.1 million,  respectively.   These  investing  activities  principally
related to the acquisition of equipment in certain of the Company's Operating
Systems,   as   well  as  Future  Launch  Markets  and  certain  license  and
organization costs related to those Markets.  For the year ended December 31,
1994, cash provided  by  financing  activities  was  $9.8 million, consisting
primarily  of $5.6 million from the issuance of 1,475,823  shares  of  Common
Stock and $4.3  million  from  the issuance of long-term debt associated with
license acquisition costs in Future Launch Markets, offset by $.01 million in
repayments of long-term debt.

      For the year ended December 31, 1995, cash used in operating activities
was $.6 million, consisting primarily  of  a  net loss of $7.7 million and an
increase in receivables and prepaid expenses of  $.6 million and $.4 million,
respectively, offset by an increase in accounts payable  and accrued expenses
of  $6  million, and depreciation and amortization of $1.8 million,  and  net
non-cash expenses of $.3 million.  For the year ended December 31, 1995, cash
used in investing activities was $71.3 million, consisting primarily of $53.2
million applied to purchase marketable investment securities to establish the
escrow account  relating  to  the  1995  Notes  and  capital expenditures and
payments for licenses and organizational costs of approximately  $9.8 million
and  $6.8  million,  respectively.  In addition, the Company made investments
and purchased other assets  at  a  cost  of  approximately $1.5 million.  The
capital  expenditures  and  acquisition  costs  principally  related  to  the
purchase of equipment in certain of  the Company's Operating Systems, as well
as Future Launch Markets and certain license and organizational costs related
to those Markets.  For the year ended December 31,  1995, cash flows provided
by financing activities were $182.3 million, consisting  of $144.8 million in
proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt, $35 million  in  proceeds  from
the issuance of common stock, and $14.3 million in proceeds from the issuance
of redeemable preferred stock, offset by $11.5 million in repayments of long-
term debt and $.3 million in payments for debt issue cost.

      For the year ended December 31, 1996, cash used in operating activities
was  $22.2 million consisting primarily of a net loss of $39.7 million offset
by an  increase  in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $3.3 million, an
increase in receivables  and prepaids of $1.0 million, a decrease in deposits
of $.9 million, depreciation  and  amortization  of  $11.6  million, non-cash
income of $5.7 million and non-cash expenses of $8.4 million.   For  the year
ended December 31, 1996, cash used in investing activities was $89.8 million,
consisting  primarily  of capital expenditures and payments for licenses  and
organization  costs  of  approximately   $60.4  million  and  $43.9  million,
respectively.  In addition, the Company received proceeds from the maturities
of  securities  of $17.3 million, and made investments  and  purchased  other
assets at a cost  of  approximately $2.8 million.  These investing activities
were principally related  to  the  acquisition of equipment in certain of the
Company's Operating Systems, as well  as  Future  Launch  Markets and certain
license and organization costs related to those markets.  For  the year ended
December  31,  1996,  cash  flows provided by financing activities were  $106
million, consisting of $120.7  million  in proceeds from the issuance of long
term debt and $.03 million in proceeds from  the  issuance  of  common stock,
offset by $13.1 million in repayments of long-term debt and $1.6  million  in
payments for debt issue costs.

      Historically,  the  Company  has generated operating and net losses and
can be expected to do so for at least  the foreseeable future as it continues
to  develop  additional  operating systems.   Such  losses  may  increase  as
operations in additional systems  are commenced or acquired.  There can be no
assurance that the Company will be  able  to  achieve or sustain positive net
income in the future.  As the Company continues  to  develop  systems, EBITDA
from more mature systems is expected to be partially or completely  offset by
negative  EBITDA  from  less  developed  systems  and  from development costs
associated with establishing systems in new markets.  This  trend is expected
to  continue  until the Company has a sufficiently large subscriber  base  to
absorb operating  and  development costs of recently launched systems.  Based
on its current system launch schedule and targeted penetration and subscriber
revenue rates, the Company  believes  it will reach a subscriber level in its
more mature systems (those systems with positive System EBITDA) in the fourth
quarter of 1997 to generate revenues sufficient to offset these operating and
development  costs. EBITDA is used to measure  performance  in  the  wireless
cable industry.   However, EBITDA does not purport to represent cash provided
by or used by operating  activities and should not be considered in isolation
or as a substitute for measures  of  performance  prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles.

      The  Company made capital expenditures, exclusive  of  acquisitions  of
wireless cable  systems and additions to leased license acquisition costs, of
approximately $9.8 million and $60.4 million for the years ended December 31,
1995 and 1996, respectively.   These  expenditures  primarily  relate  to the
purchase  of  equipment  in  the  Company's  Operating Systems, as well as in
Future Launch Markets.  The Company estimates  that  $87  million  in capital
expenditures will be required over the next twelve months to continue to fund
growth in its Operating Systems and Future Launch Markets.

      Based on the factors and results discussed above, the Company  believes
that the $105 million in unrestricted cash at December 31, 1996 is sufficient
to meet its expected capital and operating needs at least over the next  nine
to twelve months.

      Subject  to  the  limitations of the Indentures, in order to accelerate
its growth rate and to finance general corporate activities and the launch or
build-out of additional systems,  the  Company  may  supplement  its existing
sources of funding with financing arrangements at the operating system  level
or  through  additional  borrowings,  the  sale  of additional debt or equity
securities, including a sale to strategic investors,  joint ventures or other
arrangements,  if such financing is available to the Company  on satisfactory
terms.

      As  a  result of issuing the 1995 Notes and the Notes and the  possible
incurrence of  additional  indebtedness,  the  Company  will  be  required to
satisfy significant debt service requirements.  Following the disbursement of
all of the funds in the escrow account in October 1998, a substantial portion
of the Company's cash flow will be devoted to debt service on the 1995 Notes.
Additionally, beginning on August 1, 2001, cash interest will begin to accrue
on the Notes and thereafter a substantial portion of the Company's  cash flow
will  be  devoted  to such debt service.  The ability of the Company to  make
payments of principal  and interest will be largely dependent upon its future
performance.  Many factors,  some  of  which  will  be  beyond  the Company's
control (such as prevailing economic conditions), may affect its performance.
There  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  Company  will  be  able to generate
sufficient cash flow to cover required interest and principal  payments  when
due on the 1995 Notes and the Notes or other indebtedness of the Company.  If
the  Company is unable to meet interest and principal payments in the future,
it may, depending upon circumstances which then exist, seek additional equity
or debt financing, attempt to refinance its existing indebtedness or sell all
or part  of  its business or assets to raise funds to repay its indebtedness.
The incurrence of additional indebtedness is restricted by the Indentures.

      In managing  its wireless cable assets, the Company may, at its option,
exchange or trade existing  wireless  cable channel rights for channel rights
in markets that have a greater strategic  value  to the Company.  The Company
continually evaluates opportunities to acquire, either directly or indirectly
through  the acquisition of other entities, wireless  cable  channel  rights.
There is no assurance that the Company will not pursue any such opportunities
that may utilize  capital  currently expected to be available for its current
markets.
    

                                   BUSINESS

      The  Company acquires,  develops,  owns  and  operates  wireless  cable
television  systems,   primarily   in   small  to  mid-size  markets  in  the
southeastern United States.  Wireless cable  programming  is  transmitted via
microwave  frequencies  from  a  transmission  facility  to a small receiving
antenna   at   each  subscriber's  location,  which  generally  requires   an
unobstructed LOS from the transmission facility to the subscriber's receiving
antenna.  The Company targets markets with a significant number of households
that can be served  by LOS transmissions and that are unpassed by traditional
hard-wire cable.  The  Company  estimates  that  approximately 25% of the LOS
households in its Markets are unpassed by traditional  hard-wire  cable.  The
Company's  83  Markets  (including 13 held by a limited liability company  of
which the Company owns 50%)  are  located  in  Texas, Louisiana, Mississippi,
Tennessee,  Kentucky,  Alabama,  Georgia,  Arkansas,  North  Carolina,  South
Carolina  and  Florida and represent approximately  11.0  million  households
(including  households   in  Markets  held  through  such  limited  liability
company).  The Company believes  that  approximately  8.1  million  of  these
households  (2.0  million  of  which are in Markets held through such limited
liability company) can be served by LOS transmissions.

      Many of the households in  the Company's Markets, particularly in rural
areas, also have limited access to  local  off-air  VHF/UHF  programming from
ABC,  NBC,  CBS  and  Fox  affiliates,  and  typically do not have access  to
subscription  television service except via satellite  television  operators,
whose equipment and subscription fees generally are more costly than those of
wireless cable,  and  which  are unable to retransmit local off-air channels.
In many of the Company's rural  Markets,  the  Company believes a significant
number  of  the  households  that are passed by cable  are  served  by  cable
operators  with  lower quality service  and  limited  reception  and  channel
lineups than the Company's  services.  As a result, the Company believes that
its  wireless  cable television  service  is  an  attractive  alternative  to
existing television  choices  for both passed and unpassed households in many
of its Markets.

      At December 31, 1996, the  Company's  Markets  included  32  markets in
which  the  Company  has  Operating Systems and 38 Future Launch Markets,  in
which the Company has aggregated  either   sufficient  wireless cable channel
rights to commence construction of a system or leases with  or  options  from
applicants for channel licenses that the Company expects to be granted by the
FCC.   In  addition,  the  Company owns a 50% interest in a limited liability
company which holds channel rights to serve 13 markets in North Carolina, all
of which are Future Launch Markets.   Through  increases  in  the  number  of
subscribers in its Operating Systems, the addition of eight Operating Systems
through  its  merger  with TruVision and new system launches, the Company was
able to increase its aggregate  number of subscribers  from 7,525 at December
31, 1995 to 69,825 at December 31,  1996,  representing a penetration rate of
2.6% of the LOS households in the Operating Systems at December 31, 1996.

Recent Developments

      TruVision  Transaction   -   In  July 1996,  the  Company  merged  with
TruVision in exchange for approximately  3.4  million shares of the Company's
common stock.  At the time of the Merger, TruVision (i) had Operating Systems
located in Jackson, Natchez, Oxford and the Gulf  Coast  and Delta regions of
Mississippi and Demopolis, Alabama (ii) held wireless cable channel rights in
other  areas  of  Mississippi,  for  Memphis and Flippin, Tennessee  and  for
Gadsden  and  Tuscaloosa,  Alabama  and (iii)  had  acquisition  transactions
pending in a number of additional Markets,  including  Lawrenceburg,  Jackson
and  Chattanooga, Tennessee, Hot Springs, Arkansas, Huntsville, Alabama,  and
Jacksonville,  North  Carolina.  See  "-  Other  Acquisitions" and "- Pending
Acquisitions."   As of December 31, 1996, Markets acquired  as  part  of  the
TruVision Transaction  included  approximately 2.0 million LOS households and
31,639 subscribers.

      Applied Video Acquisition  -  In May 1996, the Company acquired Applied
Video  for  a  total  purchase  price of  approximately  $6.5  million.   The
acquisition of Applied Video added one Operating System (Dothan, Alabama) and
two Future Launch Markets (Albany,  Georgia  and Montgomery, Alabama).  These
three Markets consist of approximately 263,100  LOS  households.  The Albany,
Georgia  System was launched in September 1996.  Operations  in  the  Albany,
Georgia System  together  with the Dothan, Alabama system, as of December 31,
1996, accounted for 1,343 subscribers.

      Other Acquisitions  -   In  1996, the Company also acquired (i)  Shoals
Wireless,  Inc.,  whose  principal asset  was  an  Operating  System  in  the
Lawrenceburg, Tennessee Market,  for  approximately  $1.2  million,  (ii)  an
Operating System and hard-wire cable system in the Huntsville, Alabama Market
for  approximately  $6 million, (iii) rights to 11 wireless cable channels in
the Macon, Georgia Market  for  approximately  $600,000, (iv) rights to eight
wireless cable channels in the Bowling Green, Kentucky  Market  for $300,000,
(v) rights to 16 wireless cable channels in the Jacksonville, North  Carolina
Market for approximately $820,000 ($800,00 of which is being withheld pending
grants  of  licenses)  and  12  wireless  cable  channels in the Chattanooga,
Tennessee Market for $517,000 and (vi) rights to 11  MDS channels and filings
for 20 ITFS licenses and related transmission tower leases  and  approvals in
Auburn/Opelika, Alabama for $600,000.

      Pending  Acquisitions   -   The  Company  has entered into a definitive
agreement with SkyView Wireless Cable, Inc. to acquire  rights to 22 wireless
cable  channels and a substantially completed transmission  facility  in  the
Jackson,  Tennessee  Market  for  approximately  $2.7  million and to acquire
rights to 20 wireless cable channels in the Hot Springs,  Arkansas Market for
approximately $1.5 million.  The Company also has entered into  an  agreement
with  Wireless  Ventures  to  acquire  a  fifty  percent interest in Wireless
Ventures, which holds BTA authorizations in certain  markets  in  Georgia for
approximately $1.0 million.

   
      BTA  Auction   -  In March 1996, the Company, TruVision, Applied  Video
and WONC participated  in  the  BTA  Auction  conducted  by  the  FCC for the
exclusive  right  to  apply  for available MDS channels in certain
designated BTAs, subject to compliance  with the FCC's interference standards
and other rules.  The Company, TruVision,  Applied  Video  and  WONC were the
winning bidders for BTA authorizations in the 72 markets which constitute the
BTA Markets, and such authorizations, which primarily will increase, upon FCC
approval, the number of expected channels in the Company's Markets where BTAs
are  held, are reflected in the information set forth herein.  Subsequent  to
the BTA Auction and consistent with FCC rules, the Company filed applications
for  authorizations   in   each  BTA  Market.   Approximately  95%  of  these
authorizations have been granted  by  the  FCC.   The  winning  bids  of  the
Company,   TruVision   and  Applied  Video  in  the  BTA  Auction  aggregated
approximately $30.3 million  (net of a small business bidding credit), 80% of
which is being financed through indebtedness provided to the Company by the
United States government.

     First Quarter 1997 Results.  On April 29, 1997, the Company reported
revenues for the first quarter ended  March  31,  1997  of  $7.1 million,
compared  to $1.0 million for the first quarter of 1996 and $5.5  million
for the fourth  quarter  of 1996.  Consolidated EBITDA was negative  $3.9
million for the first quarter  of 1997, compared to negative $2.2 million
for the first quarter of 1996 and  negative  $4.6  million for the fourth
quarter  of 1996.  System EBITDA  was  negative $1.3 million of the first
quarter of 1997 compared to negative $2.3  million for the fourth quarter
of 1996. For the first quarter of 1997, 11 Operating Systems had positive
EBITDA  compared to six for the fourth quarter of 1996.  As  of March 31, 
1997, the  Company  had a total of  88,409  subsidiaries in  33 Operating 
Systems, one of which was launched in the first quarter of 1997.

     2.3GHz Auction.  The Company,  through  a cooperative bidding effort
with BellSouth Corp. ("BellSouth"), acquired certain  rights with respect
to the spectrum in the 2.3GHz range at the FCC auction  with  respect  to
such  spectrum  conducted  in  April  1997.  The Company's agreement with
BellSouth calls for the Company to own  10MHz  of  spectrum  covering its
existing  wireless  cable  footprint.   If  the  partition  agreement  is
approved by the FCC, the Company will pay approximately $1.1  million for
the  spectrum,  which  covers  approximately 11 million total households.
The Company expects to use the spectrum  to  facilitate  two way data and
internet  services  and  to  provide  additional  channel  capacity   for
downstream video.

    

Business Strategy

      The Company's primary business  objective  is to develop wireless cable
television systems in markets in which the Company  believes  it  can achieve
positive  System  EBITDA  upon  achieving  2,500  to 3,000 subscribers.   The
Company intends to accomplish this business objective  through implementation
of the following operating strategies.

      Rural  market  focus  -  The Company generally obtains  wireless  cable
channel rights and locates operations in geographic clusters of small to mid-
size markets that have  a  significant  number  of  households  not currently
passed  by  traditional  hard-wire  cable.   The  Company believes that  such
markets have less competition from alternative forms of entertainment and are
characterized by a relatively high number of "value conscious" consumers, and
that  the  Company's  low-priced service is the most economical  subscription
television alternative  for many consumers in such markets.  Furthermore, the
Company  believes  that  its   Markets   typically  have  a  stable  base  of
subscribers, which has allowed the Company to maintain an average turnover or
"churn"  rate below 2.5% per month for the  year  ended  December  31,  1996.
Lower churn rates result in reduced installation and marketing expenses.

      Contiguous geographic cluster  -  The Company believes that through its
large contiguous  geographic  cluster  it is able to achieve significant cost
savings through centralization of operations.   The  Company further believes
that  its  contiguous  cluster  simplifies  its  market  launch   program  by
facilitating  the  movement  of  skilled personnel from one launch market  to
another.   The  Company also believes  that  a  contiguous  cluster  is  more
attractive to regional  advertisers  and  offers  greater  opportunities  for
telecommunications and other sources of revenue.

      Low   cost   structure    -   Wireless  cable  systems  typically  cost
significantly  less to build and operate  than  traditional  hard-wire  cable
systems because,  unlike  traditional  hard-wire  cable  systems, they do not
require an extensive network of coaxial or fiber optic cable,  amplifiers and
related  equipment  (the  "Cable Plant") for the transmission of programming.
Once the Company constructs  a  headend  for  a system, the Company estimates
that  each  additional  subscriber  will  require a  capital  expenditure  of
approximately  $375 to $500, consisting of,  on  average,  $240  to  $300  of
equipment and $135  to  $200 of installation labor and overhead charges.  The
Company also believes that its cost structure compares favorably with that of
DBS operators, which must  incur  the  fixed  cost  of  a  satellite  and the
variable cost of subscriber receive site equipment, which is typically  twice
the cost of the Company's receive site equipment.

      Focused   operating   strategy   -   The  Company  attempts  to  manage
subscriber growth in order to  make  the  most  efficient  use of its assets,
assure customer satisfaction and minimize its churn rate.  Within  a  Market,
the  Company  initially targets selected geographic sub-markets characterized
by a significant  number  of  households  that  are  unpassed by cable or are
served by smaller independent hard-wire cable operators and focuses marketing
on such sub-markets so that subscribers generally wait  no more than ten days
from  initial  inquiry  to  commencement  of service.  The Company  seeks  to
maintain high levels of customer satisfaction  in  installation,  maintenance
and  customer  service.   To  minimize churn, the Company charges an up-front
installation fee, utilizes prequalified  customer  lists  and performs credit
checks on potential subscribers that are not prequalified.   In addition, the
Company  has  a  customer  retention  program  focused on resolving  customer
complaints and identifying potential non-pays in a timely manner.

Subscription Television Industry

      The subscription television industry began  in  the late 1940s to serve
the needs of residents of predominantly rural areas having  limited access to
local  off-air  VHF/UHF  channels.   The  industry  subsequently expanded  to
metropolitan areas because, among other reasons, its  systems  were  able  to
offer  better  reception  and  more  programming  than  local off-air VHF/UHF
channels.   Currently,  subscription  television  systems typically  offer  a
variety of services including basic service, enhanced  basic service, premium
service and, in some instances, pay-per-view service.

      Typically,  subscription  television  providers  charge   customers  an
installation fee plus a fixed monthly fee for basic service.  The monthly fee
for basic service is based on the number of channels provided, operating  and
capital  costs of the provider and competition within the market, among other
factors.  Subscribers who purchase enhanced basic service or premium services
usually are  charged  additional monthly fees corresponding thereto.  Monthly
fees for basic, enhanced  basic  and  premium  services  constitute the major
source of revenue for subscription television providers.   Converter rentals,
remote  control  rentals,  installation  charges  and reconnect charges  also
comprise  a  portion  of a subscription television provider's  revenues,  but
generally do not comprise a major component of revenues.

Traditional Hard-Wire Cable Technology

      Most subscription  television systems are hard-wire cable systems which
currently use coaxial cable  to  transmit  television  signals, although many
have  upgraded  or  are  considering  upgrading  to fiber optic  cable  which
provides greater channel capacity than coaxial cable.   Traditional hard-wire
systems have headends which receive signals for programming  services,  which
signals  have been transmitted to the headend by local broadcast or satellite
transmissions.    A   headend   consists  of  signal  reception,  decryption,
retransmission, encoding and related  equipment.  The  operator then delivers
the signal from the headend to customers via an extensive  network of coaxial
or fiber optic cable, amplifiers and related equipment.  The use of a network
of coaxial cable inherently results in signal degradation and  increases  the
possibility of outages.  Specifically, signals can be transmitted via coaxial
cable  only  a  relative short distance without amplification.  However, each
time a television  signal  passes through an amplifier, some measure of noise
is added.  A series or "cascade"  of  amplifiers  between  the  headend and a
customer  leads  to  progressively  greater  noise  and  for some viewers,  a
degraded picture.  In addition, an amplifier must be properly balanced or the
signal  may  be  improperly amplified.  Failure of any one amplifier  in  the
chain of a Cable Plant will black out the transmission signal from the failed
amplifier to the end  of  the  cascade.   Although  fiber optic networks will
substantially reduce the transmission problems of coaxial  cable  systems and
will expand channel capacity, the installation of such networks will  require
a substantial investment by hard-wire cable operators.

Wireless Cable Development

      Although  regulatory  and  other  obstacles  impeded  the growth of the
wireless   cable  industry  through  the  1980s,  during  the  1990s  several
developments  have  facilitated  the  growth  of the wireless cable industry,
including (i) regulatory reforms by the FCC intended  to encourage the growth
of  the  wireless  cable industry and its ability to compete  with  hard-wire
cable operators, (ii) Congressional  scrutiny  of  the rates and practices of
the   hard-wire   cable   industry,  (iii) the  increasing  availability   of
programming  for  wireless  cable   systems   on   non-discriminatory  terms,
(iv) consumer  demand  for alternatives to hard-wire cable  service,  (v) the
aggregation by wireless cable operators of a sufficient number of channels in
certain  markets to create  a  competitive  service  and  (vi) the  increased
availability of capital to wireless cable operators in the public and private
markets.

      Like  a  traditional  hard-wire  cable  system, a wireless cable system
receives  programming  at  a  headend.   Unlike traditional  hard-wire  cable
systems, however, programming is then retransmitted by microwave transmitters
operating  in  the  2150-2162  MHZ  and  2500-2686   MHZ   portions   of  the
electromagnetic  radio  spectrum from antennae located on a tower or building
to a small receiving antenna  located  at each subscriber's premises.  At the
subscriber's location, the signals are descrambled,  converted to frequencies
that  can  be  viewed  on  a  television  set and relayed to  a  subscriber's
television set by coaxial cable.  Because the microwave frequencies used will
not  pass  through trees, hills, buildings or  other  obstructions,  wireless
cable systems  require  a  clear  LOS  from  the  headend  to  a subscriber's
receiving  antenna.   To  ensure  the clearest LOS possible, the Company  has
placed, or plans to place, its transmitting  antennae  on  towers and/or tall
buildings.  In each of the Company's Markets, the Company believes  there  to
be  a  number  of  acceptable  locations  for  the  placement  of its towers.
Additionally,  many LOS obstructions can be overcome with the use  of  signal
repeaters which  retransmit  an otherwise blocked signal over a limited area.
Because wireless cable systems do not require an extensive network of coaxial
cable and amplifiers, wireless cable operators can provide subscribers with a
reliable  signal  having  few  transmission   disruptions,   resulting  in  a
television  signal  of a quality comparable or superior to traditional  hard-
wire cable systems, and  at  a  significantly  lower  system capital cost per
installed subscriber.

Channels and Channel Licensing

      Channels  Available  for  Wireless  Cable   -   The  FCC  licenses  and
regulates  the use of channels used by wireless cable operators  to  transmit
video programming and other services.  In 50
large markets  in  the  U.S.,  33  analog channels are available for wireless
cable (in addition to any local off-air  VHF/UHF  broadcast channels that are
not retransmitted over wireless cable channels).  In  each  other  market, 32
analog  channels  are available for wireless cable (in addition to any  local
off-air VHF/UHF broadcast  channels  that are not retransmitted over wireless
cable channels).  The actual number of  wireless cable channels available for
licensing in any market is determined by  the  FCC's  interference protection
and channel allocation rules.  Except in limited circumstances,  20  of these
channels  in  each  geographic  area,  known  as ITFS channels, are generally
licensed to qualified educational organizations.   In  general, each of these
channels  must  be  used  an  average  of  at  least  20 hours per  week  for
educational  programming.  The educational requirement may  be  satisfied  by
such programming as the Discovery Channel, PBS and C-SPAN.  The remaining air
time ("excess air time") on each ITFS channel may be leased to wireless cable
operators for  commercial  use,  without further restrictions (other than the
right of the ITFS license holder,  at  its  option,  to  recapture  up  to an
additional  20  hours  of  air  time  per  week for educational programming).
Lessees of ITFS excess air time generally have the right to transmit to their
customers at no incremental cost the educational  programming provided by the
lessor on one or more of its ITFS channels, thereby  providing wireless cable
operators that lease such channels with greater flexibility in  their  use of
ITFS channels.  The remaining MDS channels available in most of the Company's
operating  and  targeted  markets are made available by the FCC for full-time
commercial usage without educational  programming requirements.  The FCC does
not impose any restrictions on the terms  of  MDS  channel leases, other than
the  requirement that the licensee  maintain effective  control  of  its  MDS
station.    The  same  FCC  effective  control  requirements  apply  to  ITFS
licensees.  In  addition, ITFS excess capacity leases cannot exceed a term of
10 years from the  time  that  the  lessee begins using the channel capacity.
The  Company's ITFS leases generally grant  the  Company  a  right  of  first
refusal  to  match  any  new  lease offer after the end of the lease term and
require the parties to negotiate in good faith to renew the lease.

      Licensing Procedures  -   The  FCC  awards  ITFS and MDS licenses based
upon applications demonstrating that the applicant  is  legally,  technically
and financially qualified to hold the license and that the operation  of  the
proposed  station will not cause impermissible interference to other stations
or proposed  stations  entitled  to interference protection.  The FCC accepts
applications for new ITFS stations  or major modifications to authorized ITFS
stations in designated filing "windows."   Where  two or more ITFS applicants
file  for the same channels and the proposed facilities  cannot  be  operated
without  impermissible  interference,  the  FCC  employs a set of comparative
criteria to select from among the competing applicants.

      In 1996, the FCC adopted a competitive bidding  mechanism  under  which
initial  MDS  licenses  for 493 designated BTAs were auctioned to the highest
bidder.  Auction  winners  obtained  the  exclusive  right  to  apply  for
available  MDS  channels  within  such  BTA,  subject  to compliance with FCC
interference protection, construction and other rules.   The  BTA Auction was
concluded on March 28, 1996, and the Company was the high bidder  for its BTA
Markets and timely submitted to the FCC the required down payment for its BTA
Markets.  The Company filed applications for MDS channels in all of  its  BTA
Markets.   Approximately 95% of these authorizations have been granted by the
FCC.

      Construction  of  ITFS  stations  generally must be completed within 18
months   following   the  date  authorization  to   construct   is   granted.
Construction of MDS stations  licensed pursuant to initial applications filed
before  the  implementation  of the  BTA  Auction  rules  generally  must  be
completed within 12 months.  If  construction  of MDS or ITFS stations is not
completed within the authorized construction period,  the  licensee must file
an application with the FCC seeking additional time to construct the station,
demonstrating  compliance  with  certain  FCC  standards.   If the  extension
application  is  not  filed  or  is not granted, the license will  be  deemed
forfeited.   FCC  rules  prohibit  the  sale  for  profit  of  a  conditional
commercial license or of a controlling  interest  in  the conditional license
holder prior to construction of the station or, in certain  instances,  prior
to the completion of one year of operation.  However, the FCC does permit the
leasing  of  100%  of  a  commercial  license holder's spectrum capacity to a
wireless cable operator and the granting of options to purchase a controlling
interest  in  a license even before such  holding  period  has  lapsed.   The
construction requirements applicable to MDS stations licensed pursuant to the
BTA Auction are  substantially  different.   The licensee must build stations
covering two-thirds of the area within its control  in  the  BTA  within five
years.

      ITFS  and  commercial  licenses  generally  have  terms  of  10  years.
Applications  for  renewal  of  MDS  and ITFS licenses must be filed within a
certain period prior to expiration of the license term, and petitions to deny
applications for renewal may be filed  during  certain  periods following the
filing  of  such  applications.   Licenses  are  subject  to  revocation   or
cancellation for violation of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended (the
"Communications Act") or the FCC's rules and policies.  Conviction of certain
criminal  offenses  may  also  render  a licensee or applicant unqualified to
obtain  renewal of a license. The Company's  lease  agreements  with  license
holders typically  require  the license holders, at the Company's expense, to
use their best efforts, in cooperation  with  the  Company,  to  make various
required filings with the FCC in connection with the maintenance and  renewal
of  licenses.   The  Company  believes  that  such  a requirement reduces the
likelihood that a license would be revoked, canceled  or  not  renewed by the
FCC.

Availability of Programming

      Once  a  wireless  cable  operator  has  obtained the right to transmit
programming over specified frequencies, the operator  must  then  obtain  the
right to use the programming to be transmitted.

      General   -   Currently,  with  the  exception of the retransmission of
VHF/UHF broadcast signals, the Company's programming  is  made  available  in
accordance  with  contracts  with  program  suppliers under which the Company
generally pays a royalty based on the number  of  customers receiving service
each  month.  Individual program pricing varies from  supplier  to  supplier;
however,  more  favorable  pricing  for  programming is generally afforded to
operators with larger customer bases.  The  likelihood  that program material
will be unavailable to the Company has been significantly  mitigated  by  the
Cable  Television  Consumer Protection and Competition Act of 1992 (the "1992
Cable Act") and various  FCC regulations issued thereunder which, among other
things, impose limits on exclusive  programming  contracts and prohibit cable
programmers,  in  which  a  cable  operator has an attributable  interest  (a
"vertically integrated cable operator"),  from  discriminating  against cable
competitors  with respect to the price, terms and conditions of the  sale  of
programming.   The  Company  historically has not had difficulty in arranging
satisfactory contracts for programming  and believes that it will have access
to sufficient programming to enable it to provide full channel lineups in its
Markets  for  the  foreseeable  future  and  is  not  dependent  on  any  one
programming distributor for its programming.   The  basic programming package
offered by the Company's Operating Systems is comparable  to  that offered by
the  local hard-wire cable operators with respect to the most widely  watched
channels.   However,  several  of  such  local hard-wire cable operators may,
because  of  their  greater channel capacity,  currently  offer  more  basic,
enhanced basic, premium,  pay-per-view  and  public  access channels than the
Company.   Certain  hard-wire  cable  companies competing  in  the  Company's
Markets currently offer a greater number  of  channels  to  their  customers,
compared  to  the 24 to 31 wireless cable channels offered by the Company  in
its Operating Systems.

      Copyright   -   Under  the  federal copyright laws, permission from the
copyright holder generally must be  secured before a video program subject to
such copyright may be retransmitted.  Under Section 111 of the Copyright Act,
certain "cable systems," including wireless  cable operators, are entitled to
engage  in  the  secondary  transmission  of programming  without  the  prior
permission of the copyright holders, provided  the cable system has secured a
compulsory copyright license for such programming.   The  Company  relies  on
Section  111 to retransmit two superstations and five local off-air broadcast
signals.

      Retransmission  Consent   -  Under the retransmission provisions of the
1992  Cable Act, wireless cable and  hard-wire  cable  operators  seeking  to
retransmit  certain  commercial  broadcast  signals  must  first  obtain  the
permission  of  the  broadcast  station.  The FCC has exempted wireless cable
operators from the transmission consent rules, if the receive-site antenna is
either  owned  by  the subscriber or  within  the  subscriber's  control  and
available for purchase by the subscriber upon the termination of service.  In
all other cases, wireless  cable  operators must obtain consent to retransmit
local broadcast signals.  The Company has obtained such consents with respect
to the Operating Systems where it is  retransmitting  local VHF/UHF channels.
Although there can be no assurances that the Company will  be  able to obtain
requisite  broadcaster consents, the Company believes that in most  cases  it
will be able to do so for little or no additional cost.

Operations

      Installation  -  When a potential subscriber requests service, a signal
reception survey  is made at the potential subscriber's premises to determine
whether LOS transmission  is  possible.  The potential subscriber is informed
on the day of the survey whether  service can be provided at the subscriber's
location.  If service can be provided,  an  installation  is  scheduled.  The
Company   provides   three  installation  options.   The  first  and  primary
installation method features  a  rooftop  antenna  mount.   The second option
involves placing the antenna in the upper part of a tree on the  subscriber's
premises, if such a tree is available.  The third and least used option is to
place a "free standing" mast on the ground supported with guy wires.  Each of
the  installation  methods  includes  running  a  coaxial  to the subscribers
dwelling  and  grounding  the  receiving antenna in accordance with  national
electrical  codes.   The  installation  process  is  completed,  and  service
commences,  within approximately  ten  days  of  the  potential  subscriber's
initial request for service.

      Billing   -   The  Company  believes  that  its billing procedures help
minimize churn.  Subscribers are billed on the first  day  of  the  month for
that  month's  service  with payment due on the fifteenth of the month.   The
Company encourages delinquent accounts to pay by disconnecting either premium
channels or additional outlets  after  a  period of non-payment.  The Company
also uses a customer retention program to encourage  delinquent  accounts  to
pay  and  continue receiving service.  However, if an account becomes 60 days
past due, total  service  is  disconnected  and the Company's collection team
initiates the collection process.  The local  system manager from each market
is responsible for retrieving the equipment from  disconnected subscribers on
a timely basis.  After the canceled customer's account  becomes  90 days past
due, a collection "threat letter" is sent to the canceled subscriber.   If no
payment  is  made within 15 days of the threat letter, the account is written
off the Company's  books, turned over to a third party collector and reported
to the credit bureau in that region.

      Equivalent Billing Units  -  The Company reports its subscriber base on
an  equivalent  billing  unit  ("EBU")  basis  to  consistently  account  for
subscribers.  In  converting  total  subscribers  in a multiple dwelling unit
("MDU") to EBUs, the Company divides its total basic  service  charge for the
MDU,  whether bulk or individually billed, by the basic service rate  charged
to its single family units ("SFU"), currently $19.95.

      Marketing   -   Prior  to  commencing  operations  in a new system, the
Company develops a marketing plan designed to manage subscriber growth and to
ensure that the quality of installations and customer service  remains  high.
The  Company  prioritizes  areas  of  the  market  according to the number of
unpassed   homes,   the  relative  strength  of  any  traditional   hard-wire
competitors, the existence  of  terrain or obstructions that would impede LOS
transmissions, the economic demographics  of  the  area and the percentage of
single family homes.  On the basis of such analysis  the  market  is  divided
into  sub-markets based on zip codes and/or mail carrier routes and the  sub-
markets are prioritized on the basis of their attractiveness to the Company.

      In  each  sub-market, the Company's marketing staff develops a targeted
marketing plan that typically includes direct mailings, telemarketing follow-
up calls and selected  door-to-door sales.  Separate marketing teams focus on
adding commercial subscribers (such as restaurants, business offices and auto
dealers) and MDU contracts.

      The Company markets  its  wireless  cable  service by highlighting four
major competitive advantages over traditional hard-wire  cable  services  and
other   subscription  television  alternatives:   customer  service,  picture
quality and  reliability,  programming  features  and  price.  The ability to
deliver  local  programming  to its customers is a major advantage  over  DBS
technology.

      Customer  Service   -   The   Company   has  established  the  goal  of
maintaining high levels of customer satisfaction.   In  furtherance  of  that
goal,  the  Company  emphasizes  responsive  customer  service and convenient
installation scheduling.  The Company has established customer  retention and
referral  programs  in  an  effort to retain and attract new subscribers  and
build loyalty among it customers.

      Picture Quality and Reliability   -   Wireless  cable subscribers enjoy
substantially outage-free, highly reliable picture quality  because  there is
no  Cable Plant between the headend and the subscriber's location, as in  the
case  of  traditional  hard-wire  cable.   Within  the  signal  range  of the
Operating  Systems, the picture quality of the Company's service is generally
equal or better  in  quality  to that typically received by traditional hard-
wire cable subscribers because,  absent  any  LOS  obstruction, there is less
opportunity  for  signal degradation between the Company's  headend  and  the
subscriber.

      Programming Features   -   In  the  Operating Systems and Future Launch
Markets, the Company believes that it has assembled sufficient channel rights
and programming agreements to provide a programming  package competitive with
those  offered by traditional hard-wire cable operators.   Additionally,  the
Company  uses  equipment  which  (when  channel  availability  is sufficient)
enables it to offer pay-per-view programming and addressability.

      Price   -   The  Company  offers its subscribers a programming  package
consisting of basic service, enhanced  basic  service,  premium  programs and
premium packages.  The Company can offer a price to its subscribers for basic
service  and  enhanced basic service that is typically lower than prices  for
the same services  offered  by  traditional  rural  hard-wire cable operators
because of lower operating costs.  The rates charged  by  cable operators for
their programming services are regulated pursuant to the 1992  Cable  Act, as
modified by the Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the "1996 Act").  The Company
is unable to predict precisely what effect FCC rate regulations will have  on
the  rates charged by traditional hard-wire cable operators.  Notwithstanding
the regulations,  however,  the Company believes it will continue to be price
competitive with traditional  rural hard-wire cable operators with respect to
comparable programming.

Operating Systems and Future Launch Markets

      The table below provides  information  regarding the Company's Markets.
"Estimated Total Households" represents the Company's  estimate  of the total
number  of  households  that are within the Company's Intended Service  Area.
"Intended Service Area" includes  (i)  areas  that are presently served, (ii)
areas  where systems are not presently in operation  but  where  the  Company
intends  to commence operations and (iii) areas where service may be provided
by signal  repeaters  or,  in  some  cases,  pursuant  to  FCC  applications.
"Estimated LOS Households" represents the Company's estimate of the number of
households  that  can  receive  an  adequate  signal from the Company in  its
Intended Service Area (determined by applying a  discount  to  the  Estimated
Total  Households  in  order  to  account  for  those  homes that the Company
estimates will be unable to receive service due to certain characteristics of
the particular market).  The calculation of Estimated LOS  Households assumes
(i)  the grant of pending applications for new licenses or for  modifications
of existing  licenses and (ii) the grant of applications for new licenses and
license modification applications which have not yet been filed with the FCC.

      The Company  holds some of its FCC channel licenses directly, but for a
majority of its channel  rights,  the  Company  has  acquired  the  right  to
transmit  over  those  channels under leases with holders of channel licenses
and applicants for channel  licenses.   Although  the Company has obtained or
anticipates that it will be able to obtain access to  a  sufficient number of
channels  to  operate  commercially  viable  wireless  cable systems  in  its
Markets,  if  a  significant  number  of  the  Company's channel  leases  are
terminated or not renewed, a significant number  of  pending FCC applications
in  which  the  Company  has rights are not granted, or the  FCC  terminates,
revokes or fails to extend  or renew the authorizations held by the Company's
channel lessors, the Company  may  be unable to provide a commercially viable
programming package to customers in some or all of its Markets.  In addition,
with  the  cooperation  of the Company,  certain  channel  lessors  may  file
applications with the FCC to modify certain channel licenses in the Company's
Markets to allow for the  relocation  of  some  channels from their currently
authorized transmission site.  While the Company's leases with such licensees
require their cooperation, it is possible that one  or  more  of such lessors
may  hinder or delay the Company's efforts to use the channels in  accordance
with  the   Company's   plans   for  the  particular  market.   Further,  FCC
interference protection requirements may impact efforts to modify licenses.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       Estimated Total Estimated LOS  Acquisition or  Subscribers at   Penetration
                         Households      Households    Launch Date   December 31, 1996   Rate (1)
                       --------------- -------------  -------------- -----------------
<S>                      <C>            <C>           <C>                <C>              <C>
Operating Systems:
Lafayette, LA              180,300        153,200     January 1994        1,458           0.95%
Lake Charles, LA           111,600         92,500     April 1994          2,716           2.94%
Wharton, TX                102,300         92,000     June 1994           2,484           2.70%
Bryan/College Station,TX   102,700         65,600     May 1995            4,269           6.51%
Pensacola, FL              217,400        157,900     July 1995           2,835           1.80%
Panama City, FL            108,300         83,300     September 1995      2,561           3.07%
Monroe, LA                 114,100         89,600     October 1995        2,961           3.30%
Milano, TX                  40,900         36,800     October 1995        1,958           5.32%
Tullahoma, TN              109,600         73,600     November 1995       2,233           3.03%
Bunkie, LA                  94,700         81,600     December 1995       2,629           3.22%
Gainesville, FL(2)         138,700        115,200     January 1996        3,376           2.93%
Brenham, TX                 39,500         32,100     February 1996       2,068           6.44%
Jeffersonville, GA         189,300        147,000     March 1996          1,427           0.97%
Bucks, AL                  150,800        113,700     April 1996          1,580           1.39%
Fort Walton Beach, FL       64,200         54,600     May 1996              779           1.43%
Dothan, AL                 100,500         81,200     June 1996             880           1.08%
Jackson, MS                211,500        176,900     July 1996          12,682           7.17%
Delta, MS(3)               100,800         92,800     July 1996           4,953           5.34%
Gulf Coast, MS(4)          132,300        121,700     July 1996           4,053           3.33%
Demopolis, AL               17,500         15,600     July 1996             792           5.08%
Oxford, MS                  60,100         53,500     July 1996           1,640           3.07%
Natchez, MS                 76,500         60,000     July 1996           1,618           2.70%
Houma, LA                   81,700         69,500     July 1996             663           0.95%
Lawrenceburg, TN(5)         76,400         44,100     August 1996           656           1.49%
Huntsville, AL(5)          196,800        181,900     August 1996         4,182           2.30%
Alexandria, LA              31,700         26,900     August 1996           706           2.62%
Meridian, MS                73,300         44,800     September 1996        750           1.67%
Albany, GA                  92,900         67,600     September 1996        463           0.68%
Tupelo, MS                 130,900         90,600     November 1996         267           0.29%
Florence, AL                62,000         55,800     November 1996         140           0.25%
Starkville, MS              84,100         65,200     December 1996          46           0.07%
Charing, GA                 41,100         38,400     December 1996         ---           0.00%
                         ---------      ---------                        ------           ----- 
 Total Operating Systems 3,334,500      2,675,200                        69,825           2.61%
                         =========      =========                        ======           =====

</TABLE>
   
                              Estimated Total  Estimated LOS   Expected
                                 Households     Households    Channels(6)
                              ---------------  -------------  -----------  
Future Launch Markets:
Ocala, FL(7)                      275,500        186,200           24
Chattanooga, TN                   276,100        200,600           31
Bedias/Huntsville, TX              89,000         50,200           31
Freeport, TX                      192,700        173,400           29
Hattiesburg, MS                   121,400         88,800           31
Flippin, TN                        56,700         49,600           20
Jackson, TN(8)                    123,900         86,400           22
Memphis, TN                       433,200        382,200           23
Bankton, AL                        64,800         41,300           20
Gadsden, AL(7)                    198,100        133,300           29
Montgomery, AL                    149,200        114,300           27
Selma, AL                          35,700         26,000           31
Groveland, GA(9)                  172,800        136,000           20
Hoggards Mill, GA                  22,600         13,000           20
Matthews, GA                      193,600        158,700           31
Tarboro, GA                        81,500         65,200           20
Valdosta, GA(10)                  103,200         81,300           29
Marianna, FL                       56,700         44,900           24
Auburn, AL                         62,200         47,700           27
Birmingham, AL                    308,400        276,900           28
Mobile, AL(7)(11)                  66,100         40,400           21
Six Mile, AL                       32,600         27,000           20
Tuscaloosa, AL                     87,100         69,600           28
Woodville, AL                      29,700         25,000           17
Hot Springs, AR(8)                103,800         71,200           16
Pine Bluff, AR(12)                 86,300         57,900           16
Tallahassee, FL                   129,800        115,000           31
Columbus, GA                      160,100        116,500           31
Vidalia, GA                        50,800         34,500           24
Bowling Green, KY(13)             126,900         68,300           20
Abita Springs, LA                 217,300        116,800           20
Amite, LA                          50,100         34,400           20
Baton Rouge, LA(7)(11)            261,700        235,500           20
Leesville, LA                      43,500         26,700           28
Natchitoches, LA(7)                30,600         24,800           25
Ruston, LA                         44,700         24,300           22
Tallulah, LA                       19,500         17,600           20
Moorehead City, NC                 82,700         55,900           16
                                ---------      ---------
 Total Future Launch Markets    4,640,600      3,517,400
                                ---------      ---------
                                7,975,100      6,192,600
                                =========      =========
    
_____________________________
                                
(1)   "Penetration Rate" equals the  number  of  subscribers  in an Operating
      System  divided  by  the  Estimated  LOS  households  in that Operating
      System.
(2)   Ten channels currently utilized in the Gainesville, Florida  System are
      operated under special temporary FCC authorization.
(3)   Eight  channels  currently  utilized  in  the Delta System are operated
      under special temporary FCC authorization.
(4)   Four channels currently utilized in the Gulf  Coast System were granted
      by the FCC without acting on an objection filed by a third party.
(5)   The Huntsville, Alabama System and the Lawrenceburg,  Tennessee  System
      were  launched  in  February  1991  and January 1995, respectively, but
      acquired by the Company in August 1996.
(6)   Expected  Channels  include  (i) wireless  cable  channels  and,  where
      applicable, local off air VHF/UHF  channels  that are not retransmitted
      by the Company via wireless cable frequencies  and  (ii) channels  with
      respect  to which the Company has a lease with a channel license holder
      or applicant  for  a  channel  license or for which the Company has the
      exclusive right to apply for as  a  result  of being the high bidder at
      the BTA Auction. Certain licenses cannot be issued  until  interference
      agreements  with nearby licensees or applicants can be secured.   There
      can be no assurance  that  such interference agreements will be secured
      or that applications for channel licenses will be granted.
(7)   Four of the ITFS channels for  the  Ocala  Market,  four  of  the  ITFS
      channels  for  the  Mobile  Market,  four  of the ITFS channels for the
      Gadsden  Market,  sixteen of the ITFS channels   for  the  Baton  Rouge
      Market and twelve of  the ITFS channels for the Natchitoches Market are
      subject to comparative  disposition  with  competing applications.  The
      outcome  of  these dispositions cannot be reliably  projected  at  this
      time.
(8)   This Market is subject to a pending acquisition.
(9)   Objections to  the Company's lessors' requests for extension of time to
      construct twelve  channels  are pending before the FCC.  The outcome of
      these matters cannot be determined.
(10)  The Company has entered into  a letter of intent to acquire rights to 9
      channels in Valdosta, Georgia.   There  can  be  no  assurance that the
      Company  will  enter into a definitive agreement with respect  to  such
      channels.
(11)  An existing wireless  cable  operator  is  serving  a  small  number of
      subscribers in this market with an 11 channel MDS system.
(12)  The Company believes that another entity has leased rights to 20  other
      channels that are the subject of pending ITFS applications.
(13)  The  Company  currently  leases  eight  channels  in  the Bowling Green
      Market, and has filed applications for 12 commercial channels  pursuant
      to the BTA Auction that cannot be granted until interference agreements
      with  unaffiliated  third  parties  in  nearby  markets can be secured.
      There  can  be no assurance that such interference  agreements  can  be
      secured or that applications for these 12 channels will be granted.

                           --------------------
                           
      Wireless One  of North Carolina, L.L.C. -  In 1995, the Company entered
into  a  joint venture  with  CT  Wireless  Cable,  Inc.,  a  North  Carolina
corporation,  and  O. Gene  Gabbard,  for  the purpose of forming WONC to (i)
develop and operate wireless cable systems in the state of North Carolina and
in the Greenville and Spartanburg, South Carolina  Markets,  (ii) enter  into
lease  agreements  with various educational organizations for the use of ITFS
wireless cable channels,  (iii) bid  for,  purchase, or otherwise acquire the
use of licenses for commercial wireless cable  channels, and (iv) develop and
operate wireless cable systems using the leased  ITFS and acquired commercial
wireless  cable  channels.   The Company holds a 50%  interest  in  WONC,  CT
Wireless Cable, Inc. holds a 48%  interest in WONC, and O. Gene Gabbard holds
a 2% interest in WONC.

      In December 1996, WONC was awarded the right to use ITFS channels held
by the University of North Carolina ("UNC") to develop  a statewide wireless
cable network.   Specifically,  the  contract allows WONC to build  wireless
cable systems across  the state, in part  using  the 40 channels licensed to 
or applied for by UNC.

   
      The  Company  estimates that WONC has aggregated  channels covering in
excess  of one  million  LOS  households.  The  Company estimates  that  the 
addition of the UNC channels will enable WONC to reach approximately 900,000
new LOS households  in the North Carolina, bringing the total LOS households
in the WONC footprint to approximately  2.0  million. The Company is working
with its joint venture partners to evaluate the best financing plan for WONC.

      Based  on existing  channel rights, the  Company's existing properties 
and BTA Auction rights, the Company believes that  WONC will have sufficient
channel capacity to launch wireless cable systems in the following markets:
    

                                       Estimated          Estimated
                                         Total               LOS
            Market                     Households         Households
    ------------------------------    ------------       ------------  
    Asheville, NC                       246,700             93,300
    Fayetteville, NC                    245,300            179,700
    Greenville, NC                       99,200             57,500
    Hickory, NC                         376,800            162,700
    Jacksonville, NC                    136,700            116,200
    Rocky Mount, NC                     199,100            178,900
    Roanoke Rapids, NC                   44,700             38,000
    Wilmington, NC                      136,900            123,400
    Rockingham, NC                       93,200             86,600
    Elizabeth City, NC                   63,800             35,500
    Raleigh, NC                         217,800            142,400
    Winston-Salem, NC                   546,400            357,200
    Charlotte, NC                       577,400            377,400
                                      ----------         ----------
    Total                             2,984,000          1,948,800
                                      ==========         ==========


      Operating  Systems   -   At  December  31,  1996,  the  Company  had 32
Operating  Systems.   The  Company  generally  offers  20  to  26 basic cable
channels  and  one to three premium channels in each Market.  In 95%  of  its
Operating Systems,  the Company also offers at least one pay-per-view channel
and expects to offer  at least one pay-per-view channel in all of its Markets
during 1997.  In addition, the Company retransmits five local off-air VHF/UHF
channels along with its wireless channels, which provide its subscribers with
access to local news, including  weather  news.   The basic package ranges in
price from $15.95 to $19.95 per month, with an additional $6.95 to $19.95 per
premium channel.  The Operating Systems transmit at  10  to 50 watts of power
from transmission towers and generally have signal patterns covering a radius
of 18 to 35 miles.

      The  following chart depicts the Company's current programming  line-up
in a typical Operating System.

                         Company Channel Offerings
Basic
ABC (local network affiliate)          The Learning Channel (education)
AMC (classic movies)                   Mind Extension University (education)
Black Entertainment Television         The Nashville Network (music)
  (special interest)
CBS (local network affiliate)          NBC (local network affiliate)
Country Music Television               Nickelodeon (children's)
CNN (news)                             PBS (education, general interest)
C-SPAN (public affairs)                SportSouth (southeast U.S. sports)
Discovery (science)                    TBS Superstation (sports, movies)
The Disney Channel (1)                 TNT (sports, movies)
ESPN (sports)                          USA (general interest)
The Family Channel (family             The Weather Channel (weather)
  entertainment)
Fox (local network affiliate)
Premium                                Pay-Per-View
Home Box Office                        Viewer's Choice
Showtime
The Disney Channel(1)
________________________

   (1)The Disney  Channel is part of the basic package in certain Markets and
      as a premium channel in other Markets.         
      
                           ------------------------
   
      Currently, the  FCC  will not accept applications for new ITFS licenses
or "major"  modifications of ITFS licenses  which  relate  to several  of the 
Company's Future Launch Markets.  The most recent five-day window for  filing
ITFS applications was completed on December  23, 1996, in which the Company's
lessors  filed  the  majority of the  applications required to effectuate its 
future launch plans.   The Company believes  that  the currently pending ITFS
applications filed  by its  lessors are  expected to  undergo  review  by FCC 
engineers  and  staff attorneys over the next  18 months.   If the FCC  staff
determines  that an  application  meets  certain  basic  technical  and legal 
qualifications,  the  staff  will  then  determine  whether  the  application 
proposes facilities  that  would result in signal interference  to facilities
proposed in other pending applications.  If so, the  conflicting applications
undergo a comparative criteria  that includes whether an applicant is located
in  the community  to be  served and is  an accredited educator  proposing to 
serve its own students.
    

      Historically, the outcome of the selection  process  when  two  or more
qualified  applicants  are  competing for the same channels has been somewhat
predictable based on the particular  facts and circumstances.  A small number
of the Company's lease agreements involve  applications  for channel licenses
for  which  competing  applications  have been filed.  The Company  therefore
anticipates that a substantial number  of  the  pending  applications will be
granted.   However,  no  assurance can be given as to the precise  number  of
applications that will be  granted.   The  failure of the Company to obtain a
sufficient  number  of channel rights in a particular  Market  could  have  a
material adverse effect on the growth of the Company.

      EdNet Agreement  -  The Company contracts with EdNet for the commercial
use of 20 ITFS channels  in  each  of  its  Mississippi  Markets.   The EdNet
Agreement  provides  exclusive rights to use all excess airtime (that portion
of a channel's airtime  available  for commercial programming under FCC rules
and policies) for the 20 ITFS channels  located  in  each  of  the  Company's
Mississippi  Markets.  The Company believes that the EdNet Agreement presents
the Company with  a number of strategic benefits.  The Company's rights under
the agreement to the  available  commercial  use  of  20  of the 32 available
wireless frequencies throughout Mississippi provide it with the critical mass
of  channels  necessary  to  operate in each of its Mississippi  Markets  and
create  a  significant competitive  advantage  relative  to  other  potential
wireless cable operators in such Markets.  The large contiguous nature of the
cluster  of Markets  encompassing  Mississippi  will  allow  the  Company  to
centralize   operations   and  achieve  substantial  economies  of  scale  in
Mississippi and surrounding  Markets.   The Company believes its transmission
of programming involving job training, fire  and  police  training,  literacy
projects  and  other continuing education programs enjoys the support of  the
Mississippi state  authorities  and will generate substantial goodwill in the
community  and  enhance  the  Company's  identity  as  a  local  provider  of
subscription television service.

System Costs

      The Company estimates that the current cost per market for transmission
(or headend) equipment and build-out  in  a typical 31 channel system will be
approximately  $1  million.   The  Company  estimates  that  each  additional
wireless cable subscriber will require an incremental  capital expenditure of
approximately  $375  to  $500, consisting of, on average, $240  to   $300  of
materials and $135 to $200 of installation labor and overhead charges.

      The operating costs for wireless cable systems are generally lower than
those for comparable traditional  hard-wire systems.  This is attributable to
lower system network maintenance and  depreciation  expense.  Programming  is
generally  available to traditional hard-wire and wireless cable operators on
comparable  terms,   although   operators  that  have  a  smaller  number  of
subscribers  often  are  required  to   pay   higher   per  subscriber  fees.
Accordingly,  operators in the initial operating stage generally  pay  higher
programming fees on a per subscriber basis.  The Company believes that it has
a stable base of subscribers that has allowed it to maintain an average churn
rate below 2.5%  per month for the year ended December 31, 1996, resulting in
reduced installation  and  marketing expenses.  By locating its operations in
geographic clusters, the Company  believes  that it can further contain costs
by taking advantage of economies of scale in  management,  sales and customer
service.   For each Operating System, the Company employs a general  manager,
salespersons  and installation and repair personnel.  All other functions are
centralized, including  engineering,  marketing,  billing,  customer service,
finance and administration.

Subscription Television Industry Trends

      The  Company's  business  will  be affected by subscription  television
industry trends, and in order to maintain  and  increase its customer base in
the years ahead, the Company will need to adapt rapidly to industry trends to
remain competitive.

      Addressability and Pay-Per-View  -  "Addressability"  means the ability
to  implement  specific  orders  from  or send other communications  to  each
subscriber,  such  as  pay-per-view channels,  without  having  to  modify  a
subscriber's equipment.   The  Company  provides  all of its subscribers with
addressable converters, while only a portion of traditional  hard-wire  cable
operators use addressability.  Without addressability, the customer must make
two  trips  to  the  cable operator's offices in order to obtain pay-per-view
programming, once to obtain  the  descrambling  device and once to return it.
Pay-per-view  is  expected  to  become  increasingly  popular  as  additional
exclusive  events  become  available  for  distribution  on pay-per-view  and
digital compression technology greatly expands the channel capacity available
for such programming.  The Company believes its fully addressable  converters
present a competitive advantage over traditional hard-wire cable operators.

      Digital  Compression  -  Several equipment manufacturers are developing
digital compression  technology  which  would  allow  several  programs to be
carried  within the same bandwidth which presently can accommodate  only  one
program without digital compression technology.  Manufacturers have projected
varying compression  ratios for future equipment, ranging from four-to-one to
ten-to-one, which would  increase  the  channels available to be carried on a
wireless cable system using digital compression technology from 31 to between
124 and 310 channels.

   
      Interactivity  -  Certain traditional  hard-wire  cable  operators have
announced their intentions to develop interactive features for use  by  their
customers.   Interactivity would allow customers to utilize their televisions
for two-way communications  such  as video games, home shopping and video-on-
demand.  Extensive use of interactivity  will  likely require the development
and utilization  of digital  compression and  cellularization.   The wireless
cable  industry filed  in  March 1997  a request  with  the FCC proposing the
adoption of new rules to permit MDS  and ITFS channels to be used for two-way
interactive services.  At this time, the Company believes that the widespread
commercial availability  of many  interactive  products  is  at least several
years away.
    

      Advertising   -   Local and national advertising continues to grow as a
source of revenue for hard-wire  and  wireless  cable operators.  The Company
recently began generating advertising revenue and  expects  to  increase this
amount  over  time as its systems mature.  The Company believes its  regional
cluster strategy  should  benefit  its  efforts in this regard because of its
ability to deliver advertising throughout  its  entire  region  and  not just
isolated markets.

Competition

      In  addition to competition from traditional hard-wire cable television
systems, wireless  cable  television operators face competition from a number
of other sources, including  potential  competition  from emerging trends and
technologies  in  the subscription television industry,  some  of  which  are
described below.

      Direct-to-Home ("DTH")  -  DTH satellite television services originally
were available via  satellite receivers which generally were seven to 12 foot
dishes mounted in the  yards  of  homes  to  receive  television signals from
orbiting  satellites.  Until the implementation of encryption,  these  dishes
enabled reception of any and all signals without the payment of fees.  Having
to purchase decoders and to pay for programming has reduced the popularity of
DTH, although  the  Company will compete to some degree with these systems in
marketing its services.

   
      Direct Broadcast Satellite Programming  -  DBS programming involves the
transmission of an encoded  signal  directly  from a satellite to an 18 to 36
inch dish installed at the customer's premises.  DBS providers currently have
approximately five million subscribers nationwide.   Currently, DBS operators
cannot,  for  technical  and legal reasons, provide local  VHF/UHF  broadcast
channels as part of their  service,  although  some  customers  receive  such
channels  from  standard  over-the-air antennae.  DBS may provide subscribers
with access to broadcast network  distant  signals only when such subscribers
reside  in  areas  unserved by any broadcast station.   The  cost  to  a  DBS
subscriber for equipment  and  service is generally substantially higher than
the cost to wireless cable subscribers.  If a subscriber is unable to receive
local network signals off-air, due  to such subscriber's geographic location,
the  subscriber would be able to receive  the  network  signals  through  DBS
transmissions,  but  such  transmissions  would be limited to distant, rather
than local, network signals.  The Company does  not currently experience, and
does not anticipate in the near future that it will  experience,  significant
competition  from  DBS  in its Markets due primarily to DBS' higher cost  and
failure to provide local  VHF/UHF  broadcast  channels.   In August 1996, the
U.S. Copyright Office issued an advisory letter indicating that it "would not
question"  copyright  statements  filed  by  DBS operators that  include  the
retransmission of local broadcast signals.  While this development eliminates
some of the legal obstacles to the retransmission of local broadcast stations
by DBS systems, there is no indication that DBS  operators have developed the
technical means to effectively carry and transmit local broadcast stations.
Congress is presently conducting hearings concerning video distribution 
copyright issues which could result in further developments on this issue.
    

      Private Cable  -  Private cable, also known  as SMATV (Satellite Master
Antenna Television), is a multichannel subscription  television service where
the programming is received by satellite receiver and  then  transmitted  via
coaxial  cable  through private property, often MDUs, without crossing public
rights of way.  Private  cable  operates  under  an  agreement with a private
landowner to service a specific MDU, commercial establishment  or hotel.  The
FCC  permits  point-to-point  delivery of video programming by private  cable
operators and other video delivery systems in the 18 GHz band.  Private cable
operators compete with the Company  for rights of entry into MDUs, commercial
establishments and hotels.

      Telephone Companies  -  The 1996  Act  permits  Local Exchange Carriers
("LECs")  to provide video service in their telephone service  areas.   Under
existing FCC  rules  LECs  may  provide  "video  dial  tone" service, thereby
allowing  LECs  to  make  available  to  multiple  service  providers,  on  a
nondiscriminatory common carrier basis, a basic platform that will permit end
users  to  access  video program services provided by others.  Several  large
telephone companies have announced plans to either (i) enhance their existing
distribution plant to  offer  video  dialtone  service,  (ii)  construct  new
distribution plants in conjunction with a local cable operator to offer video
dialtone  service  or  (iii)  acquire  or merge with existing franchise cable
systems  outside  of the telephone companies'  respective  telephone  service
areas.  BellSouth Corporation ("BellSouth") announced in late 1996 and early
1997 that it had entered into agreements to acquire wireless cable systems
and channels rights in New Orleans, Louisiana, Louisville, Kentucky and five
markets in the Atlanta, Georgia metropolitan area, and seven markets in
Florida.  The competitive  effect  of the offering by telephone companies
of subscription television services, including wireless cable, video dialtone
and fiber optic, is still uncertain. The Company believes that wireless cable
technology  will continue to offer a lower cost alternative to video dialtone
and fiber optic distribution technologies.

      Local Off-Air VHF/UHF  Broadcasts   -  Local off-air VHF/UHF broadcasts
(from  ABC,  NBC, CBS and Fox affiliates) provide  free  programming  to  the
public.  In some  areas,  several  low  power  television  ("LPTV")  stations
authorized   by  the  FCC  are  used  to  provide  multichannel  subscription
television service  to  the  public.   LPTV transmits on conventional VHF/UHF
broadcast channels, but is restricted to  very low power levels, which limits
the area where a high quality signal can be received.

      Local Multi-Point Distribution Service  -   In  1993, the FCC initially
proposed to redesignate a portion of the 28 GHz  band to  create  a new video
programming  delivery  service  referred  to as LMDS.  In July 1995, the  FCC
proposed  to  award  licenses  in  each  of 493 BTAs  pursuant  to  auctions.
Sufficient spectrum for up to 49 analog channels  has been designated for the
LMDS  service.   LMDS  is  a competitive technology tailored  more  for  high
density urban areas due to the  relatively  small  radius  of its signal.  At
this  time,  the Company does not have plans to participate in  the  upcoming
auction.

      Wireless Communications Service - In early 1997, the FCC allocated 30
MHz of spectrum in the 2.3 GHz band for a new service called Wireless
Communications Service ("WCS").  Because of its proximity to wireless cable
spectrum, WCS spectrum could be used by existing wireless cable operators to
add channels or by other companies to offer competing subscription 
television services or other services.  The FCC will award two 10 MHZ 
licenses for each of 52 Major Economic Areas and two 5 MHz licenses for each
of 12 Regional Economic Area Groupings.  On April 15, 1997, the FCC began
auctioning the licenses.

Regulatory Environment

      General  -  The wireless cable industry is subject to regulation by the
FCC pursuant to  the Communications Act.  The Communications Act empowers the
FCC, among other things,  to  issue, revoke, modify and renew licenses within
the spectrum available to wireless  cable;  to  approve the assignment and/or
transfer of control of such licenses; to approve  the  location  of  wireless
cable systems; to regulate the kind, configuration and operation of equipment
used  by  wireless  cable  systems;  and  to  impose certain equal employment
opportunity  and  reporting  requirements  on  channel  license  holders  and
wireless cable operators.

      The FCC has determined that wireless systems  are  not  "cable systems"
for purposes of the Communications Act.  Accordingly, a wireless cable system
does not require a local franchise and is subject to fewer local  regulations
than  a  hard-wire cable system.  In addition, all transmission and reception
equipment  for  a  wireless  cable system can be located on private property,
therefore eliminating the need  to  make  use  of  utility  poles,  dedicated
easements  or  other public rights of way.  Although wireless cable operators
typically must lease  from  the  holders of channel licenses the right to use
wireless cable channels, unlike hard-wire cable operators they do not have to
pay  local franchise fees.  Recently,  legislation  has  been  introduced  in
several  states  to  authorize  state  and local authorities to impose on all
video program distributors (including wireless cable operators) a tax on such
distributors' gross receipts comparable  to the franchise fees that hard-wire
cable operators must pay.  Similar legislation  might  be  enacted  in states
where  the  Company  does  business  or  intends to do business.  Efforts are
underway  by  the  Wireless Cable Association  International,  Inc.  to  have
Congress preempt the  imposition  of  such  taxes  by  enacting  new  federal
legislation.   In addition, the industry is opposing the state bills as  they
are introduced. However, it is not possible to predict whether new state laws
will be enacted that impose new taxes on wireless cable operators.

   
      Interference   -   Wireless  cable  transmissions  are  subject  to FCC
regulations  governing  interference and transmission quality.  Other than  a
limited number of systems,  wireless  cable systems  transmit  in  a standard
analog format.  The FCC has adopted interim guidelines for the implementation
of certain digital transmission formats, which are intended to facilitate the
rapid implementation of digital wireless cable  systems  capable of providing
more programming  sources  on the same channel bandwidth and improving signal
quality.
    

      The FCC also  regulates transmitter locations and signal strength.  The
operation of a wireless cable television system requires the co-location of a
commercially viable number  of  transmitting  antennae  and  operations  with
common  technical  characteristics (such as power and polarity).  In order to
commence the operations  of  certain  of  the Company's Markets, applications
have  been  filed  or  must  be filed with the FCC  to  relocate  and  modify
authorized transmission facilities.

      Under current FCC regulations,  a wireless cable operator generally may
serve any location within the LOS of its transmission facility, provided that
it complies with the FCC's interference protection standards.  An MDS station
generally  is entitled to interference protection  within  a  35-mile  radius
around its transmitter  site.  Generally, an ITFS facility is entitled to the
same 35-mile protected area  during  excess  capacity use by a wireless cable
operator, as well as interference protection for  all  of  its FCC-registered
receive-sites.  In launching or upgrading a system, the Company  may  wish to
relocate its transmission facility, or increase its height or signal power in
order  to  serve  one or more of its targeted markets.  If such changes would
result in interference  to  any  previously  proposed station, the consent of
such  station  must  be  obtained  before  the FCC will  grant  the  proposed
modification.  There can be no assurance that  any necessary consents will be
received.   In  addition,  such  modifications  will   be   subject   to  the
interference protection rights of BTA Auction winners.

      The 1992 Cable Act  -  The 1992 Cable Act imposed additional regulation
on  traditional hard-wire cable operators and permits regulation of hard-wire
cable  rates  in  markets  in which there is no "effective competition."  The
1992 Cable Act, among other  things,  directed the FCC to adopt comprehensive
new  federal  standards for local regulation  of  certain  rates  charged  by
traditional hard-wire  cable  operators.  The 1992 Cable Act also deregulated
traditional  hard-wire  cable in  a  given  market  once  other  subscription
television providers serve,  in  the  aggregate,  at  least  15% of the cable
franchise area.  Rates charged by wireless cable operators, typically already
lower than traditional hard-wire cable rates, are not subject  to  regulation
under  the  1992  Cable  Act.   Pursuant  to  the 1992 Cable Act, the FCC has
required traditional hard-wire cable operators to implement rate reductions.

      The 1996 Act  -  A principal focus of the  1996  Act  is  freeing local
telephone  companies  and long distance telephone companies from barriers  to
competing  in  each  other's   lines   of   business,  and  preempting  state
restrictions on competition in the provision  of local telephone service.  In
addition, the 1996 Act contains provisions which amend the 1992 Cable Act and
which affect wireless cable operators.

      A  significant potential effect on the Company  of  the  1996  Act  may
result from its provisions exempting traditional hard-wire cable systems from
rate regulation.  In particular, the 1996 Act will end rate regulation of all
but basic  cable  service by 1999, and immediately removes virtually all rate
regulation of "Small  cable  operators,"  those  cable  systems  not owned by
multiple  system  cable  operators  ("MSOs"),  and  serving  50,000  or fewer
subscribers.   The  Company  believes  that  cable  systems  in  many  of the
Company's Markets will qualify for small system rate deregulation and that  a
number  of them will raise their rates, which may improve the Company's price
advantages over competing traditional hard-wire cable services.

      The 1996 Act also contains provisions allowing local exchange telephone
companies to offer cable service within their telephone service areas.  Under
the 1992  Cable Act, exchange telephone companies were free to offer wireless
cable service  anywhere,  but could offer wired cable service only outside of
their exchange telephone areas  or  solely as common carriers, subject to FCC
authorization.  The 1996 Act allows exchange  telephone  companies  to  offer
video  programming services via radio communications (such as wireless cable)
without  regulation  of  rates or services, to offer hard-wire or fiber cable
service channels for hire  by  video programmers, to offer their own hardwire
or fiber cable service over networks  with channels also available for use by
other video program services providers  under  a  modified regulatory scheme,
and  to  provide  traditional  cable  service  subject to  local  franchising
requirements.  It is difficult to predict the impact  (if  any)  of final FCC
regulations  with  regard  to  local  exchange  telephone  companies in these
respects on the Company.

      FCC rules generally prohibit hard-wire cable operators  from  providing
wireless  cable  service  in  areas  where the hard-wire cable franchise area
overlaps with the 35-mile protected service  area of a wireless cable system.
In certain circumstances, the FCC may grant waivers  of  such restriction, or
the common ownership of hard-wire and wireless cable systems may otherwise be
exempt.   Rules  adopted  by  the FCC pursuant to the 1996 Act  permit  cable
operators to offer wireless cable  service  in  such  overlap areas where the
cable company is subject to "effective competition."  Telephone companies are
not subject to any such cross-ownership restrictions.

      The 1996 Act offers wireless cable operators and  satellite programmers
relief  from  private  and local governmentally-imposed restrictions  on  the
placement  of receive-site  antennae.   In  some  instances,  wireless  cable
operators have  been  unable  to  serve areas due to laws, zoning ordinances,
homeowner association rules or restrictive  property  covenants  banning  the
erection of antennae on or near homes.  In August 1996, the FCC adopted rules
prohibiting  restrictions  that  impair  installation,  maintenance or use of
receive-site antennae.

      Other  Regulations  -  Wireless cable license holders  are  subject  to
regulation by  the  Federal  Aviation  Administration  with  respect  to  the
construction,  marking  and  lighting  of  transmission towers and to certain
local  zoning  regulations  affecting construction  of  towers,  receive-site
antennae and other facilities.   There  may  also  be restrictions imposed by
local authorities and private covenants.  There can  be no assurance that the
Company will not be required to incur additional costs in complying with such
regulations and restrictions.

Properties

      The Company leases approximately 15,746 square feet of office space for
its  corporate  headquarters  in Baton Rouge, Louisiana under  a  lease  that
expires on April 30, 2001.  The  Company pays approximately $131,500 per year
for such space.  The Company currently leases approximately 4,440 square feet
for its administrative and regional  offices  in  Jackson, Mississippi, which
lease  expires on January 31, 2001.  The Company pays  approximately  $56,500
per year  for  such space.  The Company is currently in the process of moving
its administrative  and  regional  offices  to  a  new  location  in Jackson,
Mississippi,  for which it leases approximately 14,200 square feet of  office
space expiring on December 31, 2002.  The Company pays approximately $191,500
per year for such space.  The Company currently does and will, in the future,
purchase or lease  additional  office  space  in  other  locations  where  it
launches  additional  systems.  In addition to office space, the Company also
leases space on transmission  towers  located  in  its  various markets.  The
Company  believes  that  office  space  and space on transmission  towers  is
readily available on acceptable terms in each of its Markets.

      The Company owns certain trademarks; however, the Company believes that
its business is not materially dependent  upon  its  ownership  of any single
trademark or group of trademarks.

Legal Proceedings

   
      The Company is  involved in  various legal and  other proceedings which 
are incidental to the conduct of its business.  Management believes that none
of these  proceedings if adversely determined, would  have a material adverse
effect on the Company's results of operations or financial condition.
    

Employees

      As of  December  31,  1996,  the  Company had a total of 777 employees.
None  of  the  Company's  employees is subject  to  a  collective  bargaining
agreement.  The Company has  experienced  no work stoppages and believes that
it has good relations with its employees.   The  Company  also  utilizes  the
services  of  unaffiliated  independent  contractors to build and install its
wireless cable systems and to market its service.


                                  MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

      The following table sets forth certain  information  as  of the date of
this  Prospectus with respect to each person who is an executive  officer  or
director of the Company:

Name                             Age                  Position
Hans J. Sternberg(1)              61   Chairman of the Board
Henry M. Burkhalter               48   President and Vice Chairman of the
                                       Board
Sean E. Reilly                    36   Chief Executive Officer and Director
Henry G. Schopfer, III            50   Executive Vice President, Chief
                                       Financial Officer and Secretary
Alton C. Rye                      53   Executive Vice President-Operations
Bill R. Byer, Jr.                 39   Executive Vice President -Operations
Michael C. Ellis                  30   Vice President-Controller and
                                       Assistant Secretary
Arnold L. Chavkin(1)(3)           45   Director
William K. Luby(1)(2)(3)          37   Director
J. R. Holland, Jr.(1)(2)          53   Director
Daniel L. Shimer(2)               52   Director
William J. Van Devender (3)       48   Director
L. Allen Wheeler                  64   Director
____________________
  (1) Member of Operating Committee.
  (2) Member of the Compensation Committee.
  (3) Member of the Audit Committee.

      Hans  J.  Sternberg  has  served  as  Chairman of the Company since its
founding  in  June  1995  and  as  Chairman of the  Board  of  the  Company's
predecessor since its founding in late  1993.   He  has  also  served  as the
Chairman  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of Starmount Life Insurance Company
since 1983.  He is a former owner and President  and  Chief Executive Officer
of Maison Blanche Department Stores, a chain of 24 department stores.

      Henry M. Burkhalter became a Director of the Company  in April 1996 and
President   and   Vice  Chairman  upon  the  consummation  of  the  TruVision
Transaction in July  1996.   Mr. Burkhalter had been Chairman of the Board of
Directors, President and Chief  Executive  Officer  of  TruVision  since  its
incorporation  in  April  1994.   He  has  been the Chairman of Pacific Coast
Paging, Inc. since 1990.

      Sean E. Reilly has served as Chief Executive  Officer  and  Director of
the  Company  since its founding in June 1995 and as Chief Executive  Officer
and President of  the  Company's predecessor since its founding in late 1993.
Prior  to joining the Company's  predecessor,  Mr.  Reilly  served  as  Vice-
President  of  Real  Estate/Mergers  and  Acquisitions  of  Lamar Advertising
Company, a publicly-traded outdoor advertising company.  Mr. Reilly served in
the  Louisiana  Legislature  as  a  State Representative from March  1988  to
January 1996.

      Henry  G. Schopfer, III  became  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief
Financial Officer  on  December  9,  1996.   He  also serves as the Company's
Secretary.  From 1988 to 1996, Mr. Schopfer served  as  an  Executive Officer
with  Daniel  Industries,  Inc., a Houston, Texas-based manufacturer  of  oil
field related products, most  recently  as Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer.

      Alton C. Rye became Executive Vice  President-Operations of the Company
in  August  1995.   Prior to joining the Company,  Mr.  Rye  served  as  Vice
President-Operations for Sammons Communications, Inc. ("Sammons"), of Dallas,
Texas, which was  the  twelfth largest cable television company in the United
States at the time it was  sold.   From  August  1993  to August 1995, he was
responsible   for   Sammons'  largest  operating  division,  which   serviced
approximately 350,000  subscribers.   From  May  1987 to August 1993, Mr. Rye
served as Vice President-Finance, Chief Financial  Officer  and  Treasurer of
Sammons.

      Bill  R.  Byer, Jr. became Executive Vice President-Operations  of  the
Company upon consummation of the TruVision Transaction in July 1996. Mr. Byer
had  been Executive Vice President  and Chief Operating  Officer of TruVision
since  1994.  From 1989 to 1994,  he served as General Manager for MultiMedia
CableVision, Inc.,  which operated  a wireless cable  system serving Oklahoma
City, Oklahoma.  From 1984  to  1989, he served as General Manager of Argonox
Communications/Technivision, a wireless cable company, and from 1979 to 1984,
he served as General Manager of Movie Systems, Inc., a wireless cable company
serving  the  Milwaukee,  Wisconsin,  Indianapolis, Indiana,  Oklahoma  City,
Oklahoma and Ft. Lauderdale and West Palm Beach, Florida  markets.  In total,
he has over 15 years of experience in the  wireless  cable industry, managing
several systems with an aggregate number of subscribers in excess of 50,000.

      Michael C. Ellis has served as Vice President-Controller of the Company
since joining the  Company in November of 1995 and Secretary from August 1996
to February 1997.  In  February  1997,  Mr.  Ellis  was  appointed  Assistant
Secretary  of the Company.  Prior to joining the Company, he was an associate
partner in the  financial  reporting and consulting division of Postlethwaite
and Netterville, a regional  accounting and consulting firm.  He was employed
with Postlethwaite and Netterville from August 1988 to November 1995.

      Arnold L. Chavkin became  a  Director of the Company in April 1996.  He
has been a General Partner of Chase  Capital  Partners  ("CCP") since January
1992  and  has  served as the President of Chemical Investments,  Inc.  since
March 1991.  Mr.  Chavkin  is  a  director  of  Reading  & Bates Corporation,
American  Radio  Systems  Corporation,  Inc.,  Bell Sports, Inc.,  Envirotest
Systems, Forcenergy, Inc. and American Tower Corp.

      William K. Luby became a director of the Company  in  June  1995  and a
director of the Company's predecessor in April 1995.  Since October 1996, Mr.
Luby  has  been a partner in CEA Capital Partners, USA L.P., a private equity
investor.  From  April  1996  to  October 1996, he served as President of Two
River  Capital.   From June 1992 to March  1996,  Mr.  Luby  was  a  managing
director at CMCC.   From 1985 to 1992, Mr. Luby held various positions in the
Leveraged Lending and Restructuring groups at The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.

      J. R. Holland,  Jr. became a Director of the Company in June 1995.  Mr.
Holland served as Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  Heartland from
October  1993  to  March  1997.  Mr. Holland remains a director of Heartland.
Since September 1991, Mr. Holland  has  been  employed  as President of Unity
Hunt, Inc., a private holding company with interests in entertainment,  cable
television,  retail,  investments,  real estate, natural resources and energy
businesses.  Mr. Holland is also the  President  of Hunt Capital, a principal
stockholder of Heartland.  Mr. Holland is currently  a  director  of  Optical
Securities Group, Inc. and TNP Enterprises, Inc.

      Daniel  L.  Shimer  became  a Director of the Company in February 1996.
Mr.  Shimer  is  President  of Shimer Capital  Partners,  Inc.,  a  financial
consulting and merchant banking  company  started  in  September  1996.  From
April 1994 to September 1996 he served as Executive Vice President  and Chief
Financial  Officer of COREStaff, Inc., a publicly-traded provider of staffing
services.  From  March 1991 to March 1994, Mr. Shimer served as the Executive
Vice-President  and   Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Brice  Foods,  Inc.,  an
international manufacturer and retailer of frozen dessert products.

      William  J.  Van  Devender  became  a  Director  of  the  Company  upon
consummation of the TruVision Transaction in July 1996.  Mr. Van Devender had
been a Director of TruVision  since  August  1994.   He  controls  VanCom,  a
limited partner of MWTV.  In addition, Mr. Van Devender has founded or served
in  senior  executive  positions with Van Petroleum, Inc., Green Acres Farms,
Inc., Gulf Coast Plywood,  Inc.  and Coastal Paper Company.  Mr. Van Devender
also serves on the Board of Directors  of  Alaska-3 Cellular LLC, CelluTissue
Holdings,   Inc.  and  Pacificom  LLC,  and  various   bank   and   community
organizations.

      L. Allen Wheeler became a Director of the Company in April 1997.  Mr. 
Wheeler was the co-founder of Heartland and has and served as a director of
Heartland since its formation in September 1990 and was Vice-Chairman of the
Board of Directors from February 1996 until Feburary 1997.  From January 1997
until February 1997, Mr. Wheeler served as acting President and Chief 
Executive Officer of Heartland.  Mr. Wheeler has owned and managed diversified
investments through Allen Wheeler Management, Inc., a personal holding 
company, for over 20 years.

         
      The Board of Directors of the Company is divided into three classes, as
nearly  equal  in  number  as  possible,  having terms expiring at the annual
meeting of the Company's stockholders in 1997  (comprised  of  Messrs.  Luby,
Holland and Van Devender), 1998 (comprised of Messrs. Reilly, Burkhalter  and
Shimer) and  1999  (comprised of Messrs. Sternberg, Chavkin and Wheeler).  At
each annual meeting of  stockholders,  successors  of the  class of Directors 
whose term expires at such meeting  will  be  elected to serve for three-year
terms and until  their successors  are  elected and  qualified.  All  current 
Directors  were elected or appointed pursuant to the terms  of a stockholders
agreement.  See "- Stockholders Agreement."
    

      Non-employee Directors of the Company receive  an  annual fee of $5,000
and a meeting fee of $500 per meeting attended, plus reimbursement of out-of-
pocket  expenses,  for  their  services  as  Directors  of  the Company.   In
addition, each non-employee Director of the Company (an "Eligible  Director")
is  eligible  to  receive stock options under the Company's 1996 Non-Employee
Directors' Stock Option  Plan  (the  "Directors'  Plan").  See "-Stock Option
Plans-1995 Directors' Stock Option Plan."  Directors  who  are also employees
do not receive any additional compensation for their services  as  directors.
In  addition,  Directors  do  not  receive  any  additional  compensation for
committee participation.

Stockholders Agreement

      In connection with the Heartland Transaction, CMCC, Baseball  Partners,
Premier Venture Capital Corporation ("PVCC"), affiliates of Advantage Capital
Corporation  ("ACC"),  Messrs. Sternberg and Reilly (PVCC, the affiliates  of
ACC and Messrs. Sternberg  and and Reilly, are referred to herein as the "Old
Wireless One Stockholders")  and  Heartland  and  certain of its subsidiaries
entered into a stockholders agreement (the "Initial Stockholders Agreement").
The  Initial Stockholders Agreement was amended and  restated  in  connection
with the  execution of the TruVision Transaction, with CVCA, VanCom, MWTV and
VCI and Messrs. Burkhalter, Byer and  certain former  executives of TruVision
(collectively,  the  "Former   TruVision   Stockholders")   becoming  parties
thereto.  In September 1996, the agreement was further amended  to remove the
Old  Wireless  One  Stockholders  as  parties  thereto.  In such amended  and
restated agreement (the "New Stockholders Agreement"),  the  parties thereto,
among other things, agreed to vote their Common Stock so that  the  Board  of
Directors  of  the  Company will have up to nine members, up to three of whom
will be designated by  Heartland (at least one of whom must be independent of
Heartland and the Company),  up  to  two  of whom will be designated by CMCC,
Baseball Partners and CVCA, collectively, and  one  of whom may be designated
by the Former TruVision Stockholders other than CVCA.   The current Directors
proposed by Heartland  are  Messrs. Holland, Shimer and Wheeler;  the current
Directors  proposed by CMCC, Baseball  Partners  and  CVCA  are  Messrs.  Van
Devender and  Chavkin,  and  the  current  Director  proposed  by  the Former
TruVision Stockholders is Mr. Burkhalter.  Messrs. Sternberg, Reilly and Luby
were originally proposed by the Old Wireless One Stockholders, but now  serve
as nominees of the full Board.

      Based  upon certain filings made by the parties to the New Stockholders
Agreement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"), the
Company  believes   that  the  parties  to  the  New  Stockholders  Agreement
collectively beneficially  own  an  aggregate  of  9,107,369 shares of Common
Stock, which represent approximately 53.7% of the outstanding  Common  Stock.
As  a  result,  these  stockholders  are  able to control the election of the
members of the Company's Board of Directors and to generally exercise control
over  the Company's affairs.  The New Stockholders  Agreement  also  provides
that, without the prior approval of the Board and until October 24, 1998, the
parties  to the New Stockholders Agreement may not, without the approval of a
majority of  the  Directors, (i) acquire equity securities of the Company (or
rights or options to  acquire  equity  securities  of the Company, other than
equity  securities  issued  or issuable with respect to  such  Common  Stock,
securities issued to them pursuant  to  Board-approved  option  plans and the
acquisition  of  up  to  250,000  shares of Common Stock by Heartland),  (ii)
solicit proxies or consents in opposition  to  solicitations  made  by  or on
behalf  of  the  Board  or  (iii)  other  than  in  connection  with  the New
Stockholders  Agreement  act together with any other person to acquire, hold,
vote or dispose of securities of the Company.

Registration Agreement

      In connection with the  Heartland  Transaction, the Company, Heartland,
certain subsidiaries of Heartland and all  of  the former stockholders of the
Company's  predecessor entered into a registration  agreement  (the  "Initial
Registration Agreement").  The Initial Registration Agreement was amended and
restated in  connection  with  the TruVision Transaction, with all the former
stockholders of TruVision becoming  parties  thereto.  Under such amended and
restated registration agreement (the "New Registration  Agreement"),  at  any
time  after  October  24,  1997,  any of (a) the holders of a majority of the
Common Stock issued to the former stockholders  of  the Company's predecessor
(other than CMCC and Baseball Partners) in the Heartland Transaction, (b) the
holders of a majority of the Common Stock issued to Heartland  or  certain of
Heartland's subsidiaries in the Heartland Transaction, (c) the holders  of  a
majority  of  the Common Stock issued to the former stockholders of TruVision
(other than CVCA)  in  the  TruVision  Transaction,  or  (d) the holders of a
majority  of  the  Common Stock issued to CMCC and Baseball Partners  in  the
Heartland Transaction  or  issued to CVCA in the TruVision Transaction, shall
each have the right, subject to certain conditions, to require the Company to
register any or all of such Common Stock under the Securities Act on Form S-1
on three occasions at the Company's   expense  and  on  Form S-2 or S-3 on an
additional  three occasions at the Company's expense.  The   holders  of  any
such shares of Common Stock are also entitled to request the inclusion of any
Common Stock  subject  to  the  Registration  Agreement  in  any registration
statement at the Company's expense whenever the Company proposes  to register
any  of  its  equity  securities under the Securities Act, subject to certain
conditions.

      In accordance with  the  New Registration Rights Agreement, the Company
registered  for resale, on Form S-3,  the  180,000  shares  of  Common  Stock
granted to VCI in connection with the TruVision Transaction.

Summary Compensation Table

      The table  below  provides information relating to compensation for the
Company's last three fiscal  years  for the Company's Chief Executive Officer
and  highest  paid  executive  officer (collectively,  the  "Named  Executive
Officers").  No other executive officers of the Company received compensation
in excess of $100,000 in 1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Long-Term
                                                            Compensation
                                                                Awards
                                                        ----------------------
                                Annual Compensation     Restricted  Securities   
   Name and                  -------------------------     Stock    Underlying     All Other
Principal Position           Year    Salary      Bonus     Awards     Options    Compensation
- --------------------------   ----  -----------   -----  ----------  ----------   ------------
<S>                          <C>   <C>            <C>        <C>      <C>            <C>
Sean E. Reilly               1996  $ 131,781      ---        ---        ---          $4,442
  Chief Executive Officer
                             1995  $  87,692      ---        ---      201,395           ---
                             1994  $  35,000(1)   ---        ---      113,144           --- 
                             
Alton C. Rye                 1996  $ 103,467      ---        ---         ---         $4,442
   Executive Vice
   President-Operations      1995  $  31,058(2)   ---        ---       30,000           ---
   

</TABLE>
   
________________________
(1)   Mr. Reilly began receiving  compensation  from Old Wireless One on June
      1, 1994.
(2)   Mr. Rye began receiving compensation from Old Wireless One on September
      1, 1995.
(3)   Automobile allowance.
                              ----------------------
    
                              
Stock Option Holdings

      The following table sets forth information  with  respect  to the Named
Executive  Officers concerning stock options held by them as of December  31,
1996.  The Company  did not grant any options to the Named Executive Officers
in 1996 nor did the Named Executive Officers exercise any options to purchase
the Company's Common Stock in 1996.

                   Aggregated Fiscal Year-End Option Values

                      Number of Securities           Value of Unexercised
                  Underlying Unexercised Options     In-the-Money Options
                        at Fiscal Year-End            at Fiscal Year-End
                  ------------------------------ ---------------------------- 
     Name            Exercisable/Unexercisable   Exercisable/Unexercisable(3)
    ------           -------------------------   ----------------------------
Sean E. Reilly (1)        125,815/188,724                $158,500/0
Alton C. Rye (2)            6,000/24000                         0/0

____________________
   
(1)   Mr.  Reilly has  the  following currently  exercisable  options  at the 
      following  exercise prices; 45,257 at $6.21 per  share, 40,279 at $4.16 
      per  share and  40,279  at $5.62 per share.  Mr. Reilly also has 67,887
      options,  which  are not currently exercisable,  that  have an exercise
      price of $6.21 per share.  The remainder of  Mr. Reilly's options  will
      vest  and become exercisable in three equal installments  over the next
      three years.  Each  installment will become  exercisable at an exercise
      price 35% higher than the prior year's installment.
(2)   These options, all of  which  were  granted on October 19, 1995, have a
      ten-year  term,  an  exercise price per  share  of  $10.50  and  become
      exercisable in 20% annual  increments on the anniversary of the date of
      grant.
(3)   The closing sale price of the  Common  Stock  on  December 31, 1996 was
      $6.625  as  reported by the Nasdaq Stock Market National  Market.   The
      value of all  options is  calculated  on  the  basis  of the difference 
      between  $6.625 and the respective exercise  prices.
                              --------------------

Employment Agreements

      The Company has entered into into employment agreements with certain of
its executive officers, including Messrs. Burkhalter,  Reilly,  Byer, Rye and
Schopfer.   The  employment  agreements provide for payment of a base  salary
indexed to inflation and bonuses  awarded  at  the  sole  discretion  of  the
Company's  Compensation  Committee and based upon the executive's performance
and the Company's operating results.   Each agreement has a two-year term and
is subject to automatic annual renewal for a period of seven years thereafter.
Each employment agreement provides that each executive may be terminated with
or  without cause, and provides that the executive will not compete with  the
Company  or  its  subsidiaries  within  a specified area during the period of
employment and for the two years thereafter.  Each executive will be entitled
to receive a severance payment in the event  of  a  resignation caused by the
relocation of the Company's office at which the executive  is  employed  to a
location more than 60 miles from its present location.
    

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

      The  members  of  the  Company's  Compensation  Committee  are  Messrs.
Holland,  Luby,  and  Shimer.   No past or current officer or employee of the
Company serves on the Compensation  Committee.   During  1996,  no  executive
officer of the Company served as a member of the compensation committee  or a
director  of  an entity, one of whose executive officers served as a director
of the Company.   The  Compensation Committee was established in October 1995
in  connection  with  the  Company's   initial   public  offering.   Previous
compensation  levels  for  Messrs.  Sternberg  and  Reilly  were  established
pursuant  to  the  terms  of  their  respective employment  agreements.   See
"Employment Agreements."  The compensation  levels for Messrs. Burkhalter and
Byer were approved by the Compensation Committee at the time of the TruVision
Transaction.  The compensation for Messrs. Rye, Schopfer and Ellis, the other
executive  officers  of  the  Company, was approved  by  the  full  Board  of
Directors upon the recommendation  of  the Compensation Committee.  Executive
officers  who  are  also  Directors of the Company  did  not  participate  in
discussions  relating  to their  individual  compensation  arrangements.   No
Director who served as a  member of the Compensation Committee was a party to
any reportable interlock during 1996.

Stock Option Plans

      1995 Long-Term Performance  Incentive Plan.  The Board of Directors has
adopted and the stockholders of the  Company have approved the 1995 Long-Term
Performance Incentive Plan (the "Incentive  Plan"),  which  provides  for the
grant  to key employees of the Company of (i) both "incentive stock options,"
as defined  by  Section  422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the "Code"), and stock options that are non-qualified for federal income tax
purposes,  (ii)  stock appreciation  rights,  (iii)  restricted  stock,  (iv)
performance grants and (v) any other type of award deemed by the Compensation
Committee to be consistent with the purpose of the Incentive Plan.  The total
number of shares of  Common  Stock  which  may  be  granted  pursuant  to the
Incentive  Plan  is  1,300,000,  subject  to  certain  adjustments reflecting
changes in the Company's capitalization.  The Incentive  Plan  will terminate
upon  the  earlier  of  the  adoption  of  a  Board  of Director's resolution
terminating  the  Incentive  Plan or the tenth anniversary  of  the  date  of
adoption, unless extended for  an  additional  five-year period for grants of
awards  other  than  incentive  stock  options, and is  administered  by  the
Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.  The Compensation Committee
has  broad  powers under the Incentive Plan,  including  exclusive  authority
(except as otherwise provided in the Incentive Plan) to establish performance
objectives and to determine (i) which of the Company's employees will receive
awards, (ii)  the  type,  size  and  terms of awards, and (iii) the time when
awards will be granted.  Members of the  Compensation  Committee  will not be
eligible to receive awards under the Incentive Plan.  Directors who  are also
employees  are  eligible  to  receive  awards under the Incentive Plan.  Non-
employee directors are not eligible to receive  options  under  the Incentive
Plan, but may be eligible to receive awards under the Directors' Plan.

      The  exercise  price  of incentive stock options is determined  by  the
Compensation Committee, but may  not  be  less  than  100% of the fair market
value  of the Common Stock on the date of grant, and the  term  of  any  such
option may  not  exceed 10 years from the date of grant.  With respect to any
employee who owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of the
outstanding capital stock of the Company, the exercise price of any incentive
stock option may not  be  less  than  110%  of  the fair market value of such
shares on the date of grant, and the term of such  option may not exceed five
years  from  the  date of grant.  The exercise price of  non-qualified  stock
options is determined by the Compensation Committee on the date the option is
granted.

      Options and stock  appreciation rights granted under the Incentive Plan
are nontransferable, unless otherwise specified in the award instrument, and,
with certain exceptions in  the  event  of  the  death  or  disability of the
participant,  may  be  exercised  by the participant only during  employment,
subject to vesting requirements established  by  the  Compensation Committee.
Restrictions on awards granted under the Incentive Plan  will  also generally
vest upon a proposed sale of substantially all of the assets of  the Company,
or the merger of the Company with or into another corporation.

      The  Company  has  assumed  all  non-qualified  options  issued by  Old
Wireless One.  Such  options are now covered by the Incentive Plan  and cover
691,988  shares  with  a  weighted average exercise price per share of $7.54.
Such options vest over a five-year  period which period commenced on February
1, 1995.  The options expire on April  14, 2001.  In October 1995 the Company
issued non-qualified stock options for 50,000 shares of Common Stock, with an
exercise price equal to the initial public  offering  price, to two employees
of  the  Company.  Such options are scheduled to vest in  equal  installments
over a five-year  period  from  the  date  of  grant.   In addition, upon the
consummation  of  the  TruVision  Transaction, the Company assumed  the  non-
qualified options issued by TruVision.   Such  options are now covered by the
Incentive Plan and cover 195,226 shares at a weighted  average exercise price
of $6.82.  All such options are fully-vested and expire  on June 8, 2004.  In
December 1996, the Company issued stock options for 27,000  shares  of Common
Stock to Mr. Schopfer upon his hiring.

      1996 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Option Plan.  The Board of Directors
has  adopted and the stockholders of the Company have approved the 1996  Non-
Employee   Directors'   Stock  Option  Plan  (the  "Directors'  Plan").   The
Directors'  Plan  is  administered  by  the  Board  of  Directors.   Eligible
Directors are eligible  to  receive  options  under the Directors' Plan.  The
total number of shares of Common Stock for which options may be granted under
the  Directors'  Plan  is 100,000 subject to certain  adjustments  reflecting
changes in the Company's capitalization.

      Options granted under the Directors' Plan will be non-qualified options
for federal income tax purposes.   The  exercise  price  of  options  will be
determined  as  specified  in  the Plan and will be at least 100% of the fair
market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant.

      Options granted under the Directors' Plan may be subject to vesting and
certain  other  restrictions at the  Board  of  Directors'  sole  discretion.
Subject to certain  exceptions,  the  right  to  exercise an option generally
terminates at the earlier of (i) the first date on  which the initial grantee
of  such  option  is  no  longer  a  director of either the  Company  or  any
subsidiary  of  the  Company  for  any reason  other  than  death,  permanent
disability, or termination with "cause"  (as  defined in the Directors' Plan)
or  (ii)  the  expiration  date  of the option.  Options  granted  under  the
Directors' Plan will also generally  vest  upon  a "change in control" of the
Company (as defined in the Directors' Plan).  The  Company  issued options to
purchase  20,000  shares of Common Stock under the Directors' Plan  in  1996.
Pursuant to the Directors'  Plan, on each November 15, each Eligible Director
will be granted options to purchase 2,000 shares of Common Stock.

      General.  The Board of  Directors generally has the power and authority
to amend the Incentive Plan and the Directors' Plan (collectively, the "Stock
Option Plans") at any time without  approval  of  the Company's stockholders;
provided, that the Board of Directors may not amend the Stock Option Plans in
such  a manner as to materially increase the benefits  or  number  of  shares
under the  Stock  Option  Plans  or  to  modify  the eligibility requirements
without the affirmative approval of the Company's stockholders.  In addition,
the Board of Directors may not amend the Stock Option Plans to materially and
adversely affect the rights of an option holder under such option without the
consent of such option holder.

      Except  as  otherwise provided in an option agreement,  if  a  director
holding an option under  the  Directors'  Plan  dies  or  suffers a permanent
disability  while  still  employed  by  or a director of the Company  or  any
subsidiary, then the right to exercise all  unexpired  installments  of  such
option shall be accelerated and shall accrue as of the date of such death  or
the  later  of  the  date  of  such permanent disability or discovery of such
permanent  disability,  and such option  shall  be  exercisable,  subject  to
certain exceptions, for 90  days  after  such  date.   In addition, except as
otherwise provided in an option agreement, if an Eligible  Director who holds
an option granted under the Directors' Plan is terminated without "cause" (as
defined in the Directors' Plan), then he will have the right  to exercise any
option which is currently exercisable at the time of such termination  for 30
days after the date of such termination.

      Also,  except  as  otherwise  provided  in  an  option agreement, if an
employee holding an award granted under the Incentive Plan  dies or suffers a
permanent  disability while still employed by the Company or any  subsidiary,
then such award  may be exercised, to the extent the employee was entitled to
do so at the termination  of  employment, by the employee, his legal guardian
(unless  such exercise would disqualify  an  option  as  an  incentive  stock
option), or  his  legatee,  legal representative or distributee (whichever is
applicable),  at  any time within  one  year  after  the  date  of  death  or
disability (but in  no  event  later  than  the  date  on  which  such  award
terminates).


                             CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

      In connection with the Heartland Transaction, Heartland and the Company
entered  into an agreement whereby (i) the Company agreed not to compete with
Heartland or any of Heartland's subsidiaries in the wireless cable television
business in specified markets in which Heartland and its subsidiaries operate
or have significant channel rights, (ii) Heartland agreed not to compete with
the Company  in  the wireless cable television business in specified markets,
including substantially  all  of the Markets described herein and (iii) if at
any  time  a  wireless  cable  television  system  operated  by  the  Company
interferes with the signal transmission of a wireless cable television system
operated by Heartland or one of  Heartland's  subsidiaries  (or  vice versa),
then the Company, Heartland and their respective subsidiaries will  use their
best  efforts  to  negotiate  and  enter into an appropriate non-interference
agreement.  The Company also entered  into  a  registration  rights agreement
with Heartland and all of the former stockholders of Old Wireless  One, which
was  amended  and  restated in connection with the TruVision Transaction,  to
include the Former TruVision  Stockholders  as  parties  thereto, pursuant to
which the Company granted to the parties thereto certain demand  and  "piggy-
back" registration rights with respect to shares of common stock held by such
parties.  See "Management - Registration Agreement."

      In  February 1996, CVCA entered into an agreement whereby CVCA provided
TruVision interim financing (the "Interim Facility") in an amount up to $12.0
million at  an annual interest rate of 10% in order to fund certain operating
and acquisition costs.

      In  connection   with  the  execution  of  the  Company's  merger  with
TruVision, the Company agreed  to make certain loans to TruVision pending the
consummation of the TruVision Transaction.   On May 6, 1996, the Company made
such  a  loan to TruVision in the amount of approximately  $1.5  million,  of
which TruVision  used  $1.0  million  of  the  proceeds of such loan to repay
borrowings  under  a working capital facility which  was  guaranteed  by  Mr.
Burkhalter, and that  guarantee was terminated and released.  On the date of,
but prior to, the consummation of the TruVision Transaction, the Company made
such a loan to TruVision  in  the  amount  of approximately $1.5 million, and
TruVision used the proceeds of that borrowing to pay accrued dividends on its
preferred  stock  to  CVCA and VanCom in the amounts  of  approximately  $1.4
million and $18,000, respectively.  In addition, the Company issued to VCI, a
corporation controlled  by Mr. Burkhalter, 180,000 shares of Common Stock and
paid to VCI $1.8 million  in  cash, in satisfaction of certain obligations of
TruVision to VCI.

      The terms of the transactions  described  above  were determined by the
parties  thereto,  and the Company believes that such transactions  involving
affiliates were on terms  no  less  favorable  to the Company than could have
been obtained from unaffiliated third parties in  arms-lengths  transactions.
The Company expects that all future transactions between the Company  and its
officers,  Directors,  principal stockholders and affiliates will be on terms
no less favorable to the  Company  than  could  be obtained from unaffiliated
third parties.

      CSI  is  an affiliate of CMCC, CVCA and Baseball  Partners,  which  own
approximately 11.8%,  9.0%  and 2.3%, respectively, of the outstanding Common
Stock.  CSI served as the lead  underwriter  for  the 1996 Unit Offering.  In
addition, Mr. Chavkin, a Director of the Company, is  a  general  partner  of
CCP,  which  is  also  affiliated  with  CSI.  Under Conduct Rule 2720 ("Rule
2720") of the National Association of Securities  Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD"),
when a NASD member, such as CSI, participates in the distribution of a public
offering of the securities of an affiliate of such member, such offering must
be  conducted  in  accordance with the applicable provisions  of  Rule  2720.
Accordingly, by virtue  of  CSI's participation in the 1996 Unit Offering and
Chase's  ownership interest in  the  Company,  the  1996  Unit  Offering  was
conducted  in  accordance  with  the  applicable  provisions  of  Rule  2720.
Prudential   Securities   Incorporated   acted  as  a  qualified  independent
underwriter  for  the 1996 Unit Offering, as  required  by  Rule  2720.   The
Company believes that CSI participated in the 1996 Unit Offering on terms and
received fees and commissions  from  the Offering on a basis that was no less
fair   to  the  Company  than  was  available   from   other   non-affiliated
underwriters.


                            PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

      Except  as  otherwise  noted,  the  following  table sets forth certain
information as of April 1, 1997 as to the security ownership of those persons
owning of record or known to the Company to be the beneficial  owner  of more
than  five  percent  of the voting securities of the Company and the security
ownership of equity securities of the Company by (i) each of the Directors of
the Company, (ii) each  of  the  Named  Executive  Officers,  and  (iii)  all
Directors and executive officers as a group.  All information with respect to
beneficial ownership has been furnished by the respective Director, executive
officer  or  five  percent  beneficial  owner,  as  the  case may be.  Unless
otherwise indicated, the persons named below have sole voting  and investment
power  with  respect to the number of shares set forth opposite their  names.
Beneficial ownership of the Common Stock has been determined for this purpose
in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the
Exchange Act.

                                                            Common Stock(1)
                                                        ----------------------
           Directors, Officers                          Number of   Percent of
           and 5% Stockholders                            Shares      Class 
          --------------------                          ---------   ---------- 
Heartland Wireless Communications, Inc. (2)              3,459,508     20.4%
Chase Manhattan Capital Corporation (3)                  1,991,690     11.8%
Chase Venture Capital Associates L.P. (3)                1,517,979      9.0%
Baseball Partners (3)                                      393,226      2.3%
Mississippi Wireless TV, L.P. (4)                        1,702,406     10.1%
VanCom, Inc. (5)                                            42,560        *
Henry M. Burkhalter (4)(6)                               1,884,339     11.1%
Hans J. Sternberg (7)                                      499,700      2.9%
Sean E. Reilly (8)                                         209,920      1.2%
Arnold L. Chavkin (9)                                    3,902,895     23.0%
J. R. Holland, Jr. (10)                                  3,459,508     20.4%
William K. Luby (11)                                       393,226      2.3%
Daniel L. Shimer                                             4,800        *
William J. Van Devender (5)                                 57,904        *
Alton C. Rye (12)                                            7,000        *
L. Allen Wheeler (13)                                    3,459,508     20.4%
All Directors and executive officers as a
   group (13 persons)(14)                               10,040,577     57.6%
___________________
*     Less than one percent.

(1)   Heartland  and  certain  of  its  subsidiaries,  CMCC,  CVCA,  Baseball
      Partners, MWTV, VanCom, VCI and Messrs. Burkhalter and Byer are parties
      to the New Stockholders Agreement, as amended.  See "Management-
      Stockholders  Agreement."  Each of  the  parties  to  the  Stockholders
      Agreement disclaims  beneficial ownership of the shares of Common Stock
      owned  by the other paries to such agreement.

   
(2)   Heartland reported on a Schedule 13G filed with the  SEC,  on  February
      14, 1997, shared voting and dispositive power as of December 31,  1996,
      with  respect to an aggregate of 3,259,508 shares of Common Stock owned
      by certain  direct  and  indirect  subsidiaries  of  Heartland.  Shares
      listed for Heartland also include 200,000 shares of Common  Stock  that
      were   distributed  to  Heartland  from  an  escrow  account  that  was
      established  in connection with the Heartland Transaction.  The address
      for Heartland is 200 Chisolm Place, Suite 200, Plano, Texas  75075.
    

(3)   CMCC reported,  on  a  Schedule  13G filed with the SEC on February 13,
      1997, shared voting and dispositive power as of December 31, 1996, with
      respect to 1,991,690 shares of Common  Stock,  together  with The Chase
      Manhattan  Bank,  the  direct  parent  of  CMCC and The Chase Manhattan
      Corporation, the ultimate  parent of CMCC.   In  the  same filing, CVCA
      reported  sole voting and dispositive power, as of December  31,  1996,
      with respect to 1,385,388 shares of Common Stock, and Baseball Partners
      reported shared  voting  and  dispositive power with respect to 393,226
      shares  of  Common Stock.  The address  for  CMCC,  CVCA  and  Baseball
      Partners is 380  Madison Avenue, 12th Floor, New York, New York  10017.
      Shares listed for  CVCA  also include 132,591 shares held in escrow for
      CVCA that will be distributed in 1997.

(4)   MWTV owns 1,702,406 shares  of  Common  Stock.   The general partner of
      MWTV  is  WTV.   Mr.  Burkhalter  is  the  President  and   controlling
      stockholder  of  WTV.   WTV  has  the power to vote and dispose of  the
      shares of Common Stock held by MWTV.   Therefore, Mr. Burkhalter may be
      deemed to beneficially own all shares of  Common  Stock  held  by MWTV.
      Mr.  Burkhalter  disclaims  beneficial ownership of any such shares  of
      Common  Stock.   The  address  for  MWTV  and  Mr.  Burkhalter  is  c/o
      TruVision, 1080 River Oaks Drive, Suite A150, Jackson, MS  39208.

(5)   VanCom is the limited partner of  MWTV  and  has a right to 22.9167% of
      allocations and distributions of the Partnership.   Shares owned by Mr.
      Van Devender include shares owned by VanCom as Mr. Van  Devender is the
      President  and  controlling stockholder of VanCom.  Mr. Van  Devender's
      address  is c/o VanCom,  Inc.,  P.O.  Box  5327,  Jackson,  Mississippi
      39296.

(6)   Includes 12,288 shares owned by Mr. Burkhalter's wife and 78,015 shares
      issuable upon the exercise of presently exercisable options.

(7)   Includes 75,120  shares  owned by Mr. Sternberg's wife and children and
      148,444 shares issuable upon  the  exercise  of  presently  exercisable
      options.

(8)   Includes  193,702  shares  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  presently
      exercisable options.

(9)   Reflects  3,902,895  shares  owned by CVCA, CMCC and Baseball Partners.
      Mr. Chavkin is a general partner  of  CCP, which is the general partner
      of CVCA.  CCP has investment and voting  discretion with respect to the
      shares held by CMCC.  Baseball Partners has  agreed  to  grant  a proxy
      with  respect  to  the Shares held by it to CCP.  Mr. Chavkin disclaims
      beneficial ownership  of  the  Shares  held  by CVCA, CMCC and Baseball
      Partners.   The  address for Mr. Chavkin is 380  Madison  Avenue,  12th
      Floor, New York, NY  10017.

(10)  Includes 3,459,508 shares beneficially owned by Heartland.  Mr. Holland
      is the Manager and President of Hunt Capital Group, L.L.C., a principal
      stockholder of Heartland.  Mr. Holland is also a director of Heartland.
      Mr.  Holland  disclaims   beneficial   ownership  of  shares  owned  by
      Heartland.  The address for Mr. Holland  is  4000  Thanksgiving  Tower,
      Dallas, TX  75201.

(11)  Reflects   shares  of  Common  Stock  beneficially  owned  by  Baseball
      Partners.  Mr.  Luby  is  a  general  partner  of Baseball Partners and
      therefore may be deemed to be a beneficial owner  of  such shares.  Mr.
      Luby  disclaims  beneficial  ownership of all of the shares  of  Common
      Stock owned by Baseball Partners  in  which  Mr.  Luby has no pecuniary
      interest.  Certain affiliates of CMCC are general partners  of Baseball
      Partners.

(12)  Includes   6,000   shares  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  currently
      exercisable options.

   
(13)  Includes 3,459,508 shares beneficially owned by Heartland, of which Mr.
      Wheeler is a director.  Mr. Wheeler disclaims any beneficial ownership
      of shares owned by Heartland.  The address  of Mr. Wheeler is P.O. Box
      839, Durrant, Oklahoma 74702.
    
      
(14)  Includes  490,572  shares  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  currently
      exercisable options held by directors and executive officers.



                           DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

General

      The Notes were issued  under  the Indenture dated as of August 12, 1996
between the Company and United States  Trust  Company of New York, as trustee
(the "Trustee"), a copy of which is incorporated  by  reference as an exhibit
to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus  forms a part and will
be made available to purchasers of the Notes upon request.   The Indenture is
subject to and governed by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as  amended  (the
"Trust Indenture Act").

      The  following summary of the material provisions of the Indenture does
not purport  to  be  complete,  and  where  reference  is  made to particular
provisions  of the Indenture, such provisions, including the  definitions  of
certain terms,  are  qualified  in  their entirety by reference to all of the
provisions of the Indenture and those  terms  made a part of the Indenture by
the Trust Indenture Act.  For definitions of certain  capitalized  terms used
in  the  following  summary, see "--Certain Definitions."  References to  the
Company in the "Description  of  Notes"  are to Wireless One, Inc., excluding
any Subsidiaries thereof.

Principal, Interest and Maturity

      The Notes were issued at a discount to their aggregate principal amount
to generate gross proceeds to the Company  of  $125  million  and  are senior
obligations of the Company.  The Notes will accrete in value until August  1,
2001 at a rate of 13 1/2% per annum, compounded semi-annually, to an aggregate
principal amount of $239,252,000.  Cash interest will not accrue on the Notes
prior to August 1, 2001. Thereafter, interest will accrue at a rate of 13 1/2%
per annum and will  be  payable  semi-annually in cash on each February 1 and
August  1,  commencing  February  1,  2002,  to  holders  of  record  on  the
immediately preceding January 15 and July  15.  Interest will accrue from the
most recent date to which interest has been  paid or, if no interest has been
paid, from August 1, 2001.  Interest is computed  on  the  basis of a 360-day
year comprised of twelve 30-day months.  The Notes will mature  on  August 1,
2006.   All  references  to  the  principal  amount  of  the Notes herein are
references to the principal amount at final maturity.

      Principal  of,  premium,  if  any,  and interest on the Notes  will  be
payable, and the Notes are exchangeable and  transferable,  at  the office or
agency  of  the Company in the City of New York maintained for such  purposes
(which initially  is  the  corporate  trust office of the Trustee at 114 West
47th  Street,  New  York,  New  York  10036,   Attention:    Corporate  Trust
Administration); provided, however, that payment of interest may  be  made at
the  option of the Company by check mailed to the Person entitled thereto  as
shown  on  the security register.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, payments of
principal of,  and  interest  on,  Notes represented by one or more permanent
global Notes registered in the name  of  or  held  by  The  Depository  Trust
Company  or  its  nominee will be made in immediately available funds to such
entity as the registered  owner  and  holder of such permanent global Note or
Notes.  The Notes were issued only in fully  registered form without coupons,
in  denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple  thereof.   No  service
charge  will be made for any registration of transfer, exchange or redemption
of Notes,  except  in certain circumstances for any tax or other governmental
charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

Ranking

      The Notes are  senior  obligations of the Company ranking pari passu in
right of payment to all existing  and  future  Indebtedness  of  the Company,
other  than  Indebtedness  that  is  expressly  subordinated  to  the  Notes.
However,  subject  to  certain  limitations  set  forth in the Indenture, the
Company and its Subsidiaries may incur other senior  Indebtedness,  including
Indebtedness   that  is  secured  by  the  assets  of  the  Company  and  its
Subsidiaries.  Such limitations may not limit the Company's ability to engage
in certain highly  leveraged  transactions.   In  addition,  the Company is a
holding  company  that conducts substantially all of its business  operations
through its Subsidiaries  and,  therefore,  the  Notes  will  be  effectively
subordinated  to  all  existing and future Indebtedness and other liabilities
and  commitments  of  such   Subsidiaries,  including  trade  payables.   The
outstanding Indebtedness and trade  payables of the Company's Subsidiaries as
of March 31, 1997 were approximately $34.1 million.

Optional Redemption

      The Notes will be subject to redemption  at any time on or after August
1, 2001, at the option of the Company, in whole  or in part, on not less than
30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice in amounts  of  $1,000  or an integral
multiple thereof at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages
of the principal amount), if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on
August 1 of the years indicated below:

          Year                                    Redemption Price
          ----                                    ----------------           
          2001.........................................106.75%
          2002.........................................104.50%
          2003.........................................102.25%
          2004.........................................100.00%

and  thereafter at 100% of the principal amount, in each case, together  with
accrued  and  unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the
rights of holders  of record on relevant record dates to receive interest due
on an interest payment date).

      In addition, at  any time or from time to time prior to August 1, 1999,
up to 30% of the aggregate  principal  amount  originally issued of the Notes
are redeemable at the option of the Company with the Net Cash Proceeds from a
sale  to  a  Strategic Investor of the Company's Capital  Stock  (other  than
Redeemable Capital  Stock) or Qualified Subordinated Indebtedness in a single
transaction or series of related transactions for an aggregate purchase price
equal to or exceeding  $25  million, at a redemption price equal to 113.5% of
the Accreted Value of the Notes;  provided  that  after  giving effect to any
such  redemption,  at least 70% of the aggregate principal amount  originally
issued of the Notes  remains  outstanding thereafter.  The Company shall make
such redemption not more than 180  days  after  the  consummation of any such
sale  of  the Company's Capital Stock or Qualified Subordinated  Indebtedness
and upon not less than 60 nor more than 150 days' notice given within 30 days
after (and  not  before)  the  consummation  of  any such sale, in amounts of
$1,000 or an integral multiple thereof.

      If  less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed,  the  Trustee  shall
select the  Notes  or  portions thereof to be redeemed pro rata, by lot or by
any other method the Trustee shall deem fair and reasonable.

Mandatory Redemption

      Except as set forth  below  under  "--Certain  Covenants--Limitation on
Sale  of  Assets"  and "--Purchase of Notes upon a Change  of  Control,"  the
Company is not be required  to  make  mandatory  redemption  or  sinking fund
payments with respect to the Notes.

Selection and Notice

      If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection
of  Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance  with  the
requirements  of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which
the Notes are listed,  or,  if  the  Notes  are  not so listed, on a pro rata
basis,  by  lot  or  by  such  method  as  the Trustee shall  deem  fair  and
appropriate, provided that no Notes with a principal amount of $1,000 or less
shall be redeemed in part.  Notice of redemption  shall  be  mailed  by first
class  mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption  date
to each  holder  of  Notes  to be redeemed at its registered address.  If any
Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to
such Note shall state the portion  of the principal amount to be redeemed.  A
new Note in principal amount equal to  the  unredeemed portion will be issued
in the name of the holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.  On
and after the redemption date, interest will  cease to accrue on the Notes or
portions of the Notes called for redemption.

Certain Covenants

      The Indenture contains, among others, the covenants described below.

      Limitation on Indebtedness.  The Company  will not, and will not permit
any  Restricted  Subsidiary to, create, issue, incur,  assume,  guarantee  or
otherwise in any manner  become directly or indirectly liable for the payment
of or otherwise incur (collectively, "incur") any Indebtedness (including any
Acquired  Indebtedness), except  that  the  Company  may  incur  Indebtedness
(including any Acquired Indebtedness) and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur
Acquired Indebtedness,  if,  in  each  case,  the Debt to Operating Cash Flow
Ratio  of  the  Company  and  its  Restricted Subsidiaries  at  the  time  of
incurrence of such Indebtedness, after  giving  pro  forma effect thereto, is
5.0 to 1.0 or less.

      The foregoing limitation will not apply to the incurrence of any of the
following (collectively, "Permitted Indebtedness"), but  any  such  Permitted
Indebtedness will be included in any calculation of Debt:

            (i)   Indebtedness  of  the  Company  or  any  of  its Restricted
      Subsidiaries  under  a  Bank Credit Facility in an aggregate  principal
      amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed  $25,000,000;

            (ii)  Indebtedness of the Company pursuant to the Notes;

            (iii) Indebtedness  of  any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of a
      guarantee of Indebtedness under a Bank Credit Facility;

            (iv)  Indebtedness of the  Company  or  any Restricted Subsidiary
      outstanding  on  the  date of the Indenture and listed  on  a  schedule
      thereto (exclusive of any debt of the kind referred to in clause (x));

            (v)     Indebtedness   of  the  Company  owing  to  a  Restricted
      Subsidiary; provided that any  Indebtedness  of  the Company owing to a
      Restricted Subsidiary is made pursuant to an intercompany  note  in the
      form  attached to the Indenture and is subordinated in right of payment
      from and  after  such  time  as  the Notes shall become due and payable
      (whether at Stated Maturity, acceleration  or otherwise) to the payment
      of the Company's obligations under the Notes;  provided,  further, that
      any  disposition,  pledge  or  transfer of any such Indebtedness  to  a
      Person (other than a disposition,  pledge or transfer to a Wholly Owned
      Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed  to  be  an  incurrence  of such
      Indebtedness by the obligor not permitted by this clause (v);

            (vi)  Indebtedness  of  a  Restricted  Subsidiary  owing  to  the
      Company  or  another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, with respect
      to Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary, any such Indebtedness
      is made pursuant  to  an  intercompany note in the form attached to the
      Indenture; provided, further,  that  (a)  any  disposition,  pledge  or
      transfer   of   any  such  Indebtedness  to  a  Person  (other  than  a
      disposition,  pledge  or  transfer  to  the  Company  or  a  Restricted
      Subsidiary) shall be deemed to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness by
      the obligor not  permitted  by this clause (vi) and (b) any transaction
      pursuant to which any Restricted  Subsidiary,  which  has  Indebtedness
      owing to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, ceases to be a
      Restricted   Subsidiary  shall  be  deemed  to  be  the  incurrence  of
      Indebtedness by  such  Restricted  Subsidiary  that is not permitted by
      this clause (vi);

            (vii) guarantees of any Restricted Subsidiary  made in accordance
      with  the  provisions  of  the  covenant described in "--Limitation  on
      Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness;"

            (viii)obligations of the Company  or  any  Restricted  Subsidiary
      entered  into  in  the ordinary course of business pursuant to Interest
      Rate Agreements designed  to  protect  the  Company  or  any Restricted
      Subsidiary  against  fluctuations  in  interest  rates  in  respect  of
      Indebtedness  of  the  Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as long  as
      such obligations at the  time  incurred  do  not  exceed  the aggregate
      principal amount of such Indebtedness then outstanding or in good faith
      anticipated to be outstanding within 90 days of such occurrence;

            (ix)  Indebtedness  having a yield to maturity not in  excess  of
      the yield to maturity on the Notes lent by a Strategic Investor (or any
      subsidiary thereof and including  any  refinancing  of such outstanding
      amount) resulting in up to $50,000,000 in aggregate Net  Cash Proceeds;
      provided  that  (i) such Indebtedness (and any refinancing thereof)  is
      subordinated in right  of  payment to the prior payment in full in cash
      of all obligations (including  principal, interest and premium, if any)
      of  the  Company under the Notes and  the  Indenture  (including  as  a
      consequence  of  any  repurchase,  redemption or other repayment of the
      Notes, including, without limitation,  by  way  of optional redemption,
      Offers,  and  Change  of Control Offers to the extent  such  rights  to
      repayment are exercised  by  the Noteholders) such that (A) the Company
      shall make no payment or distribution  in  respect of such Indebtedness
      and may not acquire such Indebtedness until  the  prior payment in full
      in cash of all obligations in respect of the Notes  if  any  Default on
      the  Notes  shall occur and be continuing, and (B) the holders of  such
      Indebtedness  may  not  take  any  action to enforce or accelerate such
      Indebtedness until the holders of the  Notes  have taken such action in
      respect  of  the  Notes,  (ii) such Indebtedness (and  any  refinancing
      thereof) is not guaranteed  by any of the Company's Subsidiaries and is
      not secured by any Lien on any  property or asset of the Company or any
      Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) such  Indebtedness  (and  any  refinancing
      thereof) has no scheduled maturity of principal earlier than  a date at
      least  one  year  after  the  final  Stated Maturity of the Notes, (iv)
      accreted interest on such Indebtedness  shall  only  be  payable on the
      Maturity thereof and cash interest on such Indebtedness shall  only  be
      payable  to the extent that immediately prior to and after such payment
      of interest  the  Company  is  permitted to incur $1.00 of Indebtedness
      under the ratio described in the  first  paragraph of this covenant and
      (v) the holders of such Indebtedness shall  assign  any rights to vote,
      including  by  way  of  proxy, in a bankruptcy, insolvency  or  similar
      proceeding to the Trustee  and  the  trustee  for  the 1995 Notes; and,
      provided further, the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds of  such Indebtedness
      under  this  clause  (ix)  together  with  the  Net  Cash  Proceeds  of
      Indebtedness   incurred  under  clause  (xi)  below  shall  not  exceed
      $100,000,000 at any time outstanding;

            (x)   Indebtedness  of  the  Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
      owing to a federal governmental authority  relating  to the purchase of
      wireless cable channels in an auction in an amount not to exceed in the
      aggregate $40,000,000 (including any such Indebtedness refinanced under
      clause (xiii) below);

            (xi)  in the event the Company receives $40,000,000  or  more  of
      aggregate  Net  Cash  Proceeds from the sale of Qualified Capital Stock
      (other than Qualified Capital  Stock  sold  to  a  Subsidiary or to any
      employee  stock  ownership  plan  or  similar  trust  and  other   than
      Redeemable  Capital  Stock)  issued  subsequent  to  the  date  of  the
      Indenture, Indebtedness of the Company in an aggregate principal amount
      not   to  exceed  $100,000,000  (including  any  refinancing  thereof);
      provided  that (i) the incurrence of such Indebtedness would not result
      in there being  outstanding  more than $1.50 of Indebtedness under this
      clause (xi), clause (ix) and clause  (xii)  for each $1.00 of aggregate
      Net Cash Proceeds of Qualified Capital Stock  issued  subsequent to the
      date  of  the  Indenture,  (ii) such Indebtedness (and any  refinancing
      thereof) is not guaranteed by  any of the Company's Subsidiaries and is
      not secured by any Lien on any property  or asset of the Company or any
      Restricted  Subsidiary  and (iii) the Indebtedness  permitted  by  this
      clause (xi) shall be reduced  by  the sum of (A) the aggregate Net Cash
      Proceeds of Indebtedness issued under  clause  (ix) and clause (xii) of
      this covenant plus (B) the product of $1.50 and the aggregate amount of
      Investments  made  by  the  Company pursuant to clause  (viii)  of  the
      definition of Permitted Investments (other than Investments acquired in
      consideration for the issuance of Common Stock);

            (xii) in the event the  Company  incurs  Indebtedness  lent  by a
      Strategic Investor under clause (ix) that results in $50,000,000 of Net
      Cash Proceeds and the Company receives $40,000,000 or more of aggregate
      Net  Cash  Proceeds  from  the  sale  of Qualified Capital Stock issued
      subsequent to the date of the Indenture,  the Company or any Restricted
      Subsidiary   shall  be  permitted  to  incur  up  to   $25,000,000   of
      Indebtedness (including any refinancing thereof); provided that the Net
      Cash Proceeds of such Indebtedness, together with the Net Cash Proceeds
      of Indebtedness  incurred under clause (xi) of this covenant, shall not
      exceed $50,000,000;

            (xiii) any  renewals,  extensions,   substitutions,   refundings,
      refinancings  or  replacements (collectively, a "refinancing")  of  any
      Indebtedness described  in  clauses (ii), (iv) and (x) above, including
      any successive refinancings so  long  as the aggregate principal amount
      of  Indebtedness  represented  thereby  is   not   increased   by  such
      refinancing (or, if said Indebtedness provides for an amount less  than
      the  principal  amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration
      of acceleration of  the  maturity thereof, not greater than such lesser
      amount) plus the lesser of  (I)  the  stated  amount  of any premium or
      other payment required to be paid in connection with such a refinancing
      pursuant to the terms of the Indebtedness being refinanced  or (II) the
      amount  of  premium  or  other  payment  actually paid at such time  to
      refinance  the  Indebtedness,  plus,  in either  case,  the  amount  of
      expenses of the Company incurred in connection  with  such  refinancing
      and,  in  the  case  of  Pari Passu or Subordinated Indebtedness,  such
      refinancing does not reduce  the Average Life to Stated Maturity or the
      Stated Maturity of such Indebtedness; and

            (xiv) Indebtedness of the  Company  or any Restricted Subsidiary,
      in addition to that described in clauses (i)  through  (xiii) above, so
      long  as the aggregate principal amount of all such Indebtedness  shall
      not exceed $10,000,000 at any one time outstanding.

      Limitation  on Restricted Payments.  (a) The Company will not, and will
not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:

            (i)   declare or pay any dividend on, or make any distribution to
      holders of, any  shares  of  the  Company's  Capital  Stock (other than
      dividends  or distributions payable solely in its shares  of  Qualified
      Capital Stock or in options, warrants or other rights to acquire shares
      of such Qualified Capital Stock);

            (ii)  purchase,  redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value,
      directly or indirectly,  the  Company's  Capital  Stock  or any Capital
      Stock of any Affiliate of the Company (other than Capital  Stock of any
      Wholly  Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary)  or  options, warrants or  other
      rights to acquire such Capital Stock;

            (iii) make  any  principal  payment  on, or  repurchase,  redeem,
      defease, retire or otherwise acquire for value,  prior to any scheduled
      principal   payment,   sinking   fund   payment   or   maturity,    any
      Subordinated Indebtedness;

            (iv)  declare or pay any dividend  or distribution on any Capital
      Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary to any  Person  (other  than  to the
      Company  or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as, in the event
      the Restricted Subsidiary paying such dividend or distribution is not a
      Wholly  Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary,  the  Company  or  a  Restricted
      Subsidiary  of the Company receives at least its pro rata share of such
      dividend or distribution  in  accordance  with  its Equity Interests in
      such Capital Stock);

            (v)   incur, create or assume any guarantee  of  Indebtedness  of
      any  Affiliate of the Company (other than guarantees of Indebtedness of
      the Company  given  by any Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the
      terms of the Indenture); or

            (vi)  until the  date  on which the ratio of Annualized EBITDA to
      Consolidated Interest Expense  equals  or  exceeds 1.5 to 1.0, make any
      Investment in any Person (other than any Permitted  Investments)  in  a
      cumulative   amount   for   the  Company  and  all  of  its  Restricted
      Subsidiaries  in excess of (A)  (1)  100%  of  the  Net  Cash  Proceeds
      received by the  Company from the issuance and sale of Capital Stock of
      the Company (other  than  Capital  Stock sold to a Subsidiary or to any
      employee  stock  ownership  plan  or  similar   trust  and  other  than
      Redeemable Capital Stock) subsequent to the date  of  the Indenture and
      (2)  $15,000,000  less  (B) the cumulative amount of Net Cash  Proceeds
      received by the Company from  the  issuance or sale of Capital Stock of
      the Company that has been applied to  make Restricted Payments provided
      in  clauses  (i)  through  (v) above subsequent  to  the  date  of  the
      Indenture; provided that any  Guarantee  that  is  an  Investment in an
      Unrestricted  Subsidiary  shall  cease to be deemed an Investment  (and
      shall be deemed to have not been made) to the extent that the Guarantee
      is released without payment on the  obligations  so  guaranteed  by the
      Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(any  of  the  foregoing actions described in clauses (i) through (vi), other
than  any such action  that  is  a  Permitted  Payment  (as  defined  below),
collectively,  "Restricted  Payments")  unless  after  giving  effect  to the
proposed  Restricted  Payment (the amount of any such Restricted Payment,  if
other than cash, as determined  by  the  Board  of  Directors of the Company,
whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a board resolution),
(1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred  and be continuing and
such Restricted Payment shall not be an event which is, or  after  notice  or
lapse of time or both, would be, an "event of default" under the terms of any
Indebtedness  of  the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries; (2) the Company
could  incur  $1.00  of   additional   Indebtedness   (other  than  Permitted
Indebtedness) under the covenant described in "--Limitation on Indebtedness";
and (3) the aggregate amount of all such Restricted Payments declared or made
after the date of the Indenture, does not exceed the sum of:

            (A)   an amount equal to the Company's Cumulative  Operating Cash
      Flow  less  2.0  times  the Company's Cumulative Consolidated  Interest
      Expense; and

            (B)   the aggregate  Net Cash Proceeds received after the date of
      the Indenture by the Company  from  capital  contributions  (other than
      from  a  Subsidiary)  or  from  the  issuance or sale (other than to  a
      Subsidiary) of Qualified Capital Stock  of  the Company or any options,
      warrants  or rights to purchase such Qualified  Capital  Stock  of  the
      Company (except,  in each case, to the extent such proceeds are used to
      purchase, redeem or  otherwise  retire  Capital  Stock  or Subordinated
      Indebtedness  as  set  forth  below in clause (ii), (iii) or  (vii)  of
      paragraph (b) below and except  the Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance
      of  Common  Stock that are applied  to  acquire  Permitted  Investments
      pursuant to clause (viii) of the definition of Permitted Investments).

      (b)   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  and in the case of clauses (ii)
through  (vi)  below,  so long as there is no Default  or  Event  of  Default
continuing, the foregoing provisions shall not prohibit the following actions
(each  of  clauses (i) through  (vii)  being  referred  to  as  a  "Permitted
Payment"):

            (i)   the  payment  of any dividend within 60 days after the date
      of declaration thereof, if at such date of declaration such payment was
      permitted by the provisions  of paragraph (a) of this covenant and such
      payment shall have been deemed  to  have  been  paid  on  such  date of
      declaration  and  shall not have been deemed a "Permitted Payment"  for
      purposes of the calculation required by paragraph (a) of this covenant;

            (ii)  the  repurchase,   redemption   or   other  acquisition  or
      retirement of any shares of any class of Capital Stock  of  the Company
      in  exchange for (including any such exchange pursuant to the  exercise
      of a  conversion  right  or  privilege in connection with which cash is
      paid in lieu of the issuance of  fractional shares or scrip), or out of
      the Net Cash Proceeds of a substantially  concurrent issue and sale for
      cash (other than to a Subsidiary) of, other shares of Qualified Capital
      Stock  of the Company; provided that the Net  Cash  Proceeds  from  the
      issuance  of  such  shares of Qualified Capital Stock are excluded from
      clause (3)(B) of paragraph (a) of this covenant;

            (iii) the  repurchase,   redemption,  defeasance,  retirement  or
      acquisition  for value or payment  of  principal  of  any  Subordinated
      Indebtedness in  exchange for, or in an amount not in excess of the net
      proceeds of, a substantially  concurrent  issuance  and  sale  for cash
      (other  than to any Subsidiary of the Company) of any Qualified Capital
      Stock of  the  Company,  provided  that  the Net Cash Proceeds from the
      issuance of such shares of Qualified Capital  Stock  are  excluded from
      clause (3)(B) of paragraph (a) of this covenant;

            (iv)  the   repurchase,   redemption,   defeasance,   retirement,
      refinancing,  acquisition  for  value  or  payment of principal of  any
      Subordinated  Indebtedness  (other than Redeemable  Capital  Stock)  (a
      "refinancing") through the issuance of new Subordinated Indebtedness of
      the Company, provided that any  such  new Subordinated Indebtedness (1)
      shall  be  in a principal amount that does  not  exceed  the  principal
      amount so refinanced  (or,  if  such Subordinated Indebtedness provides
      for an amount less than the principal  amount  thereof  to  be  due and
      payable  upon  a  declaration of acceleration thereof, then such lesser
      amount as of the date  of  determination),  plus  the lesser of (I) the
      stated amount of any premium or other payment required  to  be  paid in
      connection  with  such  a  refinancing  pursuant  to  the  terms of the
      Indebtedness  being refinanced or (II) the amount of premium  or  other
      payment actually paid at such time to refinance the Indebtedness, plus,
      in either case,  the  amount  of  expenses  of  the Company incurred in
      connection  with such refinancing; (2) has an Average  Life  to  Stated
      Maturity greater  than the remaining Average Life to Stated Maturity of
      the Notes; (3) has  a Stated Maturity for its final scheduled principal
      payment  later  than  the  Stated  Maturity  for  the  final  scheduled
      principal payment of the  Notes;  and  (4) is expressly subordinated in
      right  of  payment to the Notes at least to  the  same  extent  as  the
      Indebtedness to be refinanced;

            (v)   the  repurchase  of Capital Stock of the Company (including
      options, warrants or other rights  to  acquire such Capital Stock) from
      employees  or  former  employees  of  the  Company  or  any  Restricted
      Subsidiary thereof for consideration which,  when  added  to  all loans
      made pursuant to clause (vi) below during the same fiscal year and then
      outstanding, does not exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate in any  fiscal
      year and $4,000,000 in the aggregate since the date of the Indenture;

            (vi)  the making of loans and advances to employees of the
      Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in an aggregate amount at
      any time outstanding (including as outstanding any such loan or advance
      written off or forgiven) which, when added to the aggregate
      consideration paid pursuant to clause (v) above during the same fiscal
      year, does not exceed $1,000,000 in any fiscal year and $4,000,000 in
      the aggregate since the date of the Indenture; and

            (vii) the   repurchase,   redemption   or  other  acquisition  or
      retirement  of  Capital  Stock of any Subsidiary  of  the  Company  for
      Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Capital Stock).

      The amounts referred to in  clauses (i), (v) and (vi) shall be included
as Restricted  Payments  in any computation  made  pursuant  to clause (a)(3)
above.  Restricted Payments shall be deemed not to include Permitted Payments
and Permitted Investments.

      Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.  The Company  will not, and
will   not  permit  any  of  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  to,  directly  or
indirectly,  enter  into  any  transaction  or series of related transactions
(including,  without limitation, the sale, purchase,  exchange  or  lease  of
assets, property  or  services) with any Affiliate of the Company (other than
the  Company  or  a Wholly  Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary)  unless  (a)  such
transaction or series of related transactions is in writing and on terms that
are no less favorable  to  the  Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the
case may be, than those that would  be  available in a comparable transaction
in arm's-length dealings with an unrelated  third  party, (b) with respect to
any transaction or series of related transactions involving  aggregate  value
in excess of $1,000,000, the Company delivers an Officers' Certificate to the
Trustee  certifying  that  such transaction or series of related transactions
complies with clause (a) above and such transaction or series of transactions
has been approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company, (c)
with respect to any transaction  or  series of related transactions involving
aggregate payments in excess of $2,000,000,  such  transaction  or  series of
related transactions has been approved by the Disinterested Directors  of the
Company  (or  in  the event there is only one Disinterested Director, by such
Disinterested Director)  and (d) with respect to any transaction or series of
related transactions involving  aggregate  payments in excess of $10,000,000,
such transaction or series of related transactions  has  been approved by the
Disinterested  Directors of the Company (or in the event there  is  only  one
Disinterested Director,  by  such  Disinterested  Director)  and  the Company
delivers  to the Trustee a written opinion of an investment banking  firm  of
national standing  or  other  recognized  independent  expert with experience
appraising the terms and conditions of the type of transaction  or  series of
related  transactions  for  which  an  opinion  is  required stating that the
transaction or series of related transactions is fair  to the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view; provided,  however, (I)
that  the provision with respect to clause (d) above shall not apply  to  the
coordination  of  programming and equipment purchases with Heartland and (II)
that this provision shall not apply to (A) any transaction with an officer or
director of the Company  entered  into  in  the  ordinary  course of business
(including compensation or employee benefit arrangements with  any officer or
director of the Company and any transactions permitted by subclauses  (v) and
(vi)  of  clause  (b)  under  the  covenant  described  in  "--Limitation  on
Restricted  Payments"),  (B) the cash portion of the Phase II Payment to VCI,
(C) repayment of the Interim  Facility or (D) any agreements, transactions or
series of related transactions  in existence on the date of the Indenture and
any renewal or extension thereof  under  substantially  the same terms as the
original terms.

      Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions.  The  Company  will not,
and  will  not  permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale  and
Leaseback Transaction  with  respect  to  any property or assets (whether now
owned or hereafter acquired) unless (i) the sale or transfer of such property
or assets to be leased is treated as an Asset  Sale  and the Company complies
with the covenant described in "--Limitation on Sale of  Assets" and (ii) the
Company or such Subsidiary would be entitled under the covenant  described in
"--Limitation  on  Indebtedness"  to  incur any Capital Lease Obligations  in
respect of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

      Limitation on Liens.  The Company  will  not,  and  will not permit any
Restricted  Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur,  affirm  or
suffer to exist  any  Lien  of  any  kind  upon any of its property or assets
(including any intercompany notes), owned at  the  time  of or acquired after
the date of the Indenture, or any income or profits therefrom,  except if the
Notes are directly secured equally and ratably with (or prior to  in the case
of  Liens  with  respect  to  Subordinated  Indebtedness)  the obligation  or
liability secured by such Lien, excluding, however, from the operation of the
foregoing any of the following (collectively, "Permitted Liens"):

            (a)   any Lien on assets of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof
      securing only the Notes equally and ratably;

            (b)   any  Lien  arising  under  the  Indenture in favor  of  the
      Trustee or any prior Trustee;

            (c)   any  Lien  existing as of the date  of  the  Indenture  and
      listed on a schedule thereto;

            (d)   any Lien arising  by  reason of (1) any judgment, decree or
      order of any court, so long as such  Lien  is adequately bonded and any
      appropriate legal proceedings which may have  been  duly  initiated for
      the  review  of  such  judgment,  decree  or order shall not have  been
      finally terminated or the period within which  such  proceedings may be
      initiated shall not have expired; (2) taxes not yet delinquent or which
      are being contested in good faith; (3) security for payment of workers'
      compensation or other insurance; (4) good faith deposits  in connection
      with  tenders,  leases  and  contracts  (other  than contracts for  the
      payment  of  money)  in  the  ordinary course of business;  (5)  zoning
      restrictions, easements, licenses, reservations, provisions, covenants,
      conditions, waivers, restrictions  on  the  use  of  property  or minor
      irregularities  of  title  (and  with  respect  to leasehold interests,
      mortgages, obligations, liens and other encumbrances incurred, created,
      assumed  or  permitted  to  exist and arising by, through  or  under  a
      landlord or owner of the leased  property,  with  or without consent of
      the lessee), none of which materially impairs the use  of any parcel of
      property  material to the operation of the business of the  Company  or
      any Restricted Subsidiary or the value of such property for the purpose
      of  such  business;   (6)   deposits  to  secure  public  or  statutory
      obligations, or in lieu of surety or appeal bonds; (7) certain surveys,
      exceptions, title defects, encumbrances, easements, reservations of, or
      rights of others for, rights  of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph
      or  telephone  lines and other similar  purposes  or  zoning  or  other
      restrictions as  to  the  use of real property not interfering with the
      ordinary  conduct  of  the business  of  the  Company  or  any  of  its
      Restricted Subsidiaries; or (8) operation of law in favor of mechanics,
      materialmen, laborers, employees or suppliers, incurred in the ordinary
      course of business for sums  which  are not yet delinquent or are being
      contested in good faith by negotiations  or  by appropriate proceedings
      which suspend the collection thereof;

            (e)   any Lien securing Indebtedness under a Bank Credit Facility
      incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in compliance with
      the   "--Limitation  on  Indebtedness"  covenant  or   Liens   securing
      Indebtedness incurred in compliance with clause (xii) of the definition
      of Permitted Indebtedness of the covenant described in "--Limitation on
      Indebtedness;"

            (f)   Liens   securing  purchase  money  Indebtedness,  including
      pursuant to clause (x)  under  the  second  paragraph  of  the covenant
      described  in  "--Limitation  on  Indebtedness," incurred in compliance
      with the Indenture; provided that such  Liens  do  not  extend  to  any
      assets  other  than  the assets so acquired and the principal amount of
      such Indebtedness shall  at  no time exceed the original purchase price
      of the property or assets purchased;

            (g)   any Lien securing  Acquired  Indebtedness  created prior to
      (and  not  created  in  connection  with, or in contemplation  of)  the
      incurrence  of  such  Indebtedness by the  Company  or  any  Restricted
      Subsidiary, in each case  which  Indebtedness  is  permitted  under the
      provisions of the covenant described in "--Limitation on Indebtedness;"
      provided  that  any  such  Lien  extends  only  to the assets that were
      subject  to  such  Lien  securing Acquired Indebtedness  prior  to  the
      related transaction by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

            (h)   any extension,  renewal,  refinancing  or  replacement,  in
      whole  or  in  part, of any Lien described in the foregoing clauses (a)
      through (g) so long as the amount of security is not increased thereby.

      Limitation on Sale  of  Assets.  (a) The Company will not, and will not
permit  any  of  its  Restricted Subsidiaries  to,  directly  or  indirectly,
consummate an Asset Sale  unless  (i)  at least 80% of the proceeds from such
Asset Sale are received in cash or Temporary  Cash  Investments; and (ii) the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration  at  the time of
such  Asset  Sale  at  least equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares  or
assets subject to such Asset Sale (as determined by the Board of Directors of
the Company and evidenced  in  a board resolution; provided, however, that if
the Fair Market Value of such assets  exceeds  $20,000,000,  the  Fair Market
Value shall be determined by an investment banking firm of national  standing
selected  by  the  Company).   For  purposes of this paragraph (a), an amount
equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined  by  the  Board of Directors of
the  Company  and  evidenced  in  a  board resolution) of (1) Wireless  Cable
Related Assets received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from
the  transferee  that will be used by the  Company  or  any  such  Restricted
Subsidiary in the operation of a Wireless Cable Business in North America and
(2)   the  Voting  Stock   of   a   Strategic   Investor   engaged   in   the
Telecommunications  Business  in North America received by the Company or any
such Restricted Subsidiary shall  be  deemed  to  be  cash, provided that the
aggregate Fair Market Value (as determined at the date  of  receipt  of  such
Wireless  Cable  Related  Assets  or Voting Stock, as the case may be) of all
such Wireless Cable Related Assets  and  Voting Stock received since the date
of the Indenture shall not exceed $12,500,000.

      (b)   If all or a portion of the Net  Cash  Proceeds  of any Asset Sale
are  not  required  to be applied to repay permanently any Indebtedness  then
outstanding under a Bank Credit Facility as required by the terms thereof, or
the Company determines  not  to apply such Net Cash Proceeds to the permanent
prepayment of such Indebtedness  under  a Bank Credit Facility, or if no such
Indebtedness  under a Bank Credit Facility  is  then  outstanding,  then  the
Company or a Restricted  Subsidiary  may,  within 270 days of the Asset Sale,
invest the Net Cash Proceeds from such Asset  Sale  in  properties  and other
assets that (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company)  replace
the  properties  and  assets  that  were  the subject of the Asset Sale or in
properties and assets that will be used in  the Wireless Cable Business.  The
amount of such Net Cash Proceeds neither used  to permanently repay or prepay
Indebtedness under a Bank Credit Facility nor used  or  invested as set forth
in this paragraph constitutes "Excess Proceeds."

      (c)   The Indenture provides that, when the aggregate  amount of Excess
Proceeds exceeds $5,000,000 the Company will apply the Excess Proceeds to the
repayment of the Notes and any other Pari Passu Indebtedness outstanding with
similar  provisions  requiring the Company to make an offer to purchase  such
Indebtedness with the  proceeds  from  any  Asset  Sale  as  follows: (A) the
Company will make an offer to purchase (an "Offer") within ten  days  of such
time  from  all  holders  of  the Notes in accordance with the procedures set
forth  in  the Indenture in the maximum  principal  amount  (expressed  as  a
multiple of  $1,000)  of  Notes  that  may be purchased out of an amount (the
"Note Amount") equal to the product of such  Excess  Proceeds multiplied by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the outstanding principal  amount  of the
Notes (or, if prior to August 1, 2001, the Accreted Value of the Notes),  and
the  denominator  of  which is the sum of the outstanding principal amount of
the Notes (or, if prior  to  August 1, 2001, the Accreted Value of the Notes)
and such Pari Passu Indebtedness  (subject  to  proration  in  the event such
amount  is  less than the aggregate Offered Price of all Notes tendered)  and
(B) to the extent  required  by  such  Pari Passu Indebtedness to permanently
reduce the principal amount of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, the Company will
make  an  offer  to purchase or otherwise repurchase  or  redeem  Pari  Passu
Indebtedness (a "Pari  Passu  Offer")  in  an  amount  (the  "Pari Passu Debt
Amount")  equal  to  the excess of the Excess Proceeds over the Note  Amount;
provided that in no event  will  the Company be required to make a Pari Passu
Offer in a Pari Passu Debt Amount exceeding the principal amount of such Pari
Passu Indebtedness plus the amount  of  any  premium  required  to be paid to
repurchase such Pari Passu Indebtedness.  The offer price for the  Notes will
be  an  amount  payable in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount of  the
Notes plus accrued  and  unpaid  interest, if any, (or, if prior to August 1,
2001, the Accreted Value of the Notes)  to  the  date (the "Offer Date") such
Offer is consummated (the "Offered Price") in accordance  with the procedures
set forth in the Indenture.  To the extent that the aggregate  Offered  Price
of  the  Notes  tendered  pursuant  to the Offer is less than the Note Amount
relating thereto or the aggregate amount  of  Pari Passu Indebtedness that is
purchased in a Pari Passu Offer is less than the  Pari Passu Debt Amount, the
Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes.
Upon the completion of the purchase of all the Notes  tendered pursuant to an
Offer  and  the  completion  of  a  Pari  Passu Offer, the amount  of  Excess
Proceeds, if any, shall be reset at zero.

      (d)   If the Company becomes obligated  to  make  an  Offer pursuant to
clause  (c)  above,  the  Notes  and  the  Pari  Passu Indebtedness shall  be
purchased by the Company, at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in
part in integral multiples of $1,000, on a date that  is  not earlier than 45
days  and  not later than 60 days from the date the notice of  the  Offer  is
given to holders,  or  such later date as may be necessary for the Company to
comply with the requirements under the Exchange Act.

      (e)   The Company  will  comply with the applicable tender offer rules,
including  Rule  14e-1  under the Exchange  Act,  and  any  other  applicable
securities laws or regulations in connection with an Offer.

      Limitation on Issuances  of Guarantees of indebtedness, (a) The Company
will  not  permit  any  Restricted Subsidiary,  directly  or  indirectly,  to
guarantee, assume or in any  other  manner  become liable with respect to any
Indebtedness  of the Company (other than Indebtedness  under  a  Bank  Credit
Facility pursuant  to clauses (i) and (iii) of the second paragraph under the
covenant  described  in  "--Limitation  on  Indebtedness")  unless  (i)  such
Restricted Subsidiary  simultaneously  executes  and  delivers a supplemental
indenture to the Indenture providing for a guarantee of the Notes on the same
terms as the guarantee of such Indebtedness except that  (A)  such  guarantee
need  not  be  secured  unless  required  pursuant  to  the provisions of the
covenant described in "--Limitations on Liens," and (B) if  such Indebtedness
is  by  its  terms expressly subordinated to the Notes, any such  assumption,
guarantee or other  liability  of  such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to
such  Indebtedness  shall be subordinated  to  such  Restricted  Subsidiary's
assumption, guarantee  or  other  liability  with respect to the Notes to the
same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated  to  the Notes and (ii) such
Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner  whatsoever  claim or
take  the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity  or
subrogation  or  any other rights against the Company or any other Restricted
Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its
guarantee.

      (b)   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  any  Guarantee  by a Restricted
Subsidiary  of  the  Notes  shall  provide  by  its  terms  that it shall  be
automatically  and  unconditionally  released and discharged upon  any  sale,
exchange or transfer, to any Person not  an  Affiliate of the Company, of all
of the Company's Capital Stock in such Restricted  Subsidiary,  which  is  in
compliance with the terms of the Indenture.

      Purchase  of  Notes  Upon  a Change of Control.  If a Change of Control
shall occur at any time, then each  holder  of  Notes shall have the right to
require   that  the  Company  purchase  (subject  to  compliance   with   the
requirements  of  Rules  13e-4 and 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other
applicable statute, rule or  regulation)  such  holder's Notes in whole or in
part in integral multiples of $l,000, at a purchase  price  (the  "Change  of
Control  Purchase Price") in cash in an amount equal to 101% of the principal
amount of  such  Notes,  plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any (or, in the
case of repurchases of Notes  prior  to  August  1,  2001 at a purchase price
equal  to  101% of the Accreted Value thereof), to the repurchase  date  (the
"Change of Control Purchase Date") pursuant to the offer described below (the
"Change of Control  Offer")  and  in accordance with the other procedures set
forth in the Indenture.

      Within 30 days following any  Change  of  Control,  the  Company  shall
notify  the Trustee thereof and give written notice of such Change of Control
to each holder of Notes, by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at his address
appearing in the security register, stating, among other things: the purchase
price and  the  purchase  date, which date shall be a business day no earlier
than 30 days nor later than  60  days from the date such notice is mailed, or
such  later  date  as is necessary to  comply  with  requirements  under  the
Exchange Act; that any  Note  not tendered will continue to accrue or accrete
interest; that, unless the Company  defaults  in  the payment of the purchase
price, any Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer
shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Purchase Date; and
certain  other  procedures that a holder of Notes must  follow  to  accept  a
Change of Control Offer or to withdraw such acceptance.

      "Change of  Control"  means  the  occurrence  of  any  of the following
events: (i) any "person" or "group" (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d)
and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than Permitted Holders,  is  or becomes
the  "beneficial  owner"  (as  defined  in  Rules  13d-3  and 13d-5 under the
Exchange  Act,  except  that  a  Person  shall  be deemed to have  beneficial
ownership of all shares that such Person has the  right  to  acquire, whether
such  right  is exercisable immediately or only after the passage  of  time),
directly or indirectly,  of  more  than  40%  of the total outstanding Voting
Stock  of  the  Company;  (ii) during any period of  two  consecutive  years,
individuals who at the beginning  of  such  period  constituted  the Board of
Directors  of the Company (together with any new directors whose election  to
such board or  whose  nomination  for  election  by  the  stockholders of the
Company  was approved by a vote of 66 2/3 % of the directors  then  still  in
office who  were  either  directors  at the beginning of such period or whose
election or nomination for election was  previously  so  approved), cease for
any  reason  to  constitute  a  majority of such Board of Directors  then  in
office; (iii) the Company consolidates  with,  or  merges  with  or into, any
Person or sells, assigns, conveys, transfers or leases or otherwise  disposes
of  all  or  substantially  all  of  its  assets to any Person, or any Person
consolidates with, or merges with or into,  the  Company,  in  any such event
pursuant  to  a  transaction  in  which the outstanding Voting Stock  of  the
Company is changed into or exchanged  for cash, securities or other property,
other than any such transaction where the  outstanding  Voting  Stock  of the
Company is not changed or exchanged at all (except to the extent necessary to
reflect  a  change  in  the  jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company) or
where (A) the outstanding Voting  Stock  of  the  Company  is changed into or
exchanged  for  (x) Voting Stock of the surviving corporation  which  is  not
Redeemable Capital  Stock  or  (y) cash, securities and other property (other
than Capital Stock of the surviving  corporation) in an amount which could be
paid by the Company as a Restricted Payment  under  the covenant described in
"--Limitation on Restricted Payments" (and such amount  shall be treated as a
Restricted  Payment  subject to the provisions of the covenant  described  in
"--Limitation on Restricted  Payments")  and (B) no "person" or "group" other
than Permitted Holders owns immediately after  such  transaction, directly or
indirectly,  more  than  40%  of the total outstanding Voting  Stock  of  the
surviving corporation; or (iv)  the  Company  is  liquidated  or dissolved or
adopts a plan of liquidation or dissolution other than in a transaction which
complies  with  the  provisions  described  under  the covenant described  in
"--Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets."

      "Permitted  Holders"  means,  as  of  the date of determination,  Chase
Capital  Partners,  Chase, Heartland, Henry M.  Burkhalter,  William  J.  Van
Devender and their respective  Affiliates  (other  than  the  Company and its
Subsidiaries).

      If  a  Change of Control Offer is made, there can be no assurance  that
the Company will have available funds sufficient to pay the Change of Control
Purchase Price for all of the Notes that might be delivered by holders of the
Notes seeking  to  accept  the  Change  of Control Offer.  The failure of the
Company to make or consummate the Change  of  Control Offer or pay the Change
of Control Purchase Price when due will give the  Trustee  and the holders of
the Notes the rights described under "--Events of Default."

      The  term  "all  or  substantially  all"  as used in the definition  of
"Change of Control" has not been interpreted under New York law (which is the
governing  law of the Indenture) to represent a specific  quantitative  test.
As a consequence,  in  the event the holders of the Notes elected to exercise
their rights under the Indenture  and  the  Company  elected  to contest such
election, there could be no assurance as to how a court interpreting New York
law would interpret the phrase.

      The  Company  will  comply  with  the  applicable  tender offer  rules,
including  Rule  14e-1  under  the  Exchange  Act,  and any other  applicable
securities laws or regulations in connection with a Change of Control Offer.

      The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
create  or  permit to exist or become effective any restriction  (other  than
restrictions under Indebtedness as in effect on the date of the Indenture and
any  extensions,  refinancings,  renewals  or  replacements  of  any  of  the
foregoing)  that would materially impair the ability of the Company to make a
Change of Control  Offer  to purchase the Notes or, if such Change of Control
Offer is made, to pay for the  Notes tendered for purchase; provided that the
restrictions in any such extensions,  refinancings,  renewals or replacements
are  no less favorable in any material respect to the holders  of  the  Notes
than those  under  the  Indebtedness  being  extended, refinanced, renewed or
replaced.  As of the date of this Prospectus,  the  Company is not subject to
any  agreement containing a material restriction on its  ability  to  make  a
Change of Control Offer.

      Limitation  on  Subsidiary  Capital Stock.  The Company will not permit
(a) any Restricted Subsidiary of the  Company  to issue, sell or transfer any
Capital Stock, except for (i) Capital Stock issued  or  sold  to,  held by or
transferred  to  the  Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of  the
Company, and (ii) Capital Stock issued by a Person prior to the time (A) such
Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) such Person merges with or into a
Restricted Subsidiary or (C) a Restricted Subsidiary merges with or into such
Person; provided that such  Capital  Stock was not issued or incurred by such
Person in anticipation of the type of  transaction  contemplated by subclause
(A), (B) or (C) or (b) any Person (other than the Company  or  a Wholly Owned
Restricted  Subsidiary) to acquire Capital Stock of any Subsidiary  from  the
Company or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary except upon the acquisition
of  all the outstanding  Capital  Stock  of  such  Restricted  Subsidiary  in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

      Limitation  on  Preferred  Stock of Subsidiaries.  The Company will not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries  to  issue, directly or indirectly,
any Preferred Stock, except (i) Preferred Stock  of  Restricted  Subsidiaries
outstanding on the Issue Date; (ii) Preferred Stock issued to and held by the
Company  or  a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, except that any subsequent
issuance or transfer  of  any Capital Stock which results in any Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary ceasing  to  be a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or
any  transfer  of  such Preferred Stock  to  a  Person  not  a  Wholly  Owned
Restricted Subsidiary  will  be  deemed an issuance of Preferred Stock; (iii)
Preferred Stock issued by a Person prior to the time (a) such Person became a
Restricted Subsidiary, (b) such Person  merges  with  or  into  a  Restricted
Subsidiary  or  (c)  another  Person  merges  with or into such Person (in  a
transaction in which such Person becomes a Restricted  Subsidiary),  in  each
case  if  such  Preferred  Stock  was  not  issued  in  anticipation  of such
transaction; and (iv) Preferred Stock issued in exchange for, or the proceeds
of  which  are  used  to  refund  Indebtedness  or  refinance Preferred Stock
referred to in clause (i) or issued pursuant to clause  (ii)  or (iii) (other
than Preferred Stock which by its terms or by the terms of any  security into
which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable is redeemable  at the
option  of the holder thereof or is otherwise redeemable, pursuant to sinking
fund obligations or otherwise, prior to the date of redemption or maturity of
the Preferred  Stock  or  Indebtedness  being  so  refunded  or  refinanced);
provided  that  (a)  the liquidation value of such Preferred Stock so  issued
shall  not exceed the principal  amount  or  the  liquidation  value  of  the
Indebtedness  or  Preferred  Stock,  as  the  case  may  be,  so  refunded or
refinanced  and  (b)  the  Preferred  Stock so issued (1) shall have a Stated
Maturity  not  earlier  than  the  Stated Maturity  of  the  Indebtedness  or
Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced  and  (2)  shall have an Average
Life to Stated Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining  Average  Life
to  Stated  Maturity of the Indebtedness or Preferred Stock being refunded or
refinanced.

      Limitation  on  Dividends  and  Other  Payment  Restrictions  Affecting
Subsidiaries.   The  Company  will  not,  and  will  not  permit  any  of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause
or  suffer  to  exist  or  become  effective  any  consensual  encumbrance or
restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay  dividends
or   make  any  other  distribution  on  its  Capital  Stock,  (ii)  pay  any
Indebtedness  owed  to  the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, (iii)
make any Investment in the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary or (iv)
transfer  any of its properties  or  assets  to  the  Company  or  any  other
Restricted  Subsidiary,  except  for:  (a)  any  encumbrance  or  restriction
pursuant  to any agreement in effect on the date of the Indenture and  listed
on a schedule  thereto; (b) any customary encumbrance or restriction pursuant
to the terms of  any  instrument  governing  any  Indebtedness  incurred by a
Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Bank Credit Facility in conformance  with
the  covenant  described in "--Limitation on Indebtedness;" provided that any
such encumbrance  or  restriction shall specifically not prohibit payments of
principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes; (c) any encumbrance or
restriction, with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company  on  the date of the Indenture, in existence at the
time such Person becomes a Restricted  Subsidiary  of  the  Company  and  not
incurred  in  connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a
Restricted Subsidiary;  (d) any encumbrance or restriction existing under any
agreement  that  extends,  renews,  refinances  or  replaces  the  agreements
containing the encumbrances or restrictions in the foregoing clauses (a), (b)
and (c), or in this clause (d); provided that the terms and conditions of any
such encumbrances or restrictions  are  no  more  restrictive in any material
respect  than  those  under  or  pursuant  to  the agreement  evidencing  the
Indebtedness so extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced, (e) any instrument
governing  Acquired  Indebtedness as in effect at  the  time  of  acquisition
(except to the extent  such  Indebtedness was incurred in connection with, or
in contemplation of, such acquisition),  which  encumbrance or restriction is
not  applicable to any Person, or the properties or  assets  of  any  Person,
other  than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;
(f) with  respect to clause (iv) above, by reason of customary non-assignment
provisions  in leases entered into in the ordinary course of business; or (g)
with respect  to  clause  (iv) above, purchase money obligations for property
acquired in the ordinary course  of  business, which obligations do not cover
any asset other than the asset acquired.

      Limitations on Unrestricted Subsidiaries.   The  Company will not make,
and will not permit its Restricted Subsidiaries to make,  any  Investment  in
Unrestricted  Subsidiaries  if,  at the time thereof, the aggregate amount of
such  Investments  would  exceed  the  amount  of  Restricted  Payments  then
permitted to be made pursuant to the  covenant  described in "--Limitation on
Restricted Payments."  Any Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries permitted
to be made pursuant to the covenant herein described (i) will be treated as a
Restricted Payment in calculating the amount of Restricted  Payments  made by
the Company and (ii) may be made in cash or property.

      Provision  of  Financial  Statements.   The  Indenture  provides  that,
whether  or  not  the  Company  is  subject  to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Exchange Act, the Company will, to the extent  permitted  under  the Exchange
Act, file with the Commission the annual reports, quarterly reports and other
documents  which  the  Company  would  have  been  required to file with  the
Commission pursuant to such Sections 13(a) or 15(d)  if  the  Company were so
subject,  such documents to be filed with the Commission on or prior  to  the
date (the "Required  Filing  Date")  by  which  the  Company  would have been
required  so  to  file  such  documents if the Company were so subject.   The
Company will also in any event  (x)  within  15  days of each Required Filing
Date (i) transmit by mail to all holders, as their names and addresses appear
in the security register, without cost to such holders and (ii) file with the
Trustee copies of the annual reports, quarterly reports  and  other documents
which  the  Company  would  have  been  required  to file with the Commission
pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange  Act  if  the Company were
subject to such Sections and (y) if filing such documents by the Company with
the Commission is not permitted under the Exchange Act, promptly upon written
request,  supply  copies of such documents to any prospective holder  at  the
Company's cost.

      Activities of the Company.  The Indenture provides that the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries  may  not,  directly or indirectly, engage in any
business other than the Wireless Cable Business; provided that in the event a
Change of Control occurs in which a Strategic  Investor becomes the holder of
a majority of the Voting Stock of the Company, this  covenant shall no longer
be of force or effect.

Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets

      The Company will not, in a single transaction or  through  a  series of
related transactions, consolidate with or merge with or into any other Person
or  sell,  assign,  convey,  transfer,  lease or otherwise dispose of all  or
substantially all of its properties and assets  to  any  Person  or  group of
affiliated  Persons,  or  permit  any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to enter
into  any  such  transaction  or  series  of  related  transactions  if  such
transaction or series of related transactions, in the aggregate, would result
in a sale, assignment, conveyance,  transfer,  lease or disposition of all or
substantially  all  of  the  properties and assets of  the  Company  and  its
Restricted Subsidiaries on a Consolidated  basis to any other Person or group
of affiliated Persons, unless at the time and after giving effect thereto (i)
either (a) the Company will be the continuing  corporation  or (b) the Person
(if  other than the Company) formed by such consolidation or into  which  the
Company  is  merged  or  the  Person  which  acquires  by  sale,  assignment,
conveyance,  transfer, lease or disposition all or substantially all  of  the
properties and  assets  of  the  Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a
Consolidated  basis (the "Surviving  Entity")  will  be  a  corporation  duly
organized and validly  existing  under  the  laws  of  the  United  States of
America,  any  state  thereof  or  the  District  of Columbia and such Person
expressly assumes, by a supplemental indenture, in a form satisfactory to the
Trustee,  all  the  obligations  of  the  Company  under the  Notes  and  the
Indenture, as the case may be, and the Notes and the Indenture will remain in
full  force  and  effect  as  so supplemented; (ii) immediately  before,  and
immediately after giving effect  to such transaction on a pro forma basis, no
Default  or Event of Default will have  occurred  and  be  continuing;  (iii)
immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis (and
treating any  Indebtedness not previously an obligation of the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries which becomes the obligation of the Company or
any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having
been incurred at the time of such transaction), the Consolidated Net Worth of
the Company (or the Surviving  Entity  if  the  Company is not the continuing
obligor under the Indenture) is equal to or greater than the Consolidated Net
Worth of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;  (iv) immediately
before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma
basis (on the assumption that the transaction occurred on the  first  day  of
the  most  recently  ended full fiscal quarter for which financial statements
are available immediately  prior to the consummation of such transaction with
the appropriate adjustments with respect to the transaction being included in
such pro forma calculation),  the  Company  (or  the  Surviving Entity if the
Company  is  not  the  continuing obligor under the Indenture)  could   incur
$1.00  of  additional  Indebtedness   (other   than  Permitted  Indebtedness)
under  the "--Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant;  (v)  at  the time of the
transaction  each  Guarantor,  if  any, unless it is the other party  to  the
transactions described above, will have  by  supplemental indenture confirmed
that  its  Guarantees  shall  apply to such Person's  obligations  under  the
Indenture and the Notes; (vi) at  the  time  of the transaction if any of the
property  or  assets of the Company or any of its   Restricted   Subsidiaries
would  thereupon   become   subject  to  any  Lien,  the provisions of the "-
- -Limitation on Liens" covenant are complied with; and  (vii)  at  the time of
the  transaction the Company or the Surviving Entity will have delivered,  or
caused  to  be  delivered,  to  the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory  to the Trustee, an Officers'  Certificate  and  an  Opinion  of
Counsel, each to  the effect that such consolidation, merger, transfer, sale,
assignment,  conveyance,   transfer,  lease  or  other  transaction  and  the
supplemental indenture in respect  thereof comply with the Indenture and that
all conditions precedent therein provided  for  relating  to such transaction
have  been  complied with.  For purposes of the foregoing, the  transfer  (by
lease, assignment,  sale  or  otherwise, in a single transaction or series of
transactions) of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one
or more Subsidiaries of the Company,  the  Capital Stock of which constitutes
all or substantially all of the properties and  assets  of the Company, shall
be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all  of  the  properties
and assets of the Company.

      In the event of any transaction (other than a lease) described  in  and
complying  with  the conditions listed in the immediately preceding paragraph
in which the Company  is not the continuing corporation, the successor Person
formed or remaining shall  succeed  to,  and  be  substituted  for,  and  may
exercise  every  right  and  power  of, the Company, and the Company would be
discharged from all obligations and covenants  under  the  Indenture  and the
Notes.

Events of Default

      An Event of Default will occur under the Indenture if:

            (i)   there shall be a default in the payment of any interest  on
      any  Note  when  it  becomes  due  and  payable, and such default shall
      continue for a period of 30 days;

            (ii)  there shall be a default in the payment of the principal of
      (or premium, if any, on) any Note at its  Maturity  (upon acceleration,
      optional or mandatory redemption, required repurchase or otherwise);

            (iii) (a) there shall be a default in the performance, or breach,
      of any covenant or agreement of the Company under the  Indenture or the
      Notes  (other  than  a  default  in  the performance, or breach,  of  a
      covenant or agreement which is specifically dealt with in clause (i) or
      (ii)  or  in  clause (b), (c) or (d) of this  clause  (iii))  and  such
      default or breach  shall continue for a period of 30 days after written
      notice has been given,  by  certified  mail,  (x) to the Company by the
      Trustee  or (y) to the Company and the Trustee by  the  holders  of  at
      least 25%  in Accreted Value or aggregate principal amount, as the case
      may be, of the  outstanding  Notes; (b) there shall be a default in the
      performance  or  breach of the provisions  described  in  the  covenant
      described in "--Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets;" (c) the Company
      shall have failed to make or consummate an Offer in accordance with the
      provisions of the  covenant  described  in  "--Limitation  on  Sale  of
      Assets;"  or  (d) the Company shall have failed to make or consummate a
      Change of Control  Offer  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of the
      covenant described in "--Purchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control;"

            (iv)  (A)  any  default in the payment of the principal, premium,
      if any, or interest on  any  Indebtedness shall have occurred under any
      agreements, indentures or instruments  under  which  the Company or any
      Restricted Subsidiary then has outstanding Indebtedness  in  excess  of
      $5,000,000  when the same shall become due and payable and continuation
      of  such default  after  any  applicable  grace  period  and,  if  such
      Indebtedness   has  not  already  matured  at  its  final  maturity  in
      accordance with  its  terms, the holder of such Indebtedness shall have
      the right to accelerate such Indebtedness or (B) an event of default as
      defined in any of the agreements,  indentures  or instruments described
      in  clause  (A)  of  this paragraph (iv) shall have  occurred  and  the
      Indebtedness thereunder,  if  not already matured at its final maturity
      in accordance with its terms, shall  have  been  accelerated;  provided
      that  a  default  in  the  payment  of  principal,  premium, if any, or
      interest  in  respect  of  Indebtedness  issued by the Company  or  any
      Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to any  seller  of  Wireless Cable
      Related  Assets  pursuant  to an acquisition of Wireless Cable  Related
      Assets by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in an
      aggregate amount not to exceed  $10,000,000  shall not be considered an
      Event of Default so long as (a) such nonpayment  shall be the result of
      nonperformance  by  the  seller  under  the  terms  of  the  definitive
      documentation  applicable  to  such  acquisition,  (b)  the Company  is
      applying its best efforts to the pursuit of legal remedies  under  such
      definitive  documentation  at  law  or in equity, (c) other outstanding
      Indebtedness  of  the  Company  or its Restricted  Subsidiaries  in  an
      aggregate  principal amount in excess  of  $5,000,000  shall  not  have
      become due and  payable as a consequence of such nonpayment, (d) in the
      event such nonpayment  continues  for  a  period of time equal to or in
      excess of 30 days, the Company shall have an  Eligible Institution make
      available  to the Trustee a letter of credit that  may  be  immediately
      drawn upon in  an  amount  sufficient  to  satisfy  all amounts due and
      payable with respect to such seller indebtedness and  (e)  the  Company
      shall  have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate regarding
      all such matters;

            (v)   any  Guarantee  shall  for any reason cease to be, or shall
      for any reason be asserted in writing  by  any Guarantor or the Company
      not to be, in full force and effect and enforceable  in accordance with
      its  terms except to the extent contemplated by the Indenture  and  any
      such Guarantee;

            (vi)  one or more judgments, orders or decrees for the payment of
      money in excess of $5,000,000, either individually or in the aggregate,
      shall  be rendered against the Company, or any Restricted Subsidiary or
      any of their  respective  properties  and  shall  not be discharged and
      either (a) any creditor shall have commenced an enforcement  proceeding
      upon  such  judgment,  order  or decree or (b) there shall have been  a
      period of 60 consecutive days during  which  a  stay  of enforcement of
      such judgment or order, by reason of an appeal or otherwise,  shall not
      be in effect;

            (vii) any  holder  or holders of at least $5,000,000 in aggregate
      principal amount of Indebtedness  of  the  Company  or  any  Restricted
      Subsidiary  after  a  default under such Indebtedness shall notify  the
      Trustee of the intended  sale  or  disposition  of  any  assets  of the
      Company  or any Restricted Subsidiary that have been pledged to or  for
      the benefit  of  such  holder or holders to secure such Indebtedness or
      shall commence proceedings,  or  take  any  action (including by way of
      set-off), to retain in satisfaction of such Indebtedness  or to collect
      on, seize, dispose of or apply in satisfaction of Indebtedness,  assets
      of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (including funds on deposit
      or held pursuant to lock-box and other similar arrangements);

            (viii)there  shall  have  been  the entry by a court of competent
      jurisdiction of (a) a decree or order for  relief  in  respect  of  the
      Company or any Material Restricted Subsidiary in an involuntary case or
      proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law or (b) a decree or order
      adjudging the Company or any Material Restricted Subsidiary bankrupt or
      insolvent,   or  seeking  reorganization,  arrangement,  adjustment  or
      composition of  or in respect of the Company or any Material Restricted
      Subsidiary under  any  applicable federal or state law, or appointing a
      custodian, receiver, liquidator,  assignee,  trustee,  sequestrator (or
      other  similar  official)  of  the  Company  or any Material Restricted
      Subsidiary or of any substantial part of their  respective  properties,
      or ordering the winding up or liquidation of their respective  affairs,
      and any such decree or order for relief shall continue to be in effect,
      or any such other decree or order shall be unstayed and in effect,  for
      a period of 60 consecutive days; or

            (ix)  (a)  the  Company  or  any  Material  Restricted Subsidiary
      commences   a  voluntary  case  or  proceeding  under  any   applicable
      Bankruptcy Law  or  any  other  case  or  proceeding  to be adjudicated
      bankrupt  or  insolvent,  (b)  the  Company or any Material  Restricted
      Subsidiary consents to the entry of a  decree  or  order  for relief in
      respect  of  the Company or such Material Restricted Subsidiary  in  an
      involuntary case  or  proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law or
      to the commencement of  any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding
      against it, (c) the Company,  any  Guarantor or any Material Restricted
      Subsidiary files a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization
      or relief under any applicable federal or state law, (d) the Company or
      any Material Restricted Subsidiary (I)  consents  to the filing of such
      petition or the appointment of, or taking possession  by,  a custodian,
      receiver,   liquidator,  assignee,  trustee,  sequestrator  or  similar
      official of the  Company  or  such Material Restricted Subsidiary or of
      any  substantial part of their respective  properties,  (II)  makes  an
      assignment  for the benefit of creditors or (III) admits in writing its
      inability to  pay  its  debts  generally  as they become due or (e) the
      Company  or  any  Material Restricted Subsidiary  takes  any  corporate
      action in furtherance of any such actions in this paragraph (ix).

      If an Event of Default  (other  than as specified in clauses (viii) and
(ix) of the prior paragraph) shall occur  and  be  continuing with respect to
the Indenture, the Trustee or the holders of not less  than  25% in aggregate
principal amount or the Accreted Value, as the case may be, of the Notes then
outstanding  may,  and  the  Trustee  at  the request of such holders  shall,
declare all unpaid principal of (or, if prior  to  August  l,  2001, Accreted
Value of), premium, if any, and accrued interest on all Notes to  be  due and
payable  immediately,  by  a  notice  in  writing  to the Company (and to the
Trustee it given by the holders of the Notes) and upon  any such declaration,
such  principal  (or  Accreted  Value), premium, if any, and  interest  shall
become due and payable.  If an Event of Default specified in clause (viii) or
(ix) of the prior paragraph occurs  and  is  continuing,  then  all the Notes
shall ipso facto become and be due and payable immediately in an amount equal
to  the  principal  of  (or  if prior to August 1, 2001, Accreted Value  of),
premium, if any, and accrued interest  on  all  Notes,  to the date the Notes
become due and payable, without any declaration or other  act  on the part of
the Trustee or any holder.

      After  a declaration of acceleration, but before a judgment  or  decree
for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee, the holders of
a majority in  aggregate  principal  amount  of  Notes outstanding by written
notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration
and  its  consequences  if  (a) the Company has paid or  deposited  with  the
Trustee a sum sufficient to pay  (i) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee
under the Indenture and the reasonable  compensation, expenses, disbursements
and  advances  of  the  Trustee, its agents and  counsel,  (ii)  all  overdue
interest on all Notes then  outstanding,  (iii) the principal of and premium,
if any, on any Notes then outstanding which have become due otherwise than by
such declaration of acceleration and interest  thereon at a rate borne by the
Notes  and  (iv)  to  the  extent that payment of such  interest  is  lawful,
interest upon overdue interest  at  the  rate borne by the Notes; and (b) all
Events of Default, other than the non-payment of principal of the Notes which
have become due solely by such declaration  of  acceleration, have been cured
or waived as provided in the Indenture.

      The holders of not less than a majority in  aggregate  principal amount
of  the  Notes  outstanding  may  on behalf of the holders of all outstanding
Notes waive any past default under the Indenture and its consequences, except
a continuing default in the payment  of the principal of, premium, if any, or
interest on any Note or in respect of a covenant or provision which under the
Indenture cannot be modified or amended  without the consent of the holder of
each Note affected by such modification or amendment.

      The Company is also required to notify the Trustee within five business
days  of  the  Company's knowledge of the occurrence  of  any  Default.   The
Company is required  to  deliver to the Trustee, on or before a date not more
than 60 days after the end  of each fiscal quarter and not more than 120 days
after the end of each fiscal  year, a written statement as to compliance with
the Indenture, including whether  or  not  any  Default  has  occurred.   The
Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested
in  it  by the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders of
the Notes  unless  such  holders  offer  to the Trustee security or indemnity
satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which
might be incurred thereby.

      The  Trust Indenture Act contains limitations  on  the  rights  of  the
Trustee, should it become a creditor of the Company or any Guarantor, if any,
to obtain payment  of  claims  in  certain  cases  or  to  realize on certain
property  received  by  it  in  respect  of  any such claims, as security  or
otherwise.   The  Trustee  is  permitted  to engage  in  other  transactions;
provided that if it acquires any conflicting  interest it must eliminate such
conflict upon the occurrence of an Event of Default or else resign.

Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance of Indenture

      The  Company may, at its option and at any  time,  elect  to  have  the
obligations  of  the  Company,  any  Guarantor and any other obligor upon the
Notes discharged with respect to the outstanding  Notes ("defeasance").  Such
defeasance means that the Company, any such Guarantor  and  any other obligor
under  the Indenture shall be deemed to have paid and discharged  the  entire
Indebtedness  represented by the outstanding Notes, except for (i) the rights
of holders of such  outstanding  Notes  to receive payments in respect of the
principal of, premium, if any, and interest  on such Notes when such payments
are due, (ii) the Company's obligations with respect  to the Notes concerning
issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or
stolen  Notes,  and the maintenance of an office or agency  for  payment  and
money for security  payments held in trust, (iii) the rights, powers, trusts,
duties and immunities  of  the  Trustee and (iv) the defeasance provisions of
the Indenture.  In addition, the  Company may, at its option and at any time,
elect to have the obligations of the  Company and any Guarantor released with
respect to certain covenants that are described  in  the Indenture ("covenant
defeasance")  and  thereafter  any omission to comply with  such  obligations
shall not constitute a Default or  an  Event  of  Default with respect to the
Notes.   In  the  event  covenant  defeasance  occurs,  certain  events  (not
including  non-payment,  bankruptcy  and insolvency events)  described  under
"Events  of  Default" will no longer constitute  an  Event  of  Default  with
respect to the Notes.

      In order  to exercise either defeasance or covenant defeasance, (i) the
Company must irrevocably  deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit
of the holders of the Notes  cash  in  United States dollars, U.S. Government
Securities (as defined in the Indenture)  or  a  combination thereof, in such
amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally-recognized firm
of  independent  public  accountants  or a nationally  recognized  investment
banking firm, to pay and discharge the  principal  of,  premium,  if any, and
interest on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable
optional  redemption  date  (such  date  being referred to as the "Defeasance
Redemption Date"), if at or prior to electing  either  defeasance or covenant
defeasance, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an irrevocable notice to
redeem all of the outstanding Notes on the Defeasance Redemption  Date;  (ii)
in the case of defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an
opinion  of  independent  counsel  in  the United States stating that (A) the
Company  has received from, or there has  been  published  by,  the  Internal
Revenue Service  a  ruling  or (B) since the date of the Indenture, there has
been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the
effect that, and based thereon  such  opinion  of  independent counsel in the
United States shall confirm that, the holders of the  outstanding  Notes will
not  recognize  income,  gain  or  loss for federal income tax purposes as  a
result of such defeasance and will be  subject  to  federal income tax on the
same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the
case  if  such  defeasance had not occurred; (iii) in the  case  of  covenant
defeasance, the Company  shall  have  delivered  to the Trustee an opinion of
independent counsel in the United States to the effect  that  the  holders of
the  outstanding  Notes  will  not recognize income, gain or loss for federal
income tax purposes as a result  of  such  covenant  defeasance  and  will be
subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and  at
the  same  times  as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had
not occurred; (iv)  no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing on the date  of  such deposit or insofar as clauses (viii) or (ix)
under the first paragraph under  "Events  of  Default"  are concerned, at any
time during the period ending on the 91st day after the date  of deposit; (v)
such  defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not cause the Trustee  for  the
Notes to  have  a  conflicting  interest  as defined in the Indenture and for
purposes of the Trust Indenture Act with respect  to  any  securities  of the
Company  or  any Guarantor; (vi) such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall
not result in  a  breach  or violation of, or constitute a Default under, the
Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company,
any Guarantor or any Subsidiary  is  a  party  or by which it is bound; (vii)
such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not  result in the trust arising
from such deposit constituting an investment company  within  the  meaning of
the  Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended, unless such trust shall  be
registered under such  Act or exempt from registration thereunder; (viii) the
Company will have delivered  to the Trustee an opinion of independent counsel
in the United States to the effect  that  after  the  91st  day following the
deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of  any applicable
bankruptcy,  insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting  creditors,
rights generally;  (ix)  the  Company  shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Officers' Certificate stating that the deposit  was  not  made by the Company
with the intent of preferring the holders of the Notes or any  Guarantee over
the  other  creditors of the Company or any Guarantor or with the  intent  of
defeating, hindering,  delaying  or  defrauding creditors of the Company, any
Guarantor or others; (x) no event or condition shall exist that would prevent
the Company from making payments of the  principal  of,  premium, if any, and
interest on the Notes on the date of such deposit or at any  time  ending  on
the  91st  day after the date of such deposit; and (xi) the Company will have
delivered  to  the  Trustee  an  Officers'  Certificate  and  an  opinion  of
independent  counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for
relating to either the defeasance or the covenant defeasance, as the case may
be, have been complied with.

Satisfaction and Discharge

      The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect
(except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the
Notes as expressly provided for in the Indenture) as to all outstanding Notes
under  the  Indenture   when  (a)  either  (i)  all  such  Notes  theretofore
authenticated and delivered  (except  lost,  stolen  or destroyed Notes which
have been replaced or paid or Notes whose payment has been deposited in trust
or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter  repaid  to the
Company or discharged from such trust as provided for in the Indenture)  have
been  delivered  to  the  Trustee  for  cancellation  or  (ii)  all Notes not
theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (x) have become due and
payable, (y) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity  within one
year  or  (z)  are  to  be  called  for  redemption  within  one  year  under
arrangements  satisfactory to the applicable Trustee for the giving of notice
of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company;
and the Company  has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the
Trustee as trust funds in trust an amount in United States dollars sufficient
to pay and discharge  the  entire  indebtedness  on the Notes not theretofore
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including  principal  of, premium,
if any, and accrued interest at such Maturity, Stated Maturity or  redemption
date;  (b)  the  Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable
under the Indenture  by the Company; and (c) the Company has delivered to the
Trustee an Officers' Certificate  and an opinion of independent counsel, each
stating that (i) all conditions precedent under the Indenture relating to the
satisfaction and discharge of such Indenture have been complied with and (ii)
such satisfaction and discharge will  not result in a breach or violation of,
or constitute a default under, the Indenture  or any other material agreement
or instrument to which the Company, or any Subsidiary  is a party or by which
the or any Subsidiary is bound.

Modifications and Amendments

      Modifications  and  amendments  of the Indenture may  be  made  by  the
Company, each Guarantor, if any, and the  Trustee  with  the  consent  of the
holders  of  at  least  a majority of aggregate principal amount of the Notes
then outstanding; provided,  however,  that no such modification or amendment
may,  without the consent of the holder of  each  outstanding  Note  affected
thereby:   (i)  change  the  Stated  Maturity  of  the  principal  of, or any
installment  of  interest  on,  any  such Note or reduce the principal amount
thereof or the rate of interest thereon  or  any  premium  payable  upon  the
redemption  thereof, or change the coin or currency in which the principal of
any such Note  or  any  premium or the interest thereon is payable, or impair
the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment after the
Stated Maturity thereof (or,  in  the  case  of  redemption,  on or after the
redemption date); (ii) amend, change or modify the obligation of  the Company
to make and consummate  an  Offer  with  respect to any Asset  Sale  or Asset
Sales  in  accordance  with  the covenant described in "--Limitation on  Sale
of  Assets"  or the obligation of the Company to make and consummate a Change
of Control Offer  in  the event of a Change of Control in accordance with the
covenant  described in "--Purchase  of  Notes  Upon  a  Change  of  Control,"
including,  in  each  case,  amending,  changing or modifying any definitions
relating thereto; (iii) reduce the percentage  in  principal  amount  of such
outstanding  Notes,  the  consent  of  whose holders is required for any such
supplemental indenture, or the consent of  whose  holders is required for any
waiver or compliance with certain provisions of the  Indenture;  (iv)  modify
any  of  the  provisions  relating  to  supplemental indentures requiring the
consent of holders or relating to the waiver  of past defaults or relating to
the waiver of certain covenants, except to increase  the  percentage  of such
outstanding Notes required for such actions or to provide that certain  other
provisions  of the Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent
of the holder  of  each  such  Note affected thereby; (v) except as otherwise
permitted under the covenant described  in  "--Consolidation, Merger, Sale of
Assets,"  consent  to  the  assignment or transfer  by  the  Company  or  any
Guarantor of any of its rights  and  obligations under the Indenture; or (vi)
amend  or modify any of the provisions  of  the  Indenture  relating  to  the
ranking  of  the  Notes or any Guarantee thereof in any manner adverse to the
holders of the Notes or any such Guarantee.

      Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  without the consent of any holders of
the Notes, the Company, any Guarantor and the Trustee may modify or amend the
Indenture (a) to evidence the succession  of another Person to the Company or
a Guarantor, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the
Company or such Guarantor in the Indenture  and  in  the  Notes  and  in  any
Guarantee  in  accordance  with  the  covenant described in "--Consolidation,
Merger, Sale of Assets;" (b) to add to  the  covenants  of  the  Company, any
Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes for the benefit of the  holders
of the Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or
any  Guarantor  or  any  other  obligor upon the Notes, as applicable, in the
Indenture, in the Notes or in any Guarantee; (c) to cure any ambiguity, or to
correct or supplement any provision  in  the  Indenture,  the  Notes  or  any
Guarantee  which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision in
the Indenture,  the  Notes or any Guarantee or make any other provisions with
respect to matters or questions arising under the Indenture, the Notes or any
Guarantee; provided that,  in  each case, such provisions shall not adversely
affect the interest of the holders  of  the  Notes;  (d)  to  comply with the
requirements   of   the  Commission  in  order  to  effect  or  maintain  the
qualification of the  Indenture  under  the Trust Indenture Act; (e) to add a
Guarantor under the Indenture, (f) to evidence  and provide the acceptance of
the appointment of successor Trustee under the Indenture; or (g) to mortgage,
pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest  in favor of the Trustee for
the  benefit  of  the  holders of the Notes as additional  security  for  the
payment and performance  of  the  Company's  and  any Guarantor's obligations
under the Indenture, in any property, or assets, including  any  of which are
required  to  be  mortgaged,  pledged or hypothecated, or in which a security
interest is required to be granted  to  the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture
or otherwise.

      The holders of a majority in aggregate  principal  amount  of the Notes
outstanding  may  waive  compliance  with  certain restrictive covenants  and
provisions of the Indenture.

Governing Law

      The  Indenture  and  the  Notes  are  governed  by,  and  construed  in
accordance with, the laws of the State of New  York, without giving effect to
the conflicts of law principles thereof.

Certain Definitions

      Set  forth below are certain defined terms  used  herein  and  in   the
Indenture.   Reference   is   made  to the Indenture for a full disclosure of
all such terms, as well as any  other capitalized terms used herein for which
no definition is provided.

      "Accreted Value" means as of a date of determination prior to August 1,
2001, with respect to any Note, the  sum of (a) the initial offering price of
such Note and (b) the portion of the excess  of  the principal amount of such
Note over such initial offering price which shall  have been accreted thereon
through such date, such amount to be so accreted on a daily basis at the rate
of 13 1/2% per annum of the initial offering price of such  Note,  compounded
semi-annually on each February 1 and August 1 from the Issue Date through the
date of determination,  computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-
day months.  The Accreted  Value of any Note on or after August 1, 2001 shall
be 100% of the principal amount thereof.

      "Acquired Indebtedness"  means Indebtedness of a Person (i) existing at
the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary  or (ii) assumed in connection with
the  acquisition  of  assets  from such Person,  in  each  case,  other  than
Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person
becoming a Subsidiary or such acquisition,  as  the  case  may  be.  Acquired
Indebtedness  shall  be  deemed  to  be  incurred  on the date of the related
acquisition of assets from any Person or the date the acquired Person becomes
a Subsidiary, as the case may be.

      "Affiliate" means, with respect to any specified  Person, (i) any other
Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or
indirect  common control with such specified Person; (ii)  any  other  Person
that owns,  directly  or  indirectly,  5%  or more of such specified Person's
Capital Stock or any officer or director of  any  such  specified  Person  or
other  Person  or,  with  respect  to any natural Person, any person having a
relationship with such Person by blood,  marriage or adoption not more remote
than first cousin or (iii) any other Person 5% or more of the Voting Stock of
which is beneficially owned or held directly  or indirectly by such specified
Person.   For  the  purposes  of this definition, "control"  when  used  with
respect to any specified Person  means the power to direct the management and
policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through ownership of
voting securities, by contract or  otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and
"controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

      "Annualized EBITDA to Consolidated  Interest Expense" as of any date of
determination means the ratio of (x) the aggregate  amount  of EBITDA for the
most  recent  fiscal quarter for which financial information has  been  filed
with the Commission  multiplied  by four to (y) Consolidated Interest Expense
for the preceding four quarter period;  provided,  however,  that  (i) if the
Company  or  any  Restricted  Subsidiary  of  the  Company  has  incurred any
Indebtedness  (including  Acquired Indebtedness) that remains outstanding  on
the  date  of  such  determination,   the   ratio  of  Annualized  EBITDA  to
Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving
effect on a pro forma basis to (a) such Indebtedness, as if such Indebtedness
had been incurred on the first day of the relevant  period (fiscal quarter in
the  case  of  annualized  EBITDA  and four quarter period  in  the  case  of
Consolidated  Interest  Expense)  and  (b)   the   discharge   of  any  other
Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged  with  the
proceeds  of  such  new Indebtedness as if such discharge had occurred on the
first day of the relevant  period, (ii) if since the beginning of such fiscal
quarter the Company or any Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company has made any
Asset Sale, EBITDA for such fiscal quarter  will  be (a) reduced by an amount
equal to EBITDA (if positive) directly attributable  to  the assets which are
the subject of such Asset Sale for such fiscal quarter or (b) increased by an
amount equal to EBITDA (if negative) directly attributable  thereto  for such
fiscal quarter and (iii) if since the beginning of such period the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (by merger or otherwise) has made an
Investment in any Person which becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
as  a  result  of  such Investment or an Investment in an existing Restricted
Subsidiary  with  the   result  that  such  Investment  will  result  in  the
consolidation  of  a  greater  percentage  of  such  Restricted  Subsidiary's
Consolidated Net Income  (Loss)  (other  than  a transfer of operating assets
from  the  Company  or  one  Restricted  Subsidiary  to   another  Restricted
Subsidiary) or has made an acquisition of assets (other than from the Company
or another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), including  any  acquisition
of assets occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation of
Annualized  EBITDA  to  Consolidated  Interest  Expense to be made hereunder,
which  constitutes  all  or  substantially  all of an  operating  unit  of  a
business,  Annualized  EBITDA  to  Consolidated  Interest   Expense  will  be
calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the incurrence of
any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness)) as if such  Investment or
acquisition  occurred on the first day of the relevant period.  For  purposes
of  this definition,  whenever  pro  forma  effect  is  to  be  given  to  an
acquisition  of  assets,  an  Investment,  a  divestiture or an incurrence of
Indebtedness, the pro forma calculations will be  determined in good faith by
a  responsible  financial  or  accounting officer of the  Company;  provided,
however, that such officer shall  apply  in  his  calculations the historical
EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense associated  with such assets for the
most recent relevant period for which financial information is available.  If
any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) bears  a  floating rate of
interest  and  is  being  given  pro  forma  effect,  the  interest  on  such
Indebtedness  will  be  calculated  as  if  the rate in effect on the date of
determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period.

      "Asset Sale" means any sale, issuance,  conveyance,  transfer, lease or
other   disposition  (including,  without  limitation,  by  way  of   merger,
consolidation   or   Sale   and   Leaseback   Transaction)  (collectively,  a
"transfer"),  directly  or  indirectly,  in  one  or   a  series  of  related
transactions,  of: (i) any Capital Stock of any Restricted  Subsidiary;  (ii)
all or substantially all of the properties and assets of any division or line
of business of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries; or (iii) any other
properties or assets  of  the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than
in the ordinary course of business.  For the purposes of this definition, the
term "Asset Sale" shall not  include  any  transfer  of properties and assets
that  (A) is governed by the covenant described in "--Consolidation,  Merger,
Sale of  Assets,"  (B)  is by the Company to any Restricted Subsidiary, or by
any Restricted Subsidiary  to  the  Company  or  any  Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary,  (C)  is  in  the  form  of  a  contribution  to an  Unrestricted
Subsidiary  which  complies with the covenant described in "--Limitations  on
Unrestricted Subsidiaries,"  (D)  is  of  obsolete  equipment in the ordinary
course of business, (E) aggregates not more than $250,000  in  gross proceeds
or  (F)  aggregates,  when together with all other transfers in any  12-month
period, not more than $2,000,000  in  gross  proceeds and, when together with
all other transfers since the date of the Indenture, not more than $5,000,000
in gross proceeds.

      "Average  Life  to  Stated  Maturity"  means,   as   of   the  date  of
determination  with  respect  to  any Indebtedness, the quotient obtained  by
dividing (i) the sum of the products of (a) the number of years from the date
of determination to the date or dates  of each successive scheduled principal
payment of such Indebtedness multiplied  by  (b)  the  amount  of  each  such
principal payment by (ii) the sum of all such principal payments.

      "Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978,
as  amended,  or  any  similar United States federal or state law relating to
bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, winding up, liquidation, reorganization
or relief of debtors or any amendment to, succession to or change in any such
law.

      "Bank Credit Facility"  means  one or more credit facilities (whether a
term  or  a revolving facility) of the type  customarily  entered  into  with
commercial  banks, between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
on the one hand,  and  any  commercial banks, financial institutions or other
lenders,  on the other hand (and  any  renewals,  refundings,  extensions  or
replacements  of  any  such  credit  facilities; provided that such renewals,
refundings, extensions or replacements  comply  with this definition of "Bank
Credit Facility"), which Bank Credit Facilities are by their terms designated
as a "Bank Credit Facility" for purposes of the Indenture.

      "Capital Lease Obligation" means any obligation  of the Company and its
Restricted  Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis under any  capital  lease of
real  or  personal property which, in accordance with GAAP, has been recorded
as a capitalized lease obligation.

      "Capital  Stock"  of  any  Person  means any and all shares, interests,
participations or other equivalents (however  designated)  of  such  Person's
capital  stock  or  other  equity interests whether now outstanding or issued
after the date of the Indenture.

      "Closing Price" on any  Trading Day with respect to the per share price
of any shares of Capital Stock means the last reported sale price regular way
or, in case no such reported sale takes place on such day, the average of the
reported closing bid and asked  prices regular way, in either case on the New
York Stock Exchange or, if such shares  of  Capital  Stock  are not listed or
admitted  to  trading on such exchange, on the principal national  securities
exchange on which  such  shares  are listed or admitted to trading or, if not
listed or admitted to trading on any  national  securities  exchange,  on the
Nasdaq  National  Market  or,  if  such  shares are not listed or admitted to
trading  on any national securities exchange  or  quoted  on  such  automated
quotation  system  but the issuer is a Foreign Issuer (as defined in Rule 3b-
4(b) under the Exchange  Act)  and the principal securities exchange on which
such  shares are listed or admitted  to  trading  is  a  Designated  Offshore
Securities  Market  (as defined in Rule 902(a) under the Securities Act), the
average of the reported  closing  bid  and  asked  prices regular way on such
principal exchange, or, if such shares are not listed  or admitted to trading
on  any  national  securities exchange or quoted on such automated  quotation
system and the issuer  and  principal  securities  exchange  do not meet such
requirements, the average of the closing bid and asked prices  in  the  over-
the-counter  market  as  furnished by any New York Stock Exchange member firm
that is selected from time  to  time  by  the Company for that purpose and is
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

      "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time
to time constituted, created under the Exchange  Act, or if at any time after
the execution of the Indenture such Commission is not existing and performing
the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture  Act  then  the  body
performing such duties at such time.

      "Company"  means  Wireless  One, Inc., a corporation incorporated under
the laws of the State of Delaware, until a successor Person shall have become
such pursuant to the applicable provisions  of  the Indenture, and thereafter
"Company" shall mean such successor Person.

      "Consolidated Income Tax Expense" for any Person  for any period means,
without  duplication, the aggregate amount of net taxes based  on  income  or
profits for such period of the operations of such Person and its Consolidated
Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to such period in accordance with GAAP.

      "Consolidated  Indebtedness"  means,  with respect to any Person, as of
any  date  of determination, the aggregate amount  of  Indebtedness  of  such
Person and its  subsidiaries  (other  than,  in  the  case  of  the  Company,
Unrestricted Subsidiaries) as of such date determined on a consolidated basis
in  accordance  with GAAP and which would appear on the balance sheet of  any
such Person.

      "Consolidated  Interest  Expense"  means,  without duplication, for any
period,  the  sum  of  (a)  the  interest  expense  of the  Company  and  its
Consolidated  Restricted  Subsidiaries  for such period,  on  a  Consolidated
basis, including, without limitation, (i) amortization of debt discount, (ii)
the   net   costs  associated  with  Interest  Rate   Agreements   (including
amortization  of  discounts),  (iii)  the  interest  portion  of any deferred
payment obligation and (iv) accrued interest, plus (b) the interest component
of the Capital Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or
accrued by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period, in
each case as determined in accordance with GAAP.

      "Consolidated   Net   Income   (Loss)"   means,  for  any  period,  the
Consolidated  net  income  (or  loss)  of the Company  and  its  Consolidated
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a Consolidated basis as determined
in accordance with GAAP, adjusted, to the extent included in calculating such
net   income  (or  loss),  by  excluding,  without   duplication,   (i)   all
extraordinary  gains  but  not  losses  (less  all fees and expenses relating
thereto), (ii) the portion of net income (or loss)  of  the  Company  and its
Consolidated  Restricted  Subsidiaries  on a Consolidated basis allocable  to
minority interests in unconsolidated Persons  and  Unrestricted  Subsidiaries
except  to  the  extent  of the amount of dividends or distributions actually
paid to the Company and its  Consolidated  Restricted Subsidiaries, (iii) net
income (or loss) of any Person combined with the Company and its Consolidated
Restricted Subsidiaries on a "pooling of interests" basis attributable to any
period prior to the date of combination, (iv) any gain or loss, net of taxes,
realized upon the termination of any employee  pension  benefit plan, (v) net
gains  (but  not  losses)  (less all fees and expenses relating  thereto)  in
respect of dispositions of assets  other  than  in  the  ordinary  course  of
business  and  (vi) the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent
that the declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted
Subsidiary  of that  income  is  not  at  the  time  permitted,  directly  or
indirectly, by  operation  of  the  terms  of  its charter or any agreement,.
instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation
applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders.

      "Consolidated   Net   Worth,"  as  of a date,  means  the  Consolidated
stockholders' equity  (excluding Redeemable Capital Stock) of the Company and
its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries,  as  of such date, as determined in
accordance with GAAP.

      "Consolidation" means, with respect to any Person, the consolidation of
the accounts of such Person and each of its subsidiaries  (other than, in the
case  of  the  Company, Unrestricted Subsidiaries) if and to the  extent  the
accounts of such Person and each of its subsidiaries (other than, in the case
of the Company,  Unrestricted  Subsidiaries)  would  normally be consolidated
with  those  of  such  Person,  all  in  accordance  with  GAAP.    The  term
"Consolidated" shall have a similar meaning.

      "Cumulative  Consolidated  Interest  Expense" means, as of any date  of
determination, Consolidated Interest Expense from June 30, 1996 to the end of
the  Company's  most  recently  ended  full fiscal  quarter  date  for  which
financial  statements  are  available  prior  to  such,  taken  as  a  single
accounting period.

      "Cumulative  Operating  Cash  Flow"  means,   as   of   any   date   of
determination,  Operating  Cash  Flow  from  June  30, 1996 to the end of the
Company's  most  recently  ended  full  fiscal  quarter for  which  financial
statements are available prior to such date, taken  as  a  single  accounting
period.

      "Debt"  or  "Indebtedness"  means,  with respect to any Person, without
duplication, (i) all indebtedness of such Person  for  borrowed  money or for
the  deferred  purchase  price  of property or services, excluding any  trade
payables and other accrued current liabilities arising in the ordinary course
of business, but including, without  limitation,  all obligations, contingent
or otherwise, of such Person in connection with any  letters of credit issued
under  letter of credit facilities, acceptance facilities  or  other  similar
facilities  and  in  connection  with  any  agreement  to  purchase,  redeem,
exchange,  convert  or  otherwise acquire for value any Capital Stock of such
Person, or any warrants, rights or options to acquire such Capital Stock, now
or hereafter outstanding,  (ii)  all  obligations of such Person evidenced by
bonds, notes, debentures or other similar instruments, (iii) all indebtedness
created  or  arising under any conditional  sale  or  other  title  retention
agreement with  respect  to  property  acquired  by  such Person (even if the
rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event
of  default  are  limited  to  repossession  or sale of such  property),  but
excluding trade payables arising in the ordinary course of business, (iv) all
obligations under Interest Rate Agreements of  such  Person,  (v) all Capital
Lease  Obligations  of  such  Person,  (vi) all Indebtedness referred  to  in
clauses (i) through (v) above of other Persons  and  all  dividends  of other
Persons, the payment of which is secured by (or for which the holder of  such
Indebtedness  has  an  existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured
by)  any  Lien,  upon  or  with   respect  to  property  (including,  without
limitation, accounts and contract rights)  owned  by such Person, even though
such  Person  has  not  assumed  or  become liable for the  payment  of  such
Indebtedness, (vii) all Guaranteed Debt of such Person, (viii) all Redeemable
Capital Stock issued by such Person valued at the greater of its voluntary or
involuntary maximum fixed repurchase price plus accrued and unpaid dividends,
and  (ix)  any  amendment,  supplement,  modification,   deferral,   renewal,
extension, refunding or refinancing of any liability of the types referred to
in clauses (i) through (viii) above.  For purposes hereof, the "maximum fixed
repurchase price" of any Redeemable Capital Stock which does not have a fixed
repurchase  price  shall  be  calculated in accordance with the terms of such
Redeemable Capital Stock as if  such  Redeemable Capital Stock were purchased
on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant
to the Indenture, and if such price is  based  upon, or measured by, the Fair
Market Value of such Redeemable Capital Stock, such  Fair  Market Value to be
determined  in  good  faith by the board of directors of the issuer  of  such
Redeemable Capital Stock.

      "Debt  to  Operating  Cash  Flow  Ratio"  means,  as  of  any  date  of
determination, the  ratio  of  (a)  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of all
outstanding  Consolidated  Indebtedness  of  the  Company  and its Restricted
Subsidiaries  as  of  such  date  plus,  without  duplication, the  aggregate
liquidation preference or redemption amount of all  Redeemable  Capital Stock
of  the  Company  (excluding  any such Redeemable Capital Stock held  by  the
Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted  Subsidiary  of  the  Company),  to  (b)
Operating  Cash  Flow  of  the  Company  and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a
Consolidated  basis  for the most recently ended  fiscal  quarter  for  which
financial statements are  available  prior  to  such date multiplied by four,
determined on a pro forma basis (and after giving pro forma effect to (i) the
incurrence of such Indebtedness and (if applicable)  the  application  of the
net proceeds therefrom, including to refinance other Indebtedness, as if such
Indebtedness was incurred, and the application of such proceeds occurred,  at
the beginning of such period; (ii) the incurrence, repayment or retirement of
any  other  Indebtedness by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since
the first day  of such period as if such Indebtedness was incurred, repaid or
retired  at the beginning  of  such  period  (except  that,  in  making  such
computation,  the  amount of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility
shall be computed based  upon the average balance of such Indebtedness at the
end  of  each month during such  period);  (iii)  in  the  case  of  Acquired
Indebtedness,  the related acquisition as if such acquisition had occurred at
the beginning of  such period; and (iv) any acquisition or disposition by the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of any company or any business or any
assets out of the ordinary  course  of  business, or any related repayment of
Indebtedness, in each case since the first  day of such period, assuming such
acquisition or disposition had been consummated  on  the  first  day  of such
four-quarter period).

      "Default"  means any event which is, or after notice or passage of  any
time or both would be, an Event of Default.

      "Disinterested  Director"  means,  with  respect  to any transaction or
series  of related transactions, a member of the Board of  Directors  of  the
Company who  does not have any material direct or indirect financial interest
in or with respect to such transaction or series of related transactions.

      "EBITDA"  for  any  period means the Consolidated Net Income (Loss) for
such period plus the following  to  the  extent  deducted in calculating such
Consolidated  Net Income (Loss): (i) Consolidated Income  Tax  Expense,  (ii)
Consolidated Interest  Expense,  (iii)  depreciation and amortization expense
determined  on  a consolidated basis for such  Person  and  its  Consolidated
Restricted Subsidiaries  in accordance with GAAP for such period and (iv) all
other non-cash charges (other  than non-cash charges which require an accrual
of or reserve for cash charges in  future  periods),  and  less  any non-cash
items which have the effect of increasing (decreasing in the case  of a loss)
Consolidated Net Income (Loss) for such period.

      "Eligible Institution" means a commercial banking institution  that has
combined  capital and surplus of not less than $500 million or its equivalent
in foreign  currency, whose debt is rated "A" (or higher) according to S&P or
Moody's at the time as of which any investment or rollover therein is made.

      "Fair Market  Value"  means, with respect to any asset or property, the
sale value that would be obtained  in  an arm's-length transaction between an
informed and willing seller under no compulsion  to  sell and an informed and
willing buyer under no compulsion to buy.

      "Generally  Accepted Accounting Principles" or "GAAP"  means  generally
accepted accounting  principles  in  the United States, consistently applied,
which are in effect on the date of the Indenture.

      "Guarantee" means the guarantee  by  any  Guarantor  of  the  Company's
Indenture Obligations.

      "Guaranteed  Debt"  of  any  Person  means,  without  duplication,  all
Indebtedness   of   any  other  Person  referred  to  in  the  definition  of
Indebtedness guaranteed  directly or indirectly in any manner by such Person,
or in effect guaranteed directly  or  indirectly  by  such  Person through an
agreement  (i) to pay or purchase such Indebtedness or to advance  or  supply
funds for the  payment  or  purchase  of such Indebtedness, (ii) to purchase,
sell  or  lease  (as  lessee or lessor) property,  or  to  purchase  or  sell
services, primarily for the purpose of enabling the debtor to make payment of
such Indebtedness or to  assure the holder of such Indebtedness against loss,
(iii) to supply funds to,  or  in  any  other  manner  invest  in, the debtor
(including  any  agreement to pay for property or services without  requiring
that such property  be  received  or  such  services  be  rendered),  (iv) to
maintain  working  capital  or equity capital of the debtor, or otherwise  to
maintain the net worth, solvency  or  other financial condition of the debtor
or (v) otherwise to assure a creditor against  loss;  provided  that the term
"guarantee"  shall  not  include  endorsements for collection or deposit,  in
either case in the ordinary course of business.

      "Guarantor" means any Restricted  Subsidiary that is required after the
date of the Indenture to execute a guarantee of the Notes pursuant to the "--
Limitation  on  Issuance  of  Guarantees of Indebtedness"  covenant  until  a
successor replaces such Restricted  Subsidiary  pursuant  to  the  applicable
provisions of the Indenture and, thereafter, shall mean such successor.

      "Indenture  Obligations"  means the obligations of the Company and  any
other  obligor  under  the  Indenture  or  under  the  Notes,  including  any
Guarantor, to pay principal of,  premium,  if  any, and interest when due and
payable, and all other amounts due or to become  due  under  or in connection
with the Indenture, the Notes and the performance of all other obligations to
the Trustee and the holders under the Indenture and the Notes,  according  to
the respective terms thereof.

      "Interest   Rate  Agreements"  means  one  or  more  of  the  following
agreements  which  shall   be   entered  into  with  one  or  more  financial
institutions:  interest  rate  protection   agreements   (including,  without
limitation,   interest   rate  swaps,  caps,  floors,  collars  and   similar
agreements) and/or other types  of interest rate hedging agreements from time
to time.

      "Investment" means, with respect to any Person, directly or indirectly,
(a) any advance, loan (including  guarantees) or other extension of credit or
capital contribution to (by means of  any  transfer of cash or other property
to others or any payment for property or services  for  the account or use of
others),  or  any purchase, acquisition or ownership by such  Person  of  any
Capital Stock,  bonds,  notes, debentures or other securities issued or owned
by  any  other  Person and all  other  items  that  would  be  classified  as
investments on a  balance  sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP and (b) any
acquisition of property and assets by such Person.

      "Issue Date" means the  date on which Notes are first authenticated and
issued.

      "Lien" means any mortgage  or  deed  of  trust,  charge,  pledge,  lien
(statutory  or otherwise), privilege, security interest, assignment, deposit,
arrangement,  easement,  hypothecation,  claim, preference, priority or other
encumbrance upon or with respect to any property  of  any kind (including any
conditional  sale,  capital  lease  or other title retention  agreement,  any
leases  in  the  nature  thereof  and any  agreement  to  give  any  security
interest), real or personal, movable  or  immovable,  now  owned or hereafter
acquired.

      "Material Restricted Subsidiary" means any Restricted  Subsidiary which
would be a "significant subsidiary" of the Company as defined in Rule 1-02 of
Regulation S-X under the Securities Act.

      "Maturity"  means,  when  used with respect to the Notes, the  date  on
which the principal of the Notes  becomes due and payable as therein provided
or as provided in the Indenture, whether  at  Stated Maturity, the Offer Date
or the redemption date and whether by declaration  of  acceleration, Offer in
respect of Excess Proceeds, Change of Control Offer in respect of a Change of
Control, call for redemption or otherwise.

      "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.

      "Net Cash Proceeds" means (a) with respect to any  Asset  Sale  by  any
Person,  the  proceeds  thereof  in  the  form  of  cash  or  Temporary  Cash
Investments  including  payments  in  respect of deferred payment obligations
when received in the form of, or stock  or other assets when disposed of for,
cash  or  Temporary  Cash  Investments  (except   to  the  extent  that  such
obligations  are  financed  or  sold  with  recourse to the  Company  or  any
Restricted Subsidiary) net of (i) brokerage commissions  and other reasonable
fees  and  expenses  (including fees and expenses of counsel  and  investment
bankers) related to such Asset Sale, (ii) provisions for all taxes payable as
a result of such Asset Sale, (iii) payments made to retire Indebtedness where
payment of such Indebtedness  is  secured  by  the  assets  or properties the
subject of such Asset Sale, (iv) amounts required to be paid  to  any  Person
(other  than  the  Company  or any Restricted Subsidiary) owning a beneficial
interest in the assets subject  to the Asset Sale and (v) appropriate amounts
to be provided by the Company or  any  Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may
be, as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated
with  such  Asset  Sale  and  retained  by  the  Company  or  any  Restricted
Subsidiary,  as the case may be, after such Asset  Sale,  including,  without
limitation,  pension   and   other   post-employment   benefit   liabilities,
liabilities  related  to  environmental  matters  and  liabilities under  any
indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale, all as reflected
in an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee and  (b) with respect to
any  issuance  or  sale  of Indebtedness or Capital Stock, as applicable,  as
referred to under the definition of Permitted Investment and in "--Limitation
on Restricted Payments," "--Limitation on Indebtedness" and under "--Optional
Redemption," the proceeds  of  such  issuance  or sale in the form of cash or
Temporary  Cash Investments, net of attorney's fees,  accountant's  fees  and
brokerage, consultation,  underwriting  and  other fees and expenses actually
incurred in connection with such issuance or sale  and  net  of taxes paid or
payable as a result thereof.

      "Operating  Cash  Flow"  means,  for  any period, the Consolidated  Net
Income (Loss) of the Company and its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries for
such period, plus, without duplication, (a) extraordinary  net losses and net
losses on sales of assets outside the ordinary course of business during such
period, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing Consolidated Net
Income  (Loss), plus (b) Consolidated Income Tax Expense, and  any  provision
for taxes  utilized in computing the net losses under clause (a) hereof, plus
(c)  Consolidated   Interest  Expense  of  the  Company  and  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries for such  period,  plus  (d)  depreciation, amortization and all
other  non-cash  charges, to the extent such depreciation,  amortization  and
other non-cash charges  were  deducted  in  computing  such  Consolidated Net
Income (Loss) (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles).

      "Opinion  of  Counsel"  means  any opinion in writing signed  by  legal
counsel, who may be an employee of or  of  counsel to the Company, or who may
be other counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee.

      "Pari Passu Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of the Company that is
pari passu in right of payment to the Notes.

      "Permitted Investment" means (i) Investments in any existing Restricted
Subsidiary;  (ii)  Indebtedness of the Company  or  a  Restricted  Subsidiary
described under clauses  (v),  (vi) and (vii) of the definition of "Permitted
Indebtedness"; (iii) Temporary Cash Investments; (iv) Investments acquired by
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary  in  connection  with  an Asset Sale
permitted under the covenant described in "--Limitation on Sale of Assets" to
the  extent  such  Investments are non-cash proceeds as permitted under  such
covenant; (v) Investments in existence on the date of the Indenture; (vi) any
acquisition of equipment  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business;  (vii) any
acquisition of property and assets (other than channel rights) for a purchase
price  of not more than $50,000; (viii) any Investment in the Wireless  Cable
Business  acquired  in  consideration  for  the  issuance of Common Stock, or
provided  that  no Default or Event of Default shall  have  occurred  and  be
continuing and such  Permitted  Investment shall not be an event which is, or
after notice or lapse of time or  both, would be  "an event of default" under
the terms of any Indebtedness of the  Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries,
the proceeds of the issuance of Common  Stock to the extent such amounts have
not been previously applied to a Restricted  Payment;  provided  further that
the  amount  available  for Investment out of such proceeds shall be  reduced
(but  not below zero) by the  quotient  of  (A)  the  Net  Cash  Proceeds  of
Indebtedness  incurred  by  the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
under clauses (xi) and (xii)  of  the "--Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant
divided by (B) $1.50; (ix) any acquisition  or  lease  of  additional channel
rights in markets listed in an annex to the Indenture or in which the Company
and  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries (A) as of the date of the Indenture,  have
channel rights, whether  by  way  of  license,  lease  with a channel license
holder, lease with a channel license applicant, lease with  a qualified, non-
profit educational organization that plans to apply for a channel  license or
option  to  acquire  any  of  the  foregoing  or  (B)  as of the date of such
acquisition or lease (without giving effect to such acquisition), have rights
with respect to at least eight wireless cable channels,  whether  by  way  of
license,  lease  with  a channel license holder, lease with a channel license
applicant, lease with a  qualified,  non-profit educational organization that
plans  to  apply  for a channel license or  option  to  acquire  any  of  the
foregoing;  (x)  Investments  consisting  of  any  acquisition  or  lease  of
additional channel  rights  in one or more Wireless One Service States or any
Investment by the Company or  any  Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company in a
Person  engaged  in  the  Wireless Cable Business if  as  a  result  of  such
Investment (A) such Person  becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or
(B) such Person, in one transaction  or  a series of related transactions, is
merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or  into,  or  transfers  or conveys
substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company  or  a
Restricted  Subsidiary;  provided  that  (1)  there  are a maximum of 250,000
households  within  a  35-mile  radius  of  the  licensed  transmission  site
associated with such channel rights or such Person, as the case  may  be,  of
which  at least 15% are unpassed by traditional hard-wire cable (as supported
by an Officers'  Certificate); (2) if such Person conducts operations outside
the Wireless One Service  States, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an
Officers' Certificate that  allocates  a portion of the dollar amount of such
Investment to the operations outside the Wireless One Service States and such
amount shall not quality as a Permitted  Investment  and  (3)  the  aggregate
amount of such cash Investments in respect of all such channel rights and all
such  Persons  shall  not  exceed  $20,000,000,  and  (xi) Investments by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a joint venture  which  is  formed to
provide wireless cable television service in North Carolina in part via  ITFS
channels leased from community colleges in North Carolina, provided that such
Investments do not in the aggregate exceed $15,000,000.

      "Person"  means any individual, corporation, limited liability company,
partnership,  joint    venture,   association,  joint-stock  company,  trust,
unincorporated  organization  or  government   or  any  agency  or  political
subdivision thereof.

      "Preferred Stock" means, with respect to any  Person, any Capital Stock
of any class or classes (however designated) which is  preferred  as  to  the
payment  of  dividends  or distributions, or as to the distribution of assets
upon any voluntary or involuntary  liquidation or dissolution of such Person,
over the Capital Stock of any other class in such Person.

      "Qualified Capital Stock" of any Person means any and all Capital Stock
of such Person other than Redeemable Capital Stock.

      "Qualified Subordinated Indebtedness"  means  Subordinated Indebtedness
issued to a Strategic Investor the terms of which include  (i)  the terms set
forth  in  clause  (x)  of  the  definition of Permitted Indebtedness in  the
covenant  "--Limitation on Indebtedness,"  (ii)  asset  sale  provisions  and
change of control  provisions  no  more restrictive in any respect than those
contained  in  the  Indenture,  (iii)  optional   redemption   or  repurchase
provisions that are not effective until the day succeeding the final Maturity
date  of  the  Notes,  (iv)  provisions  that  no  part  of such Subordinated
Indebtedness shall have any claim to the assets of the Company  on  a  parity
with or prior to the claim of the Notes, (v) provisions that unless and until
the  Notes  have been paid in full, without the express prior written consent
of the holders  of  a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes, no
holder of such Subordinated  Indebtedness  will  take, demand or receive from
the  Company,  and  the Company will not make, give or  permit,  directly  or
indirectly, by set-off,  redemption,  purchase  or  in  any other manner, any
payment  of  or  security  for  the  whole  or  any  part of the Subordinated
Indebtedness, including, without limitation, any letter  of credit or similar
credit support facility to support payment of such Subordinated  Indebtedness
and  (vi)  covenants  from the holder of such Subordinated Indebtedness  that
such holder will not, without  the  written  consent  of  the  holders  of  a
majority  in  aggregate  principal  amount  of the Notes, (A) sell, assign or
otherwise transfer its rights in respect of such Subordinated Indebtedness to
any Person who does not agree to be bound by  clauses (B) and (C), (B) permit
any of the documentation relating to the subordination  of  such Subordinated
Indebtedness to be amended and (C) commence, or join with any creditors other
than the Trustee or the Noteholders, in commencing any bankruptcy, insolvency
or  similar  proceeding with respect to the Company or any of its  Restricted
Subsidiaries.

      "Redeemable  Capital Stock" means any Capital Stock that, either by its
terms or by the terms  of  any  security  into  which  it  is  convertible or
exchangeable or otherwise, is or upon the happening of an event or passage of
time  would be, required to be redeemed prior to any Stated Maturity  of  the
principal  of  the Notes or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof
at any time prior to any Stated Maturity of the Notes, or is convertible into
or exchangeable  for debt securities at any time prior to any Stated Maturity
of the Notes at the option of the holder thereof.

      "Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary other than an Unrestricted
Subsidiary.

      "S&P" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Group and its successors.

      "Sale and Leaseback  Transaction"  means  any  transaction or series of
related transactions pursuant to which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
sells or transfers any property or asset in connection  with  the leasing, or
the  resale  against installment payments, of such property or asset  to  the
seller or transferor.

      "Stated  Maturity"  when  used  with respect to any Indebtedness or any
installment  of  interest  thereon,  means   the   dates  specified  in  such
Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the principal of such Indebtedness or
such installment of interest, as the case may be, is due and payable.

      "Strategic   Investor"   means   any   Person   (i)  engaged   in   the
Telecommunications Business that as of the date of determination  has a Total
Equity   Market   Capitalization   of  at  least  $500,000,000  or  (ii)  any
corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar
entity of which a shareholder, general partner, joint venturer or member with
more than 50% of the capital accounts,  distribution rights, total equity and
voting interests or general or limited partnership  interests, as applicable,
are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by a  Person  that satisfies
clause  (i) of this definition; provided that clause (ii) of this  definition
may be satisfied  by  any  group  of  shareholders,  general  partners, joint
venturers  or  members  so  long  as  (a) each Person included in such  group
satisfies clause (i), (b) at least one member in such group owns or controls,
directly or indirectly, 35% or more of  the  capital  accounts,  distribution
rights,  total  equity  and  voting  rights or general or limited partnership
interests of such Strategic Investor,  (c)  no  more than five Persons may be
included  in  such group and (d) the shareholders,  general  partners,  joint
venturers or members to be included in such group shall act as a group and in
concert.

      "Subordinated  Indebtedness"  means  Indebtedness of the Company or any
Guarantor subordinated in right of payment to  the  Notes or the Guarantee of
such Guarantor, as the case may be.

      "Subsidiary" means any Person, a majority of the  equity  ownership  or
the  Voting  Stock  of which is at the time owned, directly or indirectly, by
the Company or  by  one or more other Subsidiaries, or by the Company and one
or more other Subsidiaries.

      "Telecommunications  Business"  means,  when  used  in reference to any
Person, that such Person, directly or indirectly, is engaged primarily in the
business of (i) transmitting video, voice or data, (ii)  creating, developing
or  packaging entertainment or communication programming, (iii)  offering  of
private  telephony services or (iv) evaluating, participating or pursuing any
other activity  or  opportunity  that  is related to those identified in (i),
(ii) or (iii) above.

      "Temporary Cash Investments" means  (i)  any  evidence of Indebtedness,
maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition,  issued by the
United  States  of  America,  or  an  instrumentality  or agency thereof  and
guaranteed fully as to principal, premium, if any, and interest by the United
States of America, (ii) any certificate of deposit, maturing  not  more  than
one  year  after  the  date  of acquisition, issued by, or time deposit of, a
commercial banking institution that is a member of the Federal Reserve System
and that has combined capital  and  surplus and undivided profits of not less
than $500,000,000, whose debt has a rating,  at  the  time  as  of  which any
investment therein is made, of "P-1" (or higher) according to Moody's  or "A-
1"  (or  higher)  according to S&P, (iii) commercial paper, maturing not more
than one year after  the  date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other
than an Affiliate or Subsidiary  of the Company) organized and existing under
the laws of the United States of America  with  a  rating,  at the time as of
which any investment therein is made, of "P-1" according to Moody's  or "A-1"
according to S&P and (iv) any money market deposit accounts issued or offered
by  a  domestic  commercial  bank  having  capital  and  surplus in excess of
$500,000,000; provided that the short term debt of such commercial bank has a
rating at the time of Investment, of "P-1" (or higher) according  to  Moody's
or "A-1" (or higher) according to S&P.

      "Total  Equity  Market  Capitalization"  of any Person means, as of any
date of determination, the product of (i) the aggregate number of outstanding
shares of common stock of such Person on such date  (which  shall not include
any  options or warrants on, or securities convertible or exchangeable  into,
shares  of common stock of such Person) and (ii) the average Closing Price of
such common  stock over the 20 consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding
such date.  If  no  such  Closing  Price exists with respect to shares of any
such class, the value of such shares  shall  be  determined  by the Company's
Board of Directors in good faith and evidenced by a resolution  of  the Board
of Directors of the Company filed with the Trustee.

      "Trading  Day"  with  respect  to  a  securities  exchange or automated
quotation system means a day on which such exchange or system  is  open for a
full day of trading.

      "Trust  Indenture  Act"  means the  Trust  Indenture  Act  of  1939, as 
amended, or any successor statute.

      "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (i) any Subsidiary of the Company  that
at  the  time  of  determination  shall  be  an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary (as
designated by the Board of Directors of the Company, as provided  below)  and
(ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.  The Board of Directors of
the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly-
acquired  or newly-formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if all
of the following  conditions  apply:  (a)  such  Subsidiary  is  not  liable,
directly   or  indirectly,  with  respect  to  any  Indebtedness  other  than
Unrestricted   Subsidiary   Indebtedness  and  (b)  any  Investment  in  such
Subsidiary made as a result of  designating  such  Subsidiary an Unrestricted
Subsidiary shall not violate the provisions of the covenant  described in "--
Limitation on Unrestricted Subsidiaries."  Any such designation  by the Board
of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing  with
the  Trustee  a  board  resolution  giving  effect to such designation and an
Officers'  Certificate  certifying that such designation  complies  with  the
foregoing conditions.  The  Board  of  Directors of the Company may designate
any  Unrestricted  Subsidiary  as  a  Restricted  Subsidiary;  provided  that
immediately after giving effect to such  designation, the Company could incur
$1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant
to  the  restrictions  under  the  covenant  described  in  "--Limitation  on
Indebtedness."

      "Unrestricted Subsidiary Indebtedness" of  any  Unrestricted Subsidiary
means Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary (i)  as  to  which neither
the  Company  nor any Restricted Subsidiary is directly or indirectly  liable
(by virtue of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary being the primary
obligor on, guarantor  of,  or  otherwise  liable  in  any  respect for, such
Indebtedness),  except  Guaranteed  Debt  of  the  Company  or any Restricted
Subsidiary  to  any Affiliate, in which case (unless the incurrence  of  such
Guaranteed Debt resulted  in  a Restricted Payment at the time of incurrence)
the Company shall be deemed to  have  made  a Restricted Payment equal to the
principal amount of any such Indebtedness to  the  extent  guaranteed  at the
time  such Affiliate is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (ii) which,
upon the occurrence of a default with respect thereto, does not result in, or
permit  any  holder  of  any  Indebtedness  of  the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary (other than a Bank Credit Facility incurred pursuant to clause (i)
of  the  second  paragraph  of  the covenant described  in  "--Limitation  on
Indebtedness")  to  declare  a default on such Indebtedness of the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary or cause  the  payment thereof to be accelerated or
payable prior to its Stated Maturity.

      "U.S.  Government  Securities" means securities  that  are  (x)  direct
obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which its full
faith and credit is pledged  or  (y)  obligations  of  a Person controlled or
supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States
of  America,  the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed  as  a  full
faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either
case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and
shall also include  a  depository  receipt  issued  by  a bank (as defined in
Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with  respect to any such
U.S. government obligation or a specific payment of principal  of or interest
on any such U.S. government obligation held by such custodian for the account
of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except  as  required
by  law)  such  custodian  is  not  authorized to make any deduction from the
amount  payable to the holder of such  depository  receipt  from  any  amount
received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. government obligation or the
specific  payment  of  principal  of  or  interest  on  the  U.S.  government
obligation evidenced by such depository receipt.

      "Voting Stock" means Capital Stock of the class or classes pursuant  to
which  the  holders  thereof  have  the  general  voting power under ordinary
circumstances  to  elect  at  least  a  majority of the board  of  directors,
managers or trustees of a corporation (irrespective  of whether or not at the
time Capital Stock of any other class or classes shall  have  or  might  have
voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency).

      "Wholly  Owned Restricted Subsidiary" means a Restricted Subsidiary all
the Capital Stock  of  which  is owned by the Company or another Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary.

      "Wireless Cable Business"  means, when used in reference to any Person,
that  such  Person,  directly or indirectly,  is  engaged  primarily  in  the
business of (i) transmitting  video, voice or data primarily through wireless
transmission  facilities, (ii) utilizing  wireless  cable  channels  for  any
commercial purpose  permitted  by  the  FCC,  (iii)  creating, developing and
packaging  programming  that  may be used to satisfy educational  programming
requirements for ITFS channels  and  advertising,  that,  in  either case, is
transmitted over one or more of the Company's wireless cable channels or (iv)
evaluating, participating or pursuing any other activity or opportunity  that
is related to those identified in (i), (ii) or (iii) above.

      "Wireless  Cable  Related Assets" means all assets, rights (contractual
or  otherwise)  and properties,  whether  tangible  or  intangible,  used  in
connection with a Wireless Cable Business, and the Voting Stock of any entity
which is to become  a  Wholly  Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary  and  is engaged
exclusively in the Wireless Cable Business.

      "Wireless  One  Service  States"  means the states of Texas, Louisiana,
Mississippi, Tennessee, Alabama, Georgia,  Arkansas, North Carolina, Florida,
South Carolina and Kentucky.

Book-Entry, Delivery and Form

      The  Notes  are  represented  by  a permanent  global  Note,  which  is
deposited with The Depositary Trust Company (the "Depositary") and registered
in  the  name  of  a nominee of the Depositary.   Except  under  the  limited
circumstances  described   below,   permanent   global   Notes  will  not  be
exchangeable for definitive certificated Notes.

      Ownership of beneficial interests in a permanent global Note is limited
to  institutions  that  have  accounts  with  the Depositary or  its  nominee
("participants") or persons that may hold interests through participants.  In
addition, ownership of beneficial interests by participants in such permanent
global Note is evidenced only by, and the transfer of that ownership interest
will be effected only through, records maintained  by  the  Depositary or its
nominee for such permanent global Note.  Ownership of beneficial interests in
such  permanent  global  Note  by  persons that hold through participants  is
evidenced only by, and the transfer  of  that  ownership interest within such
participant  will  be  effected  only  through, records  maintained  by  such
participant.  The Depositary has no knowledge of the actual beneficial owners
of the Notes.  Beneficial owners will not  receive  written confirmation from
the  Depositary  of  their purchase, but beneficial owners  are  expected  to
receive written confirmations  providing  details of the transaction, as well
as periodic statements of their holdings, from the participants through which
the  beneficial  owners  entered  the  transaction.    The   laws   of   some
jurisdictions  require  that  certain  purchasers of securities take physical
delivery of such securities in definitive  form.   Such  laws  may impair the
ability to transfer beneficial interests in such permanent global Note.

      Payment  of  principal  of,  and  interest on, Notes represented  by  a
permanent global Note registered in the name  of or held by the Depositary or
its nominee will be made to the Depositary or its  nominee,  as  the case may
be,  as  the  registered  owner  and  holder  of  the  permanent  global Note
representing such Notes.  The Company has been advised by the Depositary that
upon  receipt  of  any  payment  of principal of, or interest on, a permanent
global  Note,  the  Depositary will immediately  credit,  on  its  book-entry
registration and transfer  system,  accounts of participants with payments in
amounts  proportionate  to  their  respective  beneficial  interests  in  the
principal amount of such permanent global Note as shown in the records of the
Depositary.  Payments by participants  to owners of beneficial interests in a
permanent global Note held through such  participants  will  be  governed  by
standing  instructions  and  customary  practices,  as  is  now the case with
securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in
"street  name,"  and  will  be  the sole responsibility of such participants,
subject to any statutory or regulatory  requirements as may be in effect from
time to time.

      None of the Company, the Trustee or  any  other agent of the Company or
the Trustee will have any responsibility or liability  for  any aspect of the
records  of  the Depositary, any nominee or any participant relating  to,  or
payments made  on account of, beneficial interests in a permanent global Note
or for maintaining,  supervising  or  reviewing  any  of  the  records of the
Depositary,  any  nominee  or  any  participant  relating  to such beneficial
interests.

      A permanent global Note is exchangeable for definitive Notes registered
in the name of,  and a transfer of a permanent global Note may  be registered
to, any person other than the Depositary or its nominee, only if:

      (a)   the  Depositary  notifies  the  Company  that it is unwilling  or
            unable to continue as depositary for such  permanent  global Note
            or  if  any  time  the  Depositary ceases to be a clearing agency
            registered under the Exchange Act;

      (b)   the Company in its sole discretion determines that such permanent
            global  Note  shall  be  exchangeable  for  definitive  Notes  in
            registered form; or

      (c)   there shall have occurred  and  be continuing an Event of Default
            under the Notes.

      Any  permanent  global  Note  that  is  exchangeable  pursuant  to  the
preceding  sentence will be exchangeable in whole  for  definitive  Notes  in
registered form,  of like tenor and of an equal aggregate principal amount as
the permanent global  Note, in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples
thereof.  Such definitive  Notes  will  be registered in the name or names of
such persons as the Depositary shall instruct  the  Trustee.   It is expected
that  such  instructions  may  be  based  upon  directions  received  by  the
Depositary  from  its  participants  with  respect to ownership of beneficial
interests in such permanent global Note.  With  respect  to definitive Notes,
any  principal and interest will be payable, the transfer of  the  definitive
Notes  will  be registerable and the definitive Notes will be exchangeable at
the office of  the  Trustee  in  New York, New York, provided that payment of
interest may be made at the option  of  the  Company  by  check mailed to the
address of the person entitled thereto and as shown on the  register  for the
Notes.

      Except  as  provided  above,  owners  of  beneficial  interests in such
permanent  global Note will not be entitled to receive physical  delivery  of
Notes in definitive  form  and will not be considered the holders thereof for
any purpose under the Indenture,  and  no  permanent  global  Note  shall  be
exchangeable  except  for  another permanent global Note of like denomination
and tenor to be registered in  the  name  of  the  Depositary or its nominee.
Accordingly,  each  person  owning a beneficial interest  in  such  permanent
global Note must rely on the procedures of the Depositary and, if such person
is not a participant, on the procedures of the participant through which such
person owns its interest, to  exercise any rights of a holder of the Notes (a
"Holder") under the permanent global Note.

      The Company understands that, under existing industry practices, in the
event that the Company requests  any  action  of  Holders,  or  an owner of a
beneficial interest in such permanent global Note desires to give or take any
action  that  a  Holder  is  entitled  to  give or take under the Notes,  the
Depositary would authorize the participants  holding  the relevant beneficial
interests to give or take such action, and such participants  would authorize
beneficial  owners  owning  through  such  participants to give or take  such
action  or  would otherwise act upon the instructions  of  beneficial  owners
owning through them.

      The Depositary has advised the Company that the Depositary is a limited
purpose trust  company  organized  under the laws of the State of New York, a
"banking organization" within the meaning  of  the  New  York  Banking Law, a
member  of  the  Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation" within  the
meaning of the New  York  Uniform  Commercial  Code  and  a "clearing agency"
registered  under  the  Exchange  Act.   The Depositary was created  to  hold
securities of its participants and to facilitate the clearance and settlement
of securities transactions among its participants  in such securities through
electronic  book-entry  changes  in  accounts  of  the participants,  thereby
eliminating the need for physical movement of securities  certificates.   The
Depositary's  participants  include  securities  brokers  and dealers, banks,
trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations.   The
Depositary is owned by a number of its participants and by the New York Stock
Exchange,   Inc.,   the  American  Stock  Exchange,  Inc.  and  the  National
Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.   Access  to the Depositary's book-
entry system is also available to others, such as banks, brokers, dealers and
trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial  relationship with
a  participant, either directly or indirectly.  The rules applicable  to  the
Depositary and its participants are on file with the Commission.

Same-Day Settlement and Payment

      Settlement  for  the Notes will be made in immediately available funds.
So long as the  Notes are  represented  by  a permanent global Note or Notes,
all payments of principal, premium, if any, and  interest will be made by the
Company in immediately available funds.

      Secondary  trading  in  long-term  notes  and debentures  of  corporate
issuers is generally settled in clearing-house or next-day funds.  So long as
the Notes are represented by a permanent global Note  or  Notes registered in
the  name  of  the  Depositary  or its nominee, the Notes will trade  in  the
Depositary's Same-Day Funds Settlement  System,  and secondary market trading
activity in the Notes will therefore be required by  the Depositary to settle
in immediately available funds.  No assurance can be given  as to the effect,
if any, of settlement in immediately available funds on the trading  activity
in the Notes.

                           DESCRIPTION OF WARRANTS

      The  Warrants were issued pursuant to a warrant agreement (the "Warrant
Agreement")  between the Company and United States Trust Company of New York,
as warrant agent  (the  "Warrant  Agent").   The following summary of certain
provisions of the Warrant Agreement and the Warrants  does  not purport to be
complete  and  is  qualified  in  its  entirety  by reference to the  Warrant
Agreement  and  the Warrants, including the definitions  therein  of  certain
terms.  As used in  this  Section, the term "Company" refers only to Wireless
One, Inc. and not to its subsidiaries.

General

      Each  Warrant, when exercised,  will  entitle  the  holder  thereof  to
receive 2.274  shares  of Common Stock of the Company at an exercise price of
$16.6375 per share (the "Exercise Price").  The Exercise Price and the number
of Warrant Shares issuable  on  exercise  of  a  Warrant  are both subject to
adjustment  in certain cases.  See "- Adjustments" below.  The  Warrants  are
exercisable at  any  time  on  or  after  one year from the date of issuance.
Unless exercised, the Warrants will automatically  expire  on August 12, 2001
(the  "Expiration Date"), which is not subject to extension by  the  Company.
The Company will give notice of expiration not less than 90 nor more than 120
days prior  to  the  Expiration  Date  to  the registered holders of the then
outstanding Warrants.  If the Company does not give such notice, the Warrants
will still terminate and become void on the  Expiration  Date.   The Warrants
will entitle the holders thereof to purchase in the aggregate 544,059  shares
of Common Stock of the Company, or approximately 3% of the outstanding Common
Stock of the Company.  The Company has agreed that for a period of four years
commencing  on  the first anniversary of the date of issuance of the Warrants
it will maintain  the  effectiveness of a registration statement with respect
to the issuance of the Company's Common Stock from time to time upon exercise
of the Warrants.

   
      The Warrants may be  exercised  by  surrendering  to  the  Company  the
Warrant  certificates evidencing such Warrants, if any, with the accompanying
form of election  to purchase, properly completed and executed, together with
payment of the Exercise  Price.   The  Exercise  Price  of  the  Warrants  is
$16.6375  per share.  On April 25, 1997, the last reported sales price of the
Common Stock on the Nasdaq  National Market was $3.375 per share.  Payment of
the Exercise Price may be made in the form of cash or a certified or official
bank  check payable  to  the  order  of  the  Company.  Upon surrender of the 
Warrant certificate and payment of the Exercise Price, the Warrant Agent will
deliver  or  cause to be  delivered, to  or upon  the written  order  of such 
holder, stock certificates representing the  number  of whole Warrant  Shares
or other securities  or property  to which such holder is entitled  under the
Warrants  and  Warrant  Agreement,  including,  without limitation,  any cash
payable to adjust for fractional interests  in  Warrant Shares issuable  upon
such  exercise.   If  less  than  all  of the Warrants evidenced by a Warrant
certificate  are  to  be  exercised, a new Warrant certificate will be issued
for the remaining number of Warrants.
    

      No  fractional  Warrant  Share  will  be issued upon  exercise  of  the
Warrants.  If any fraction of a Warrant Share would, except for the foregoing
provision,  be  issuable  upon  the exercise of any  Warrants  (or  specified
portion thereof), the Company will pay an amount in cash equal to the current
market  price  per  Warrant Share, as  determined  on  the  date  immediately
preceding the date the  Warrant is presented for exercise, multiplied by such
fraction, computed to the nearest whole cent.

      Certificates for Warrants  will  be issued in global form or registered
form as definitive warrant certificates  and  no  service charge will be made
for  registration  of  transfer  or exchange upon surrender  of  any  Warrant
certificate at the office of the Warrant  Agent  maintained for that purpose.
The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other
governmental charge that may be imposed in connection  with  any registration
or transfer or exchange of Warrant certificates.

      The holders of the Warrants have no right to vote on matters  submitted
to  the  stockholders  of  the  Company  and  have  no  right to receive cash
dividends.   The holders of the Warrants are not entitled  to  share  in  the
assets of the Company in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding
up of the Company's affairs.

Adjustments

      The number  of  Warrant  Shares  purchasable  upon  the exercise of the
Warrants and the Exercise Price will both be subject to adjustment in certain
events  including:  (i)  the  payment by the Company of dividends  (or  other
distributions) on the Common Stock  of  the Company payable in shares of such
Common  Stock  or  other  shares  of  the  Company's   capital   stock,  (ii)
subdivisions,  combinations and reclassifications of the Common Stock,  (iii)
the issuance to  all  holders  of  the  Common  Stock  of  rights, options or
warrants entitling them to subscribe for shares of the Common  Stock,  or  of
securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of the Common Stock or
additional  shares  of  Common  Stock, for a consideration per share which is
less than the current market price  per  share  (as  defined  in  the Warrant
Agreement)  of  the Common Stock and (iv) the distribution to all holders  of
the Common Stock  of  any  of  the  Company's  assets, debt securities or any
rights  or  warrants  to  purchase  securities (excluding  those  rights  and
warrants referred to in clause (iii)  above  and  excluding cash dividends or
other  cash distributions from current or retained earnings).   In  addition,
the Exercise  Price  may be reduced in the event of purchase of shares of the
Common Stock pursuant  to  a  tender or exchange offer made by the Company or
any subsidiary thereof at a price  greater  than the sale price of the Common
Stock at the time such tender or exchange offer expires.

      No  adjustment  in  the Exercise Price will  be  required  unless  such
adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least one percent (1%)
in the Exercise Price; provided,  however,  that  any adjustment which is not
made  will  be  carried  forward  and taken into account  in  any  subsequent
adjustment.

      In case of certain reclassifications,  redesignations,  reorganizations
or  changes  in  the  number  of  outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock   or
consolidations  or mergers of the Company or the sale of all or substantially
all  of  the  assets  of  the  Company,  each  Warrant  shall  thereafter  be
exercisable for  the  right to receive the kind and amount of shares of stock
or other securities or property to which such holder would have been entitled
as a result of such consolidation,  merger  or  sale  had  the  Warrants been
exercised immediately prior thereto.

Reservation of Shares

      The  Company  has  authorized and reserved for issuance such number  of
shares  of Common Stock as  shall  be  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  all
outstanding Warrants.  Such shares of Common Stock, when paid for and issued,
will be duly  and  validly  issued,  fully  paid  and non-assessable, free of
preemptive  rights  and  free  from  all taxes, liens, charges  and  security
interests with respect to the issue thereof.

Amendment

      From  time to time, the Company and  the  Warrant  Agent,  without  the
consent of the  holders  of the Warrants, may amend or supplement the Warrant
Agreement for certain purposes, including, without limitation, curing defects
or inconsistencies or making  any  change  that does not adversely affect the
rights of any holder.  Any amendment or supplement  to  the Warrant Agreement
that has an adverse effect on the interests of the holders  of  the  Warrants
shall  require  the written consent of the holders of a majority of the  then
outstanding Warrants.   The  consent  of each holder of the Warrants affected
shall be required for any amendment pursuant  to  which  the  Exercise  Price
would  be increased or the number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon exercise
of Warrants  would  be decreased (other than pursuant to adjustments provided
in the Warrant Agreement).

Reports

      Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission,
as long as any of the  Warrants remain outstanding, but only to the extent it
is required to send such  documents  to the holders of its outstanding Common
Stock, the Company shall cause copies  of  the  reports  and  other documents
described  under  "Description  of Notes - Certain Covenants -- Provision  of
Financial Statements" to be filed  with  the  Warrant Agent and mailed to the
holder at their addresses appearing in the register of Warrants maintained by
the Warrant Agent.

Book-Entry Procedures

      The Depositary will act also as securities depository for the Warrants.
On the Separation Date, one global certificate  representing the entire issue
of Warrants will be issued and registered in the  name of Cede & Co. and such
global certificate will be deposited with the Depositary or its custodian.

      Purchases  of,  and  transfers  of beneficial ownership  interests  in,
Warrants will be effected through the Depositary system in the same manner as
for the Notes, except that prior to the  Separation  Date,  any  transfer  of
beneficial ownership interests in a Note will also constitute transfer of the
beneficial  ownership interests in the related Warrants.  See "Description of
Notes - Book-Entry,  Delivery  and Form."  Beneficial owners will not receive
certificates representing their ownership interests in Warrants except in the
event that use of the book-entry  system  for  the  Warrants is discontinued.
The  Depositary  has  no  knowledge of the actual beneficial  owners  of  the
Warrants;  the  Depositary's   records  reflect  only  the  identity  of  the
participants to whose accounts such  Warrants  are credited, which may or may
not be the beneficial owners.  Participants in the  Depositary's  system will
remain responsible for keeping account of their holdings on behalf  of  their
customers.

      Because  the  Depositary can act only on behalf of direct participants,
who in turn act on behalf  of  indirect participants, the ability of a holder
of Warrants to pledge Warrants to persons or entities that do not participate
in the Depositary's system, or otherwise to act with respect to such Warrants
may be limited due to the lack of a physical certificate for such Warrants.

      Conveyance of notices and  other  communications  by  the Depositary to
participants, by direct participants to indirect participants,  and by direct
participants and indirect participants to beneficial owners will  be governed
by   arrangements   among  them,  subject  to  any  statutory  or  regulatory
requirements as may be in effect from time to time.

      Neither the Depositary nor Cede & Co. will consent or vote with respect
to any Warrants.  Under its usual procedures, the Depositary mails an Omnibus
Proxy to the Company  as soon as possible after the record date.  The Omnibus
Proxy assigns Cede & Co.'s  consenting or voting rights to those participants
to whose accounts the Warrants are credited on the record date (identified in
a listing attached to the Omnibus Proxy).

      In order to exercise a  Warrant,  the  beneficial  owner of the Warrant
shall give notice to elect to exercise such Warrant, through  its  direct  or
indirect  participant, to the Warrant Agent, and shall effect delivery of the
Warrant certificate evidencing such Warrant by causing the direct participant
to transfer  its interest in such Warrant on the Depositary's records, to the
Warrant  Agent.    The   requirements   for   physical  delivery  of  Warrant
certificates in connection with an exercise request  will be deemed satisfied
when  the  ownership  rights  in  the  Warrants  are  transferred  by  direct
participants on the Depositary's records.

      The  Depositary  may discontinue providing its services  as  securities
depository with respect  to  the  Warrants  at  any time by giving reasonable
notice  to the Company.  The Company may decide to  discontinue  use  of  the
system of  book-entry  transfers  through  the  Depositary  (or  a  successor
securities  depository).   Under  such  circumstances,  in  the event that  a
successor securities depository is not obtained, or if the Depository (or its
successor) ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the  Exchange Act,
Warrant certificates will be printed and delivered.

Registration Rights

      In  connection  with  the  1996  Unit  Offering, the Company agreed  to
maintain the effectiveness of a registration statement covering the shares of
Common Stock issuable from time to time upon the exercise of the Warrants for
a period of four years commencing with the first  anniversary of the issuance
of the Warrants.

                         DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

      The authorized capital stock of the Company consists  of (i) 50,000,000
shares of Common Stock and (ii) 10,000,000 shares of Preferred  Stock,  $0.01
par value (the "Preferred Stock").

      The  statements  under this caption are brief summaries, do not purport
to be complete and are subject  to,  and  are  qualified in their entirety by
reference to, the more complete descriptions contained  in the Certificate of
Incorporation and By-laws which are incorporated by reference  as exhibits to
the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.

Common Stock

      Holders  of  Common  Stock  are entitled to one vote per share  on  all
matters on which the holders of Common  Stock are entitled to vote and do not
have  any cumulative voting rights.  Subject  to  the  prior  rights  of  the
holders  of  any  Preferred  Stock,  holders  of Common Stock are entitled to
receive such dividends as may from time to time  be  declared by the Board of
Directors of the Company out of funds legally available therefor.  Holders of
Common  Stock  have  no preemptive, conversion, redemption  or  sinking  fund
rights.  In the event  of  a  liquidation,  dissolution  or winding-up of the
Company, holders of Common Stock are entitled to share ratably  in the assets
of  the  Company  which  are  legally  available  for  distribution,  if any,
remaining  after the payment of all debts and liabilities of the Company  and
the liquidation preference of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock.  The
rights, preferences  and privileges of holders of Common Stock are subject to
any class or series of  Preferred  Stock   which the Company may issue in the
future.

      The  Common  Stock is quoted and traded  on  the  Nasdaq  Stock  Market
National Market under  the  symbol  "WIRL."  The transfer agent and registrar
for the Common Stock is First Chicago Trust Company of New York.

Preferred Stock

      The Board of Directors  is  authorized  to  issue  Preferred  Stock  in
classes  or  series and to fix the designations, preferences, qualifications,
limitations, or  restrictions of any class or series with respect to the rate
and nature of dividends,  the  price and terms and conditions on which shares
may be redeemed, the amount payable  in the event of voluntary or involuntary
liquidation, the terms and conditions  for  conversion  or  exchange into any
other class or series of stock, voting rights and other terms.

Certain Effects of Authorized but Unissued Stock

      Under  the  Certificate  of  Incorporation, there are approximately  30
million  shares of Common Stock and 10  million  shares  of  Preferred  Stock
available for future issuance without stockholder approval.  These additional
shares may  be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future
public offerings  to  raise  additional  capital or to facilitate corporation
acquisitions.

      One of the effects of the existence  of  unissued and unreserved Common
Stock and Preferred Stock may be to enable the Board  of  Directors  to issue
shares  to  persons  friendly  to  current management which could render more
difficult or discourage an attempt to  obtain control of the Company by means
of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest  or  otherwise,  and thereby protect
the  continuity  of  the Company's management.  Such additional  shares  also
could be used to dilute  the  stock  ownership  of  persons seeking to obtain
control of the Company.

      The Board of Directors is authorized without any  further action by the
stockholders   to   determine   the   rights,  preferences,  privileges   and
restrictions of the unissued Preferred Stock.  The purpose of authorizing the
Board of Directors to determine such rights  and  preferences is to eliminate
delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific  issuances.   The Board
of  Directors  may  issue  Preferred  Stock with voting and conversion rights
which could adversely affect the voting power of the holders of Common Stock,
and which could, among other things, have  the  effect of delaying, deterring
or preventing a change in control of the Company.

      The  Company  does  not currently have any plans  to  issue  additional
shares of Common Stock or Preferred  Stock  other than shares of Common Stock
which may be issued upon the exercise of the 1995 Warrants, the GKM Warrants,
the 1996 Warrants or options which have been  granted or which may be granted
in the future to the Company's employees or Directors.

Certain Provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws

      The  Certificate  of  Incorporation provides  that  the  Company  shall
indemnify each officer and director  of  the  Company  to  the fullest extent
permitted by applicable law, except as may be otherwise provided  in  the By-
laws.  In furtherance thereof, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized
to  amend  the  By-laws to give full effect to any changes in applicable law,
notwithstanding possible  self-interest  of the directors in the action being
taken.  The Certificate of Incorporation also  provides  that, to the fullest
extent permitted by the DGCL, a director of the Company shall  not  be liable
to  the  Company  or  its  stockholders  for  monetary  damages for breach of
fiduciary  duty  as  a  director  to  the Company or its stockholders.   Such
limitation  does  not  affect  the  liability  of  a  director  (i)  for  any
transaction from which the director derives  an  improper  personal  benefit,
(ii)  for  acts  or  omissions  not in good faith or that involve intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation  of  law,  (iii)  for  improper  payment of
dividends or redemption of shares or (iv) for any breach of a director's duty
of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders.

      As  described  below,  the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and By-laws
contain  certain  provisions  that are intended to enhance the likelihood  of
continuity  and  stability in the  composition  of  the  Company's  Board  of
Directors and which  may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing
a future takeover or change in control of the Company unless such takeover or
change in control is approved  by  the  Company's  Board  of Directors.  Such
provisions may also render the removal of the directors and  management  more
difficult.

      Pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors of
the Company is divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms.
Directors  can  be  removed  from  office  only  for  cause  and  only by the
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then
outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally
in  the  election of directors, voting together as a single class.  Vacancies
on the Board  of  Directors may only be filled by the affirmative vote of the
majority of the remaining  directors  or by a sole remaining director and not
by the stockholders, except that in the  case of newly created directorships,
if the remaining directors fail to fill any  such  vacancy,  the stockholders
may  do  so at the next annual or special meeting called for the  purpose  of
election of directors.

      The  By-laws  establish  an advance notice procedure with regard to the
nomination, other than by or at  the  direction of the Board of Directors, of
candidates for election as directors and with regard to certain matters to be
brought before an annual meeting of stockholders of the Company.  In general,
notice must be received by the Company  not  less  than 130 days prior to the
meeting and must contain certain specified information  concerning the person
to be nominated or the matter to be brought before the meeting and concerning
the stockholder submitting the proposal.

      Special meetings of stockholders may be called only  by the Chairman of
the  Board,  the  President  of  the Company or the Board of Directors.   The
Certificate of Incorporation provides  that  stockholders  may act only at an
annual  or  special meeting and stockholders may not act by written  consent.
The Certificate  of  Incorporation  provides that the affirmative vote of the
holders  of at least 80% of the total  votes  eligible  to  be  cast  in  the
election of  directors  is required to amend, alter, change or repeal certain
provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.  This requirement of a super-
majority vote to approve amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation could
enable a minority of the  Company's stockholders to exercise veto powers over
such amendments.

Registration Rights

      In connection with the  1996  Unit  Offering,  the  Company  agreed  to
maintain the effectiveness of a registration statement covering the shares of
Common Stock issuable from time to time upon the exercise of the Warrants for
a  period of four years commencing with the first anniversary of the issuance
of the  Warrants.   The Company entered into a similar agreement with respect
to the shares underlying  the  1995  Warrants  and has agreed to maintain the
effectiveness  of  that  registration  until  the fifth  anniversary  of  the
issuance  of the 1995 Warrants.  The Company has  also  granted  "piggy-back"
registration rights to the holders of the GKM Warrants with respect to shares
issuable upon exercise of the GKM Warrants.

      In connection  with  the Heartland Transaction, the Company, Heartland,
certain subsidiaries of Heartland  and  all of the former stockholders of the
Company's predecessor entered into the Initial  Registration  Agreement.  The
Initial  Registration  Agreement was amended and restated in connection  with
the TruVision Transaction,  with  all  the  former  stockholders of TruVision
becoming parties thereto.  Under the New Registration  Agreement, at any time
after October 24, 1997, any of (a) the holders of a majority  of  the  Common
Stock  issued  to the former stockholders of the Company's predecessor (other
than CMCC and Baseball  Partners)  in  the  Heartland  Transaction,  (b)  the
holders  of  a majority of the Common Stock issued to Heartland or certain of
Heartland's subsidiaries  in  the Heartland Transaction, (c) the holders of a
majority of the Common Stock issued  to  the former stockholders of TruVision
(other than CVCA) in the TruVision Transaction,  or  (d)  the  holders  of  a
majority  of  the  Common  Stock  issued to CMCC and Baseball Partners in the
Heartland Transaction or issued to  CVCA  in the TruVision Transaction, shall
each have the right, subject to certain conditions, to require the Company to
register any or all of such Common Stock under the Securities Act on Form S-1
on three occasions at the Company's  expense  and  on  Form  S-2 or S-3 on an
additional  three  occasions at the Company's expense.  The  holders  of  any
such shares of Common Stock are also entitled to request the inclusion of any
Common Stock subject  to  the  Registration  Agreement  in  any  registration
statement at the Company's expense whenever the Company proposes to  register
any  of  its  equity  securities under the Securities Act, subject to certain
conditions.

      In accordance with  the  New Registration Rights Agreement, the Company
registered  for resale, on Form S-3,  the  180,000  shares  of  Common  Stock
granted to VCI in connection with the TruVision Transaction.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law

      The Company  is  subject  to  the "business combination" statute of the
DGCL.   In  general,  such  statute  prohibits   a   publicly  held  Delaware
corporation from engaging in various "business combination" transactions with
any "interested stockholder" for a period of three years  after  the  date of
the  transaction  in  which  the  person  became an "interested stockholder,"
unless  (i) the transaction is approved by the  board  of  directors  of  the
corporation  prior  to  the  date  the  interested  stockholder obtained such
status,  (ii)  upon  consummation of the transaction which  resulted  in  the
stockholder becoming an  interested  stockholder,  the interested stockholder
owned  at  least  85%  of  the  outstanding voting stock of  the  corporation
outstanding at the time the transaction  commenced, excluding for purposes of
determining  the  number of shares outstanding  those  shares  owned  by  (a)
persons who are directors  and  also officers and (b) employee stock plans in
which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially
whether shares held subject to the  plan  will  be  tendered  in  a tender or
exchange  offer,  or  (iii)  on  or  subsequent  to  such  date, the business
combination is approved by the Board of Directors and authorized at an annual
or  special  meeting  of  stockholders,  and not by written consent,  by  the
affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3 % of the  outstanding  voting stock which
is  not  owned  by  the  interested  stockholder.   A  "business combination"
includes mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in a financial
benefit  to  a  stockholder.  An "interested stockholder" is  a  person  who,
together with affiliates  and  associates,  owns (or, within three years, did
own)  15%  or  more of the corporation's voting  stock.   The  statute  could
prohibit or delay  the accomplishment of a merger or other takeover or change
in control attempts  with  respect  to  the  Company  and,  accordingly,  may
discourage  attempts  to  acquire  the Company.  Because CMCC, CVCA, Baseball
Partners and Heartland acquired their shares in a transaction approved by the
Board  for  purposes  of  the "business  combination"  statute,  CMCC,  CVCA,
Baseball Partners and Heartland  are  not subject to the restrictions of such
statute.

                       SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

      The  Company  has  a  total  of  16,946,697   shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding (19,270,169 on a fully diluted basis assuming the exercise of the
1995  Warrants,  the  GKM  Warrants,  the  Warrants,  and  certain  director,
management and employee options).  Of these shares, approximately 3.7 million
(including  shares  issuable  upon  exercise  of  the 1995 Warrants  and  the
Warrants) shares are freely transferable by persons  other than affiliates of
the  Company without restriction or registration under  the  Securities  Act.
All of  the  remaining  shares  (except  those  issuable upon the exercise of
director,  management  and employee options) are "restricted  securities"  as
that term is defined by Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and may
not be sold other than pursuant  to an effective registration statement under
the  Securities  Act,  pursuant  to  an   exemption  from  such  registration
requirement or in accordance with Rule 144.   None  of  such shares of Common
Stock  will  be eligible for sale under Rule 144 for one year  following  the
date of issuance.   All  such  shares  are  subject  to  demand and piggyback
registration rights.  See "Description of Capital Stock-Registration Rights."
Sales of restricted securities under Rule 144 following such  one-year period
will be subject to the conditions of Rule 144.

      In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons
whose shares are aggregated), including any person who may be deemed to be an
"affiliate" of the Company, is entitled to sell within any three month period
"restricted" shares beneficially owned by him or her in an amount  that  does
not  exceed  the  greater  of (i) 1% of the then outstanding shares of Common
Stock or (ii) the average weekly  trading  volume  in  shares of Common Stock
during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale, provided  that  at  least
one  year has elapsed since such shares were acquired from the Company or  an
affiliate  of the Company.  Sales are also subject to certain requirements as
to the manner  of  sale,  notice  and  the  availability  of  current  public
information  regarding  the  Company.   However, a person who has not been an
affiliate of the Company at any time within three months prior to the sale is
entitled to sell his or her shares without  regard  to the volume limitations
or  other  requirements of Rule 144, provided that at least  two  years  have
elapsed since  such  shares were acquired from the Company or an affiliate of
the Company.

                   UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS

      It is the opinion  of  Kirkland  &  Ellis,  special  tax counsel to the
Company,  that the following are the principal United States  Federal  income
tax consequences  of  the  purchase, ownership and disposition of Notes as of
August 7, 1996.  Except where noted, it deals only with Notes held as capital
assets by holders that are United  States Persons (as defined below) and does
not deal with special situations, such  as  those of dealers in securities or
currencies, financial institutions, life insurance companies, persons holding
Notes  as  a part of a hedging or conversion transaction  or  a  straddle  or
holders whose  functional  currency is not the U.S. dollar.  Furthermore, the
discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986,  as  amended  to  the  date   hereof   (the  "Code")  and  regulations,
administrative pronouncements, rulings and judicial  decisions  thereunder as
of the date hereof, and such authorities may be repealed, revoked or modified
so as to result in U.S. Federal income tax consequences different  from those
discussed below.  In particular, the discussion below is based upon  Treasury
regulations  issued  under  section  1273  and  related  sections of the Code
relating to "original issue discount" ("OID") (the "OID Regulations").

      The   opinion   described  above  is  based  in  reliance  on   various
representations of the Company including the following:

      1.    Based on all  facts and circumstances as of the issue date, it is
significantly more likely that  payments will be made according to the Notes'
stated payment schedule than that  the  Notes  will  be redeemed before their
scheduled maturity.

      2.    The  interest  that accrues and is payable semi-annually  on  the
Notes beginning on February  1,  2002  will  be  computed  at  a rate that is
approximately equal to, but does not exceed, the overall yield on  the  Notes
(determined  by  assuming that the Notes remain outstanding until their final
maturity date).

      3.    The redemption  price  of  the  Notes on each optional redemption
date will be equal to or greater than the sum of (i) the adjusted issue price
(as defined in Section 1272(a)(4) of the Code)  of  the Notes at the start of
the accrual period in which such optional redemption  date  occurs  plus (ii)
the original issue discount (as defined in Section 1273 of the Code) that has
accrued  on the Notes from the beginning of such accrual period through  such
optional redemption date.

      4.    During  the  term of the Notes, the Company will not pay or incur
interest in any taxable year  in excess of $5,000,000 that is attributable to
an obligation evidenced by a bond,  debenture,  note,  certificate  or  other
evidence  of  indebtedness  ("Debt")  issued  to  provide  direct or indirect
consideration for the acquisition (an "Acquisition") of (A)  stock in another
corporation (an "acquired corporation") or (B) assets of another  corporation
(an  "acquired  corporation")  pursuant  to a plan under which at least  two-
thirds (in value) of all the assets (excluding  money)  used  in  trades  and
business carried on by such corporation are acquired.  For this purpose, Debt
issued   to  provide  consideration  for  an  Acquisition  includes  (without
limitation):

            (i)   Debt   issued   directly   in  exchange  for  the  acquired
      corporation's stock or assets;

            (ii)  Debt issued to raise the money  necessary  to  purchase the
      acquired  corporation's stock or assets, including, without limitation,
      where  the  Company,    when   it  issued  the  Debt,  anticipated  the
      Acquisition and the Debt would not  have been issued if the Company had
      not so anticipated such Acquisition; and

            (iii) Debt issued to replace the Company working capital spent to
      acquire  the  acquired corporation where  the  Company,  when  it  used
      working capital  to  purchase  the  acquired  corporation,  foresaw  or
      reasonably  should have foreseen that it would be required to issue the
      Debt, which it  would  not otherwise have been required to issue if the
      Acquisition had not occurred,  in  order  to  meet  its future economic
      needs.

      Persons  considering  the purchase, ownership or disposition  of  Notes
should consult their own tax  advisors concerning the U.S. Federal Income tax
consequences  in  light  of  their  particular  situations  as  well  as  any
consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

      As used herein, a "United  States Person" means an individual that is a
citizen or resident of the United States, a corporation, partnership or other
entity created or organized in or  under the laws of the United States or any
political subdivision thereof, or an  estate  or trust the income of which is
subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source.

The Notes

      Payments of Interest-Original Issue Discount

      The Notes were issued with original issue discount ("OID") equal to the
difference between their issue price and their  stated  redemption  price  at
maturity.   The "stated redemption price at maturity" of the Notes equals the
sum of all payments required under the Notes other than payments of qualified
stated interest.   To  have  "qualified  stated  interest," a debt instrument
must, among other requirements, have interest that is unconditionally payable
at least annually during the entire term of the debt instrument.  Because the
Notes will not pay interest until February 1, 2002,  none  of the interest on
the Notes will be qualified stated interest.  As a result, all  payments made
under  the  Notes will be treated as part of the stated redemption  price  at
maturity.  Accordingly,  the interest on the Notes will be taxable to holders
in advance of receipt regardless  of  a  holder's  method  of  accounting, in
accordance with the OID rules described below.  The aggregate OID  on  a Note
will equal the difference between the sum of all payments required under  the
Note and the issue price of the Note.

      A  holder  of  Notes will be required to include OID in income for U.S.
Federal  income tax purposes  as  it  accrues.   OID  will  accrue  daily  in
accordance  with  a constant yield method based on a compounding of interest.
Under this method, holders of the Notes will be required to include in income
increasingly greater  amounts  of  OID  in  successive  accrual periods.  The
accrual period for Notes may be of any length and may vary in length over the
term of the Notes, provided that each accrual period is no  longer  than  one
year  and each scheduled payment of principal or interest occurs on the first
day or  the  final  day  of  an accrual period.  OID allocable to any accrual
period will equal the product  of the adjusted issue price of the Notes as of
the beginning of such period and  the Notes' yield to maturity (determined on
the basis of compounding at the close  of  each  accrual  period and properly
adjusted  for the length of the accrual period).  OID allocable  to  a  final
accrual period  is  the difference between the amount payable at maturity and
the adjusted issue price  at  the beginning of the final accrual period.  The
"adjusted issue price" of the Notes as of the beginning of any accrual period
will  equal  the  issue  price  of the  Notes  increased  by  OID  previously
includable in income and decreased  by  any  payments  under the Notes (other
than  qualified stated interest).  The "yield to maturity"  is  the  discount
rate that,  when  used  in  computing  the present value of all principal and
interest payments to be made under a Note,  produces  an  amount equal to its
issue  price.   The  initial  accrual  period  of a Note is the short  period
beginning on the issue date and ending on the day before the first day of the
first full accrual period.  The amount of OID attributable  to  such  initial
accrual period may be computed under any reasonable method.

      The Company is required to furnish certain information to the IRS,  and
will furnish annually to record holders of Notes, information with respect to
interest and OID accruing during the calendar year.  The OID information will
be  based  upon  the  adjusted  issue  price of the debt instrument as if the
holder were the original holder of the debt  instrument.   Subsequent holders
who purchase Notes for an amount other than the adjusted issue  price  and/or
on  a  date other than the last day of an accrual period will be required  to
determine  for  themselves  the  amount  of OID, if any, they are required to
include in gross income for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.

      Applicable High Yield Discount Rules

      The Notes are applicable high yield discount obligations ("AHYDOs"), as
defined in the Code.  Under the rules applicable to AHYDOs, because the yield
to maturity of the Notes will exceed the applicable federal rate in effect at
the time of their issuance (the "AFR") plus  six percentage points, a portion
of the OID that accrues on the Notes will not be deductible by the Company at
any time.  The non-deductible portion of the OID will be an amount that bears
the same ratios to such OID as (i) the excess of the yield to maturity of the
Notes over the AFR plus six percentage points  bears  to  (ii)  the  yield to
maturity of the Notes.  To the extent that the non-deductible portion  of OID
would have been treated as a dividend if it had been distributed with respect
to the Company's stock, it will be treated for some purposes as a dividend to
holders  of  the  Notes.  Amounts of OID treated as dividends may qualify for
the dividends received  deduction for corporate holders.  OID that accrues on
the Notes and for which the  Company's  deductions  are  allowable  (the  OID
portion equal to or less than the AFR plus six percentage points) will not be
deductible  by  the Company until such time as the Company actually pays such
interest (including  OID)  in  cash or in other property (other than stock or
debt of the Company or a person  deemed  to  be  related to the Company under
Section 453(f)(1) of the Code).

      Market Discount; Acquisition Premium

      If a holder purchases Notes for an amount that is less than the revised
issue  price  (which generally approximates adjusted  issue  price)  of  such
Notes, the amount  of the difference will be treated as "market discount" for
U.S. Federal income  tax  purposes,  unless  such  difference  is less than a
specified de minimis amount.  Under the market discount rules, a  holder will
be required to treat any principal payment on, or any amount received  on the
sale,  exchange, retirement or other disposition of, Notes as ordinary income
to the extent  of  any market discount which has not previously been included
in income and is treated  as having accrued on such Notes by the time of such
payment or disposition.  If  a  holder makes a gift of a Note, accrued market
discount, if any, will be recognized as if such holder had sold such Note for
a price equal to its fair market  value.   In  addition,  the  holder  may be
required  to  defer,  until  the  maturity  of  the  Notes  or  their earlier
disposition  in  a  taxable  transaction, the deduction of a portion  of  the
interest expense on any indebtedness  incurred  or  continued  to purchase or
carry such Notes.

      Any  market  discount  will  be considered to accrue on a straight-line
basis during the period from the date  of acquisition to the maturity date of
the  Notes,  unless  the  holder elects to accrue  market  discount  under  a
constant interest method.   A  holder  of  Notes  may elect to include market
discount in income currently as it accrues (under either  a  straight-line or
constant interest method), in which case the rules described above  regarding
the deferral of interest deductions will not apply.  This election to include
market  discount  in  income  currently,  once  made,  applies  to all market
discount obligations acquired on or after the first day of the first  taxable
year to which the election applies and may not be revoked without the consent
of the IRS.

      A  holder  that purchases Notes for an amount that is greater than  the
adjusted issue price  of  such Notes but equal to or less than the sum of all
amounts payable on such Notes  after  the purchase date will be considered to
have purchased such Notes at an "acquisition  premium." Under the acquisition
premium rules, the amount of OID which such holder  must include in its gross
income with respect to such Notes for any taxable year will be reduced by the
portion of such acquisition premium properly allocable to such year.

      Sale, Exchange, Retirement or other Disposition of Notes

      Upon the sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition  of  Notes,  a
holder  will generally recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between
the amount realized upon such sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition
and such holder's adjusted tax basis in the Note.

      A holder's  adjusted  tax  basis  in  a  Note  will equal such holder's
initial tax basis in the Note, increased by the amounts  of any OID or market
discount  previously included in income by the holder with  respect  to  such
Note and reduced  by the amounts of any payments on the Note received by such
holder.

      Except  with respect  to  market  discount  and  payments  for  accrued
interest not previously included in income, such gain or loss will be capital
gain or loss and  will  be  long-term  capital gain or loss if the Notes have
been  held for more than one year as of the  date  of  such  sale,  exchange,
retirement  or other disposition.  Under current law, the excess of net long-
term capital  gains  over  net  short-term capital losses is taxed at a lower
rate  than  ordinary  income  for  certain   non-corporate   taxpayers.   The
distinction between capital gain or loss and ordinary income or  loss is also
relevant for purposes of, among other things, limitation on the deductibility
of capital losses.

The Warrants

      Upon  the  exercise of a Warrant, a holder will not recognize  gain  or
loss (except to the  extent of cash, if any, received in lieu of the issuance
of fractional shares of Common Stock) and will have a tax basis in the Common
Stock equal to such holder's tax basis in the Warrant plus the exercise price
of the Warrant.  The holding period of such Common Stock will commence on the
day after the date of  exercise  of  the Warrant.  If any cash is received in
lieu of the issuance of fractional shares  of  Common  Stock, the holder will
recognize gain or loss, the amount and character of which  generally  will be
determined  as  if  the  holder  had received such fractional shares and then
immediately sold them for cash.  Similarly,  upon  he  sale  of  Common Stock
received upon exercise of a Warrant, a holder will recognize capital  gain or
loss  equal  to the difference between the amount realized upon the sale  and
the holder's tax basis in the Common Stock.  Such capital gin or loss will be
long-term if,  at the time of sale or exchange, the Common Stock was held for
more than one year.  Holders should consult their own tax advisors concerning
the U.S. Federal  income  tax  consequences  of  the  ownership of the Common
Stock.

      If  a Warrant expires unexercised, a holder will have  a  capital  loss
equal to its  tax  basis in the Warrant.  Such capital loss will be long-term
capital loss if, at  the  time  of  expiration, the Warrant was held for more
than  one  year.  Upon the sale or exchange  of  a  Warrant,  a  holder  will
recognize capital  gain  or  loss  equal to the difference between the amount
realized upon the sale or exchange and the holder's tax basis in the Warrant.
Such capital gain or loss will be long-term  if,  at  the  time  of  sale  or
exchange, the Warrant was held for more than one year.  It is unclear whether
the  repurchase  of  a  Warrant  by the Company would be treated as a sale or
exchange.  If it were not so treated,  any  gain  or loss to a holder on such
repurchase  could be ordinary income or loss.  Adjustments  to  the  exercise
price or conversion ratio of the Warrant, or the failure to make adjustments,
may result in the receipt of taxable constructive dividends by the holder.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

      In general,  information  reporting requirements will apply to accruals
of interest and OID on the Notes  and  to  the proceeds of a disposition of a
Note, other than a disposition by certain exempt recipients (including, among
others, corporations).  Certain noncorporate holders may be subject to backup
withholding at a rate of 31% on payments of principal and interest (including
OID)  and premium on, and the proceeds of disposition  of,  a  Note.   Backup
withholding  will apply only if the holder: (i) fails to furnish its Taxpayer
Identification  Number  ("TIN") which, for an individual, would be his or her
Social Security number; (ii) furnishes an incorrect TIN; (iii) is notified by
the IRS that he or she has failed to properly report payments of interest and
dividends; or (iv) under  certain  circumstances,  fails  to  certify,  under
penalty  of  perjury,  that he or she has furnished a correct TIN and has not
been notified by the IRS  that he or she is subject to backup withholding for
failure to report interest  and  dividend  payments.   Holders  of  the Notes
should consult their tax advisors regarding their qualification for exemption
from backup withholding and the procedure for obtaining such an exemption, if
applicable.

      The amount of any backup withholding from a payment for a holder  of  a
Note will be allowed as a credit against the holder's U.S. Federal income tax
liability  and may entitle the holder to a refund, provided that the required
information is furnished to the IRS.

Other Tax Consequences

      In addition  to  the  U.S.  Federal income tax considerations described
above,  prospective purchasers of the  Notes  and  Warrants  should  consider
potential  state  and  local  income,  franchise, personal property and other
taxation in any state or locality and the  tax  effect  of  ownership,  sale,
exchange,  retirement  or  disposition  of Notes and Warrants in any state or
locality.   Prospective  purchasers of Notes  and  Warrants  are  advised  to
consult their own tax advisors  with  respect  to any state and local income,
franchise, personal property and other tax consequences  arising out of their
ownership of Notes and Warrants.

      THE  FOREGOING DISCUSSION IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION  AND  IS  NOT  TAX
ADVICE.  ACCORDINGLY, EACH PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER OF NOTES AND WARRANTS SHOULD
CONSULT HIS  OR  HER OWN TAX ADVISOR AS TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO
HIM OR HER OF THE  NOTES AND WARRANTS, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT
OF ANY STATE, LOCAL  OR FOREIGN INCOME TAX LAWS AND ANY RECENT OR PROSPECTIVE
CHANGES IN APPLICABLE TAX LAWS.

                             PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

      This Prospectus  is  to  be  used  by CSI in connection with offers and
sales related to market-making transactions  in  the  Notes and the Warrants.
CSI may act as principal or agent in such transactions.   Such  sales will be
made at prices related to prevailing market prices at the time of  sale.  The
Company  will  not  receive  any  of the proceeds of such sales.  CSI has  no
obligation to make a market in the  Notes or the Warrants and may discontinue
its  market-making  activities  at  any time  without  notice,  at  its  sole
discretion.   The  Company  has  agreed  to  indemnify  CSI  against  certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the  Securities  Act of 1933, and to
contribute  to  payments  which  CSI  might  be required to make  in  respect
thereof.

      CMCC and CVCA, each affiliates of CSI and  each other, beneficially own
approximately  11.8%  and  9.0%, respectively, of the  Company's  outstanding
Common Stock.  In addition,  Baseball Partners, which is also affiliated with
each of CMCC, CVCA and CSI, owns  approximately  2.3% of the Company's Common
Stock, which is voted by CVCA pursuant to a proxy.  Mr. Chavkin is a director
of  the Company and a general partner of CCP.  Pursuant  to  a  stockholders'
agreement  to  which  they are parties, CMCC, CVCA and Baseball Partners have
the right to designate up to two of the nine directors of the Company.

                                LEGAL MATTERS

      The legality of the  Notes  has  been  passed  upon  for the Company by
Kirkland & Ellis, a partnership which includes professional corporations, New
York, New York.

                                   EXPERTS

      The consolidated balance sheets of Wireless One, Inc.  and subsidiaries
as  of  December  31,  1995  and  1996  and  the  consolidated statements  of
operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for  the years ended December
31,  1994,  1995  and  1996  are  included  in  this Prospectus  and  in  the
Registration Statement in  reliance upon the report of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP,
independent certified public accountants, appearing elsewhere  herein and  in
the  Registration  Statement  and upon  the authority of said firm as experts
in accounting and auditing.

      The financial  statements of TruVision  Wireless, Inc. and the combined
financial   statements   of   Madison   Communications,  Inc.   and   Beasley 
Communications,  Inc.  included  in  this Prospectus  and in the Registration 
Statement  have been  audited  by Arthur Andersen  LLP,  independent   public
accountants,  as  indicated  in  their  reports  with respect thereto and are
included herein in reliance upon the authority of  said  firm  as  experts in
giving said reports.

                            AVAILABLE INFORMATION

      The  Company  is  subject  to  the  informational  requirements of  the
Exchange Act, and in accordance therewith, files, reports,  proxy  statements
and  other  information  with the Commission.  Such reports, proxy statements
and other information may be inspected by anyone without charge at the Public
Reference Section of the Commission  at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549,  and  at  the  regional  offices of the
Commission  located at 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York,  New  York
10048 and 500  West  Madison  Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661.  A
Registration  Statement on Form  S-1  under  the  Securities  Act,  including
amendments thereto,  relating  to  the  Notes and Warrants offered hereby has
been  filed by the Company with the Commission.   This  Prospectus  does  not
contain  all  of  the information set forth in the Registration Statement and
the exhibits and schedules  thereto.  For further information with respect to
the Company and the Notes and  Warrants  offered hereby, reference is made to
such  Registration  Statement and exhibits and  schedules  filed  as  a  part
thereof.  Copies of all  or  any portion of the Registration Statement may be
obtained from the Public Reference  Section  of  the  Commission,  450  Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates.  Additionally, the
Commission  maintains  a web site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports,
proxy and information statements  and other information regarding registrants
that file electronically with the Commission,  including  the  Company.   The
Company's  Common  Stock  is  quoted  on the Nasdaq National Market, and such
reports, proxy statements and other information  regarding the Company can be
inspected  at  the  offices  of  Nasdaq  Operations,  1735  K  Street,  N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20006.

      Statements made in this Prospectus as to the contents  of any contract,
agreement  or  other  document referred to are not necessarily complete,  but
such statements are complete in all material respects for the purposes herein
made.  With respect to  each such contract, agreement or other document filed
as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, reference is made to the exhibit
for  a more complete description  of  the  matter  involved,  and  each  such
statement shall be deemed qualified in its entirety by such reference.

      The  Company  is  required  by  the Indenture to furnish holders of the
Notes  and  Warrants  with  annual reports  containing  audited  consolidated
financial  statements  certified   by   independent  public  accountants  and
quarterly reports containing unaudited consolidated  financial  data  for the
first  three  quarters  of  each  fiscal  year following the end of each such
quarter.


                        INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Wireless One, Inc.

Independent Auditors' Report..........................................F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995 and 1996..........F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the  years ended 
   December 31, 1994, 1995, and 1996..................................F-4
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years
   ended December 31, 1994, 1995, and 1996............................F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years  ended
   December 31, 1994, 1995, and 1996..................................F-6
Notes to consolidated Financial Statements............................F-7

   
TruVision Wireless, Inc.

Report of Independent Public Accountants.............................F-22
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and unaudited
   June 30, 1996.....................................................F-23
Statement  of  Operations for the periods from inception
   (November 2, 1993) to December  31, 1993,  January 1, 1994
   through August 24, 1994 and August 25, 1994 through December
   31,  1994 and for the year ended December 31, 1995 and
   unaudited for the six months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996.........F-24
Statements  of  Partners'  Capital for the  periods from
   inception (November 2, 1993) to December  31, 1993 and
   January 1, 1994 through August 24, 1994...........................F-25
Statements  of  Changes  in  Stockholders'  Equity  for the
   period from August 25, 1994 through December 31, 1994 and
   for the year ended December 31, 1995 and unaudited for the
   six months ended June 30, 1996....................................F-26
Statement  of  Cash  Flows for the periods from inception
   (November 2, 1993) to December  31, 1993, January 1, 1994
   through August 24, 1994, August 25, 1994 through December
   31, 1994 and for the year ended December 31, 1995 and 
   unaudited for  the  six  months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996......F-27
Notes to Financial Statements........................................F-28

Madison Communications, Inc. and Beasley Communications, Inc.

Report of Independent Public Accountants.............................F-37
Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 
   and  unaudited  June 30, 1996.....................................F-38
Combined Statements of Operations and Accumulated Deficit
   for the years ended  December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and
   unaudited for the six months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996.........F-39
Combined Statements  of  Cash  Flows  for the years ended
   December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and unaudited for the
   six months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996...........................F-40
Notes to Financial Statements........................................F-41

    
                        Independent Auditors' Report


The Board of Directors
Wireless One, Inc.:


We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Wireless One,
Inc.  and  subsidiaries  as of December 31, 1995 and 1996,  and  the  related
consolidated statements of  operations,  stockholders' equity, and cash flows
for each of the years in the three year period  ended December 31, 1996.  The
consolidated  financial  statements are  the  responsibility of the Company's 
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated
financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards  require  that  we  plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial  statements  are free
of  material  misstatement.   An  audit  includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures  in the financial statements.
An  audit  also  includes  assessing  the  accounting  principles   used  and
significant  estimates  made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation.   We  believe  that  our  audits  provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial  position of Wireless
One, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1996,  and the results
of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years  in  the three
year  period  ended  December 31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.


                                                   KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP


New Orleans, Louisiana
February 21, 1997


                               WIRELESS ONE, INC.

                         Consolidated Balance Sheets

                         December 31, 1995 and 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         Assets                                                 1995             1996
         ------                                            --------------   --------------
<S>                                                        <C>              <C>
Current assets:
   Cash and cash equivalents                               $  110,380,329   $  104,448,583
   Marketable investment securities - restricted 
     (note 5)                                                  17,637,839       18,149,180
   
   Subscriber receivables, less allowance for doubtful
     accounts of $73,641 and $292,619 in 1995 and 1996,
     respectively                                                 143,633          998,734
   Accrued interest and other receivables                         405,241          464,166
   Prepaid expenses                                               796,389        1,149,296
                                                           --------------   -------------- 

      Total current assets                                    129,363,431      125,209,959

Property and equipment, net (note 6)                           14,266,755       82,636,712
License and leased license investment, net of
  accumulated amortization of $548,283 and         
  $2,823,658 in 1995 and 1996, respectively                    26,724,238      154,444,536
Marketable investment securities - restricted (note 5)         35,755,505       18,885,565
Other assets (note 7)                                           7,689,945       14,432,590
                                                           --------------   --------------

                                                           $  213,799,874   $  395,609,362
                                                           ==============   ============== 
        Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

Current liabilities:
   Accounts payable                                        $   2,356,707    $    4,105,994
   Accrued expenses                                              862,100         6,775,218
   Accrued interest                                            3,683,333         4,482,864
   Current maturities of long-term debt (note 8)                 376,780         3,169,383
                                                           -------------    -------------- 

     Total current liabilities                                 7,278,920        18,533,459

Long-term debt (note 8)                                      150,871,267       299,909,221
Deferred taxes (note 9)                                                -         6,500,000
                                                           -------------    --------------
                                                             158,150,187       324,942,680

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $.01 par
  value, 15,000 shares authorized, no shares 
  issued or outstanding (note 10)                                      -                 -

Stockholders' equity:
   Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares
     authorized, no shares issued or outstanding                       -                 -
   Common stock, $.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares
     authorized, 13,498,752 and 16,946,697 shares
     issued and outstanding in 1995 and 1996, respectively       134,988           169,467
   Additional paid-in capital                                 65,631,596       120,284,507
   Accumulated deficit                                       (10,116,897)      (49,787,292)
                                                           -------------    --------------

     Total stockholders' equity                               55,649,687        70,666,682
                                                           -------------    --------------
Commitments and contingencies (note 13)                                                
                                                           -------------    --------------
                                                           $ 213,799,874    $  395,609,362
                                                           =============    ==============

</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                               WIRELESS ONE, INC.

                      Consolidated Statements of Operations
                  Years Ended December 31, 1994, 1995, and 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                1994             1995             1996
                                            ------------     ------------    --------------
<S>                                         <C>              <C>             <C>
Revenues                                    $    399,319     $  1,410,318    $   11,364,828
Operating expenses:
  Systems operations                             274,886          841,819         5,316,190
  Selling, general and administrative          1,800,720        4,431,839        18,659,100
  Depreciation and amortization                  413,824        1,783,066        11,625,507
                                            ------------     ------------    --------------
                                               2,489,430        7,056,724        35,600,797
                                            ------------     ------------    --------------
     Operating loss                           (2,090,111)      (5,646,406)      (24,235,969)
                                            ------------     ------------    --------------
Other income (expense):                                        
     Interest expense                           (171,702)      (4,070,184)      (28,087,948)
     Interest income                                   -        2,024,116         8,146,958
     Equity in losses of investee (note 7)             -                -          (193,436)
                                            ------------     ------------    --------------
        Total other expense                     (171,702)      (2,046,068)      (20,134,426)

        Loss before income taxes              (2,261,813)      (7,692,474)      (44,370,395)

Income tax benefit (note 9)                            -                -         4,700,000
                                            ------------     ------------    --------------
        Net loss                              (2,261,813)      (7,692,474)      (39,670,395)

Preferred stock dividends and discount  
  accretion (note 10)                                  -         (786,389)                -
                                            ------------     ------------    --------------
Net loss applicable to common stock         $ (2,261,813)    $ (8,478,863)   $  (39,670,395)
                                            ============     ============    ==============
Net loss per common share                   $      (1.21)           (2.02)            (2.65)
                                            ============     ============    ==============
Weighted average common shares outstanding     1,863,512        4,187,736        14,961,934
                                            ============     ============    ============== 
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                               
                               WIRELESS ONE, INC.
                Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
                 Years Ended December 31, 1994, 1995, and 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              Additional    
                                  Common       paid-in      Subscriptions     Accumulated   
                                   Stock       capital        receivable        deficit           Total
                                 ---------  -------------    ------------    -------------    -------------
<S>                              <C>        <C>              <C>             <C>              <C>
Balance at January 1, 1994       $   5,381  $     834,619    $   (219,020)   $    (162,610)   $     458,370

Issuance of 1,475,823
  shares of common stock            14,758      9,145,242      (8,660,000)               -          500,000
       
Collections of subscriptions                 
  receivable                             -              -       5,647,156                -        5,647,156

Net loss                                 -              -               -       (2,261,813)      (2,261,813)
                                 ---------  -------------    ------------    -------------    -------------
Balance at December 31, 1994        20,139      9,979,861      (3,231,864)      (2,424,423)       4,343,713
                                                             
Collections of subscriptions                 
  receivable                             -              -       3,231,864                -        3,231,864
 
Conversion of redeemable
  preferred stock and warrants
  into 4,524,512 shares            
  of common stock                   45,246     14,453,442               -                -       14,498,688
  
Issuance of 3,450,000
  shares of common stock 
  pursuant to initial 
  public offering                   34,500     32,340,708               -                -       32,375,208

Issuance of 750,000 warrants             -      3,015,000               -                -        3,015,000

Issuance of 3,510,290
  shares of common stock
  in purchase transactions          35,103      6,628,974               -                -        6,664,077

Preferred stock dividends
  and accretion of discount              -       (786,389)              -                -         (786,389)
      
Net loss                                 -              -               -       (7,692,474)      (7,692,474)
                                 ---------  -------------    ------------    -------------    ------------- 
Balance at December 31, 1995       134,988     65,631,596               -      (10,116,897)      55,649,687

Issuance of 3,442,945
  shares of common stock                       
  in purchase transactions          34,429     48,166,801               -                -       48,201,230
      
Issuance of stock options
  in purchase transactions               -      1,401,723               -                -        1,401,723
      
Issuance of warrants to
  purchase 544,059 shares               
  of common stock                        -      5,053,387               -                -        5,053,387
      
Issuance of 5,000 shares of
  common stock upon exercise
  of employee stock options             50         31,000               -                -           31,050
      
Net loss                                 -              -               -      (39,670,395)     (39,670,395)
                                 ---------  -------------    ------------    -------------    -------------
Balance at December 31, 1996     $ 169,467  $ 120,284,507    $          -    $ (49,787,292)   $  70,666,682
                                 =========  =============    ============    =============    =============
</TABLE>            

            See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>                               

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               WIRELESS ONE, INC.

                    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                Years Ended December 31, 1994, 1995, and 1996


                                                  1994            1995             1996
                                            --------------  ---------------   ---------------
<S>                                         <C>             <C>               <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net loss                                  $  (2,261,813)  $   (7,692,474)   $  (39,670,395)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to 
    net cash used in operating activities:
      Bad debt expense                            54,608           196,281           371,349
      Depreciation and amortization              413,824         1,783,066        11,625,507
      Amortization of debt discount              104,767           328,301         7,845,537
      Accretion of interest income                     -          (213,230)         (976,638)
      Deferred income tax benefit                      -                 -        (4,700,000)
        Equity in losses of investee                   -                 -           193,436
        Changes in assets and liabilities:
          Receivables                           (167,277)         (571,957)         (868,890)
          Prepaid expenses                       (46,515)         (468,707)         (145,949)
          Deposits                                     -                 -           917,796
          Accounts payable and accrued                      
            expenses                             237,378         6,004,541         3,265,187
                                            ------------    --------------    --------------
            Net cash used in operating      
              activities                      (1,665,028)         (634,179)      (22,143,060)
                                            ------------    --------------    --------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchase of investments and other assets      (102,000)       (1,533,446)       (2,778,012)
  Capital expenditures                        (2,960,842)       (9,805,057)      (60,408,418)
  Acquisition of license investment           (5,156,054)       (6,762,415)      (43,898,328)
  Purchase of marketable investment                  
    securities                                         -       (53,180,114)                -
  Proceeds from maturities of securities               -                 -        17,335,237
                                            ------------    --------------    --------------     
            Net cash used in investing                        
              activities                      (8,218,896)      (71,281,032)      (89,749,521)
                                            ------------    --------------    --------------
Cash flows from financing activities:                    
  Proceeds from issuance of long-term 
    debt and warrants                          4,275,819       144,764,902       120,624,614
  Principal payments on long-term debt          (103,306)      (11,502,054)      (13,089,874)
  Debt issuance costs                                  -          (343,839)       (1,604,955)
  Issuance of common stock                     5,647,156        35,008,396            31,050
  Issuance of redeemable preferred stock               -        14,343,654                 -
                                            ------------    --------------    --------------
            Net cash provided by financing
              activities                       9,819,669       182,271,059       105,960,835
                                            ------------    --------------    --------------
            Net increase (decrease) in cash      (64,255)      110,355,848        (5,931,746)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning     
  of period                                       88,736            24,481       110,380,329
                                            ------------    --------------    --------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period  $     24,481    $  110,380,329    $  104,448,583
                                            ============    ==============    ==============
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
                               WIRELESS ONE, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                         December 31, 1995 and 1996

(1)  Description  of  Business  and  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting
     Policies

     (a) Nature of Operations

         Wireless  One  Inc.  is engaged in the business  of  developing,
         owning,  and  operating   wireless   cable   television  systems
         primarily  in  select  southern and southeastern  United  States
         markets.

     (b) Consolidation Policy

         The consolidated financial  statements  include  the accounts of
         the Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant
         inter-company  balances  and  transactions  are  eliminated   in
         consolidation.

     (c) Property and Equipment

         Property  and  equipment are stated at cost and include the cost
         of transmission  equipment  as well as subscriber installations.
         The Company capitalizes the excess of direct costs of subscriber
         installations over installation fees. These direct costs include
         reception  materials  and  equipment   on  subscriber  premises,
         installation labor, overhead charges and direct commissions.

         Depreciation and amortization are recorded  on  a  straight-line
         basis for financial reporting purposes over the estimated useful
         lives   of   the   assets.    Any  unamortized  balance  of  the
         nonrecoverable portion of the cost  of a subscriber installation
         is  fully  depreciated  upon subscriber  disconnection  and  the
         related cost and accumulated  depreciation  are removed from the
         balance  sheet.   Repair and maintenance costs  are  charged  to
         expense when incurred; renewals and betterments are capitalized.

         Equipment   awaiting    installation   consists   primarily   of
         accessories, parts and supplies  for  subscriber  installations,
         and is stated at the lower of average cost or market  on a first
         in first out basis.

     (d) License and Leased License Investment

         Licenses  and  leased  license investment consists primarily  of
         costs incurred in connection  with  the Company's acquisition of
         channel rights.  Channel rights represent  the  right to utilize
         all  of  the  capacity  on  channels  operated  under a  license
         received from  the  Federal Communications  Commission  ("FCC").
         These  assets are recorded  at  cost  and  amortized  using  the
         straight-line  method  over  the assets  estimated useful lives,
         usually 10-20 years, beginning with inception of service in each
         market.  Amortization expense  for  the years ended December 31,
         1994,  1995  and  1996  was  $191,915, $574,169  and  $2,275,374
         respectively.  As of December 31,  1995  and 1996, approximately
         $17,809,000 and $76,269,000 of channel rights  were  not subject
         to amortization.

     (e) Long Lived Assets

         Effective January 1, 1996, the Company adopted the provisions of
         Statement  of  Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No.  121,
         "Accounting for  the  Impairment  of  Long-Lived  Assets and for
         Long-Lived  Assets  to  be Disposed Of."  SFAS No. 121  requires
         that long-lived assets and  certain  identifiable intangibles to
         be held and used or disposed of by an  entity  be  reviewed  for
         impairment  whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
         that the carrying  amount  of  an  asset may not be recoverable.
         The adoption of this statement had no  impact  on  the financial
         position or results of operations of the Company.

         The Company periodically evaluates the propriety of the carrying
         amounts  of  the  license  and  leased  license  investment  and
         property   and  equipment  in  each  market,  as  well  as   the
         depreciation  and   amortization  periods   based  on  estimated 
         undiscounted future cash  flows and other  factors  to determine 
         whether  current events or circumstances warrant  adjustments to 
         the  carrying amounts  or a revised estimate of the useful  life.   
         If warranted, an impairment loss  would  be recognized to reduce 
         the  carrying  amount  of  the  related assets  to  management's  
         estimate of the fair value of the individual license and related 
         property and equipment.

     (f) Revenue Recognition

         Revenues from subscribers  are  recognized in the month that the
         service is provided.

     (g) Income Taxes

         The  Company  utilizes  the  asset  and   liability   method  of
         accounting  for  income taxes.  Under this method, deferred  tax
         assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  for  the  future  tax
         consequences attributable  to  differences between the financial
         statement carrying amounts of existing  assets  and  liabilities
         and  their  respective  tax  basis.   Deferred  tax  assets  and
         liabilities  are  measured  using  enacted tax rates expected to
         apply to taxable income in the years  in  which  those temporary
         differences  are  expected  to  be  recovered.   The  effect  on
         deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax  rates is
         recognized  in  income in the period that includes the enactment
         date.

         A valuation allowance  is  provided to reduce the carrying value
         of deferred tax assets to an  amount  which more likely than not
         will be realized.  Changes in the valuation  allowance represent
         changes  in  an estimate and are reflected as an  adjustment  to
         income tax expense in the period of the change.

     (h) Net Loss Per Common Share

         Net loss per common share is based on the net loss applicable to
         common stock divided  by  the  weighted average number of common
         shares outstanding during the period presented.  Shares issuable
         upon exercise of stock options and warrants are antidilutive and
         have been excluded from the calculation.

     (i) Debt Issuance Costs

         Costs incurred in connection with issuance of the Company's 1995
         Senior Notes and 1996 Senior Discount  Notes  (see  note 8) are
         included  in  other  assets  and are being amortized using  the
         interest method over the term of the notes.

     (j) Cash and Cash Equivalents

         Cash and  cash equivalents includes  cash  and  temporary  cash
         investments that are highly liquid and have original maturities
         of three months or less.

     (k) Use of Estimates

         The preparation  of financial  statements  in  accordance  with
         generally accepted accounting principles requires management to
         make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts
         of  assets  and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets
         and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the
         reported amounts  of revenues and expenses during the reporting
         period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.


     (l) Marketable Investment Securities

         Investments in marketable  securities  at  December 31, 1995 and
         1996   consist   of   U.S.  Treasury  securities  which   mature
         periodically through October  1998.  The Company has the ability
         and  intent  to  hold  these  investments  until  maturity  and,
         accordingly,  has  classified  these   investments  as  held-to-
         maturity investments.  Held-to-maturity investments are recorded
         at  amortized  cost, adjusted for amortization  of  premiums  or
         discounts.  Premiums  and  discounts are amortized over the life
         of the related held-to-maturity  investment  as an adjustment to
         yield using the effective interest method.  A  decline in market
         value  of  the Company's investments below cost that  is  deemed
         other than temporary  results  in a reduction in carrying amount
         to fair value.  The impairment is  charged to earnings and a new
         cost  basis  for  the  investment  is  established.    No   such
         impairments  have been recorded for the years ended December 31,
         1994, 1995 and 1996.

     (m) Reclassifications

         Certain  amounts  in  the   prior  year  consolidated  financial
         statements  have  been  reclassified to conform with the current
         year presentation.  These  reclassifications  had  no  effect on
         previously reported net loss.

(2)  Liquidity

     The  growth  of  the  Company's  business  requires  substantial
     investment on a continuing basis to finance capital expenditures
     and  related  expenses  for  expansion of the Company's customer
     base  and  system  development. In  addition,  the  Company  has
     recorded net losses  since  inception and expects to continue to
     experience net losses while it develops and expands its wireless
     cable systems.  Management expects that the Company will require
     significant  additional  financings,   through  debt  or  equity
     financings, joint ventures or other arrangements, to achieve its
     targeted subscriber levels in its current  business plans in its
     operating  systems  and  target  markets  and to  cover  ongoing
     operating  losses.   Additional  debt  or  equity  also  may  be
     required  to  finance  future  acquisitions  of  wireless  cable
     companies,  wireless  cable  systems  or channel rights.   While
     management  believes  the  Company  will  be   able   to  obtain
     additional debt or equity capital on satisfactory terms  to meet
     its  future  financing  needs,  there  can  be no assurance that
     either additional debt or equity capital will be available.

(3)  Initial Public Offering and Heartland Transaction

     Wireless One, Inc. was formed in June, 1995, by the shareholders of
     a  predecessor company ("Old Wireless One") and Heartland  Wireless
     Communications,  Inc.,  ("Heartland").   Old  Wireless One had been
     formed in 1993.

     During   October,   1995,   the  Company  completed  a  series   of
     transactions which included (i) the issuance of 3,450,000 shares of
     common stock at $10.50 per share  in  an  initial  public offering;
     (ii) the issuance of $150,000,000 of 13% Senior Notes  due  in 2003
     (the  "1995  Senior Notes") and warrants to purchase 450,000 shares
     of the Company's common stock, and (iii) the acquisition of certain
     wireless cable television assets and related liabilities of certain
     subsidiaries of Heartland for common stock of the Company and notes
     (the "Heartland Transaction").

     The  consummation   of   the  Heartland  Transaction  included  the
     Company's acquisition of all  of  the  outstanding capital stock of
     Old Wireless One and certain wireless cable  television  assets and
     related  liabilities  in  Heartland's  markets in Texas, Louisiana,
     Alabama,  Georgia and Florida.  In connection  with  the  Heartland
     Transaction,   the   shareholders  of  Old  Wireless  One  received
     approximately 6.5 million  shares of the Company's common stock and
     Heartland  received  approximately   3.5   million  shares  of  the
     Company's common stock.  In addition, Heartland  received  notes in
     the  amount  of $10,000,000, which were subsequently repaid by  the
     Company from the  proceeds of the offerings of the Company's common
     stock and 1995 Senior Notes.


The  Heartland  Transaction   has   been  accounted  for  as  a  business
combination using the purchase method  of  accounting. In accordance with
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 48, the Heartland  assets  and  liabilities
acquired  have  been  recorded using the historical cost basis previously
reported by Heartland, reduced by the amount of notes issued to Heartland
in connection with the transaction. The assets acquired consist primarily
of systems and equipment  and various wireless cable channel rights.  The
following is a summary of the net assets acquired:

      Current assets                                     $    318,892
      Current liabilities                                     (35,956)
      Systems and equipment, net                            2,392,711
      Leased license investment and other intangibles      13,476,534
                                                         ------------
      Net assets acquired                                  16,152,181
      Notes issued to Heartland                           (10,000,000)
                                                         ------------
                                                         $  6,152,181
                                                         ============

The 1995 financial  statements  of  Wireless One, Inc. include the results of
operations of the business interests  acquired  in  the Heartland Transaction
since October 18, 1995.  Pro forma unaudited consolidated  operating  results
of  the  Company  and  the  Heartland  business  acquired for the years ended
December 31, 1994 and 1995, assuming the transaction had been completed as of
January 1, 1994, are summarized below:

                                                1994            1995
                                            ------------    ------------
      Total revenues                        $  1,287,312    $  1,976,142

      Net loss applicable to common stock   $ (3,776,669)   $ (8,863,252)

      Net loss per common share             $      (0.29)   $      (0.68)


     These pro forma results  have  been  prepared for comparative purposes
     only  and  include  an  adjustment  for  additional  interest  expense
     associated with the portion of the proceeds  of  the notes utilized to
     repay $7 million of notes to Heartland.  Net loss  per common share is
     based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding  during the
     year  adjusted  to  give  effect  to shares issued in the transaction.
     They do not purport to be indicative  of  the  results  of  operations
     which actually would have resulted had the combination been in  effect
     on  January  1,  1994  or  of  future  results  of  operations  of the
     consolidated entity.

(4) Acquisitions

   On  July  29,  1996,  the  Company  merged  with TruVision Wireless Inc.,
   ("TruVision")   whereby  the  Company  issued  to  the   then   TruVision
   shareholders 3,262,945  shares  of  common  stock.  The Company also paid
   $1.8 million in cash and issued 180,000 shares of common stock to certain
   affiliates of TruVision and issued stock options  equivalent  to  195,226
   shares of the Company's common stock with an estimated fair value at  the
   date  of  acquisition  of $1,401,723.  TruVision acquires, develops, owns
   and operates wireless cable  television  systems  within the southeastern
   United States primarily in Mississippi, Alabama, and Tennessee.


   The following summarizes the allocation of estimated fair market value of
   the net assets acquired in the transaction:

         Current assets                           $  1,146,604
         Property and equipment                     16,427,882
         Other assets                                2,149,155
         License and leased license investment      80,645,464
         Current liabilities                        (5,719,908)
         Deferred tax liability                    (11,200,000)
         Short term debt                           (32,046,244)
                                                  ------------
                                                  $ 51,402,953
                                                  ============

     In 1996, the Company also acquired (i)  Shoals Wireless, Inc., whose
     principal  asset  was  an  Operating  System  in  the  Lawrenceburg,
     Tennessee  Market, for approximately $1.2 million (ii) an  Operating
     System and hard-wire  cable system in the Huntsville, Alabama Market
     for approximately $6 million,  (iii)  rights  to  11  wireless cable
     channels  in  the Macon, Georgia Market for approximately  $600,000,
     (iv) rights to  eight  wireless cable channels in the Bowling Green,
     Kentucky  Market for $300,000,  (v)  rights  to  16  wireless  cable
     channels  in   the   Jacksonville,   North   Carolina   Market   for
     approximately  $820,000  ($800,00 is being withheld pending grant of
     licenses)  and  12  wireless  cable  channels  in  the  Chattanooga,
     Tennessee Market for $517,000 and (vi) rights to 11 MDS channels and
     filings for 20 ITFS licenses  and  related transmission tower leases
     and approvals in Auburn/Opelika, Alabama for $600,000.

     The  foregoing  transactions have been  accounted  for  as  business
     combinations using  the  purchase  method of accounting. The various
     purchase prices have been allocated to the net assets acquired based
     on management's estimates of fair values  of  assets and liabilities
     acquired.   Approximately  $94,529,000 of the purchase  prices  have
     been allocated to license and  leased  license  investment  and  are
     being amortized over 20 years.

   The  December 31, 1996 financial statements of Wireless One, Inc. include
   the results  of  operations  of  the  business  interests acquired in the
   various  transactions discussed above from the dates  of  the  respective
   transactions.  Summarized  below  is  the unaudited pro forma information
   for the years ended December 31, 1995 and  1996  as  if  the transactions
   discussed  herein  and  in note 3 had been consummated as of  January  1,
   1995.
                                                  1995             1996
                                              ------------    -------------
    Revenues                                  $  6,387,670    $  15,270,994
    Net loss applicable to common stock       $ (8,649,605)   $ (53,156,071)
    Net loss per common share                 $      (0.52)           (3.14)


   The  unaudited  pro forma results  have  been  prepared  for  comparative
   purposes only and  include adjustments to conform financial statements of
   the acquired entities  to  accounting policies used by the Company and to
   record additional amortization  of license and leased license investments
   related  to the excess purchase price  over  historical  costs  of  these
   license and  leased license investments.  Adjustments have also been made
   to recognize income  tax  benefits  during  the  periods  to  the  extent
   deferred  tax  assets  can  be  realized  through  reversals  of  taxable
   temporary  differences.   Net  loss  per  common  share  is  based on the
   weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year adjusted to
   give  effect  to  shares  issued in the transactions.  The unaudited  pro
   forma  results  do  not purport  to  be  indicative  of  the  results  of
   operations which actually  would  have resulted had the combinations been
   in effect on January 1, 1995 or of  the  future  results of operations of
   the consolidated entity.

                           
(5)  Marketable Investment Securities - Restricted

     Marketable investment  securities - restricted at  December  31, 1995
     and  1996 consists  of  U.S.  Treasury  securities  placed in  escrow 
     pursuant to the bond indenture relating to the 1995 Senior Notes. The 
     investments have  been deposited into  an escrow account and, pending 
     disbursement, the collateral  agent has a first  priority lien on the 
     escrow  account  for the  benefit of the holders of  the notes.  Such 
     funds may  be disbursed from the escrow account only  to pay interest 
     on the  notes and, upon  certain  repurchases  or redemptions  of the 
     notes, to  pay  principal  of  and  premium,  if  any,  thereon.  The 
     maturities  of the  securities purchased  have  been  matched  to the 
     interest payment dates of the notes.

     A  summary of the Company's restricted held to maturity securities at
     December 31, 1995 and 1996 follows:

                             Amortized    Unrealized   Unrealized      Fair
   December 31, 1995            Cost         Loss         Gain         Value
   -----------------       ------------   ----------   ---------   ------------
U.S. Treasury Notes        $ 22,343,879   $  (1,110)   $ 113,163   $ 22,455,932
U.S. Treasury Notes       
  interest coupon strips     31,049,465           -      199,185     31,248,650
                           ------------   ---------    ---------   ------------
                           $ 53,393,344   $  (1,110)   $ 312,348   $ 53,704,582
                           ============   =========    =========   ============
   December 31, 1996         
U.S. Treasury Notes        $ 15,214,837   $ (38,659)   $       -   $ 15,176,178
U.S. Treasury Notes
  interest coupon strips     21,332,090     (23,675)      14,596     21,323,011
Other                           487,818           -       15,135        502,953
                           ------------   ---------    ---------   ------------
                           $ 37,034,745   $ (62,334)   $  29,731   $ 37,002,142
                           ============   =========    =========   ============

     Scheduled  maturities  for  the  marketable securities held at December 
     31, 1996, are as follows:

                                         Amortized           Fair
                                           Cost             Value
                                       ------------      ------------
     Maturing in less than 1 year      $ 18,149,180      $ 18,152,471
     Maturing from 1-5 years             18,885,565        18,849,671
                                       ------------      ------------
                                       $ 37,034,745      $ 37,002,142
                                       ============      ============
(6)  Property and Equipment

     Major  categories  of property and equipment at December 31, 1995 and 
     1996 are as follows:

                                        Estimated
                                          Life         1995           1996
                                        --------   ------------   ------------
     Equipment awaiting installation        -      $  2,230,144   $  9,109,287
     Subscriber premises equipment 
       and installation costs               5         3,561,714     43,049,807
     Transmission equipment and            
       system construction costs           10         8,092,890     29,463,789
     Office furniture and equipment         7         1,270,131      7,161,468
     Buildings and leasehold 
       improvements                      31.5           523,203      2,031,754
                                                   ------------   ------------
                                                     15,678,082     90,816,105

     Less accumulated depreciation                   (1,411,327)    (8,179,393)
                                                   ------------   ------------
                                                   $ 14,266,755   $ 82,636,712
                                                   ============   ============

     Depreciation expense  for  the  years  ended December 31, 1994, 1995 
     and 1996 was $221,909, $1,208,897 and $9,350,133 respectively.

(7)  Other Assets

     Other assets at December 31, 1995 and 1996 consist of the following:


                                                      1995          1996
                                                   ---------     ----------
     Debt issuance costs, net of accumulated
       amortization of $163,927 and $1,068,230 
       in 1995 and 1996, respectively             $ 6,053,898    $ 11,129,764
     Deposits and other                             1,410,543         492,747
     Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries       225,504       2,810,079
                                                  -----------    ------------   
                                                  $ 7,689,945    $ 14,432,590
                                                  ===========    ============
     
     Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries relates to the Company's  
     50% investment in Wireless One North Carolina, LLC (WONC) accounted 
     for  on the equity  method  and  its  16.5%  investment in Telecorp  
     Holding  Corp,  Inc., (Telecorp) accounted for on the cost  method.  
     WONC  is  in  the  business  of acquiring, developing and operating 
     wireless cable television systems in North Carolina. Telecorp is in  
     the  business of  acquiring  personal communication  service  (PCS) 
     licenses  for  the  purpose  of  developing  and   operating  a PCS
     network.   Neither of these entities has commenced operations as of 
     December 31, 1996.

(8)  Long-term Debt

     Long-term debt consists of the following: 
                                                     1995           1996    
                                                 ------------   ------------
       13% Senior Notes due 2003; face value 
         of $150,000,000, net of unamortized 
         discount - (1995 Senior Notes)          $148,149,131   $148,384,135
       13.5% Senior Discount Notes due 2006; 
         face value of $239,252,000, net of 
         unamortized discount - (1996 Senior
         Discount Notes)                                    -    126,400,136
       9.5% installment notes, principal and 
         interest due in installments through 
         August 31, 2006                                    -     22,257,207
       Subordinated non-interest bearing notes 
         (face value outstanding at December 
         31, 1995 and 1996 of $3,400,000 and 
         $3,050,000, respectively), discounted 
         to an 8% effective rate, principal and
         interest due in installments through       
         July 1997                                  2,939,156      2,880,672
       Other                                          159,760      3,156,454
                                                 ------------   ------------
                                                  151,248,047    303,078,604
       Less current maturities                       (376,780)    (3,169,383)
                                                 ------------   ------------
         Long-term debt, excluding current 
           maturities                            $150,871,267   $299,909,221
                                                 ============   ============


     Scheduled maturities of long  term  debt  for the next five years and 
     thereafter, are as follows:

         1997...........................$  3,169,383
         1998...........................     821,426
         1999...........................   2,781,078
         2000...........................   2,394,819
         2001...........................   2,630,560
         Thereafter..................... 291,281,338


     Interest on the 1995 Senior Notes  is payable semi-annually on April
     15  and  October  15  of  each  year.  The  1995  Senior  Notes  are
     redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at any
     time on or after October 15, 1999,  at variable redemption prices in
     excess of par.  On or prior to October  15,  1998,  the  Company may
     redeem  up  to  30%  of  the aggregate principal amount of the  1995
     Senior Notes with the proceeds  from a sale to a strategic investor,
     as  defined.   In  addition, upon the  occurrence  of  a  change  of
     control, as defined,  each  holder  of  the  1995  Senior  Notes may
     require  the Company to repurchase all or a portion of such holder's
     1995 Senior  Notes  at  101%  of  the principal amount thereof, plus
     accrued and unpaid interest.

     The 1996 Senior Discount Notes will accrete in value until August 1,
     2001 at a rate of 13.5% per annum to  an  aggregate principal amount
     of $239,252,000.  Thereafter, cash interest on the notes will accrue
     at a rate of 13.5% per annum on the face value  of the notes payable
     semi-annually  on  February 1 and August 1 of each  year  commencing
     February 1, 2002.  The Company is accreting the 1996 Senior Discount
     Notes using the effective  yield.   Interest expense accreted to the
     balance of the notes during the year  ended  December  31,  1996 was
     $6,453,922.   The  1996 Senior Discount Notes will be redeemable  at
     the option of the Company,  in  whole  or in part, at any time on or
     after August 1, 2001 at variable redemption prices in excess of par.  
     On  or prior to August 1, 1999, the Company may  redeem up to 30% of 
     the aggregate  principal  amount  of the 1996 Senior  Discount Notes 
     with the  proceeds  from a sale to a strategic investor, as defined.  
     In  addition,  upon  the  occurrence  of a  change  of  control,  as  
     defined, each holder of the 1996  Senior Discount  Notes may require 
     the  Company to  repurchase all or a portion of  such  holder's 1996 
     Senior  Discount Notes at 101%  of the  accreted value thereof, plus 
     accrued and unpaid interest.

     The 1995 Senior Notes  and 1996 Senior Discount Notes are issued and
     outstanding  under  indentures  which  contain  certain  restrictive
     covenants, including  limitations on the incurrence of indebtedness,
     the making of restricted  payments,  transactions  with  affiliates,
     sale and leaseback transactions, the existence of liens, disposition
     of proceeds of asset sales, the making of guarantees and pledges  by
     restricted   subsidiaries,   transfers  and  issuance  of  stock  of
     subsidiaries, investments in unrestricted  subsidiaries, the conduct
     of the Company's business and certain mergers and sales of assets.

     The  9.5%  installment  notes were incurred in  connection  with  an
     auction of Basic Trading  Area  ("BTA")  rights in which the Company
     was the successful bidder.  The notes require  quarterly payments of
     interest  only  through  August  31,  1998.  Thereafter,  the  notes
     require  equal  quarterly  payments  of principal  and  interest  of
     $1,000,849  through August 31, 2006.


(9)  Income Taxes

     The  tax  effects  of  temporary  differences  that  give  rise  to 
     significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are 
     presented below:

                                                     1995           1996
                                                 ------------   ------------
        Deferred tax assets:
          Net operating loss carryforwards       $  2,955,166   $ 24,537,357
          Allowance for bad debts                      25,038        176,771
          Accrued liabilities deductible 
            when paid                                 152,320        216,368
          Other                                        68,000         24,796
                                                 ------------   ------------
                                                    3,200,524     24,955,292

        Less valuation allowance                   (2,136,029)    (5,766,361)
                                                 ------------   ------------
        Deferred tax asset                          1,064,495     19,188,931
                                                 ------------   ------------
        Deferred tax liabilities:
          Fixed assets, principally due to 
            differences in depreciation and 
            underlying basis                          11,700         473,997
          License Investment, due to 
            differences in basis from 
            amortizable lives and purchase 
            accounting adjustments                 1,052,795      25,214,934
                                                 -----------    ------------
        Deferred tax liabilities                   1,064,495      25,688,931
                                                 -----------    ------------
        Net deferred tax liability               $         -    $  6,500,000
                                                 ===========    ============


     The  net  changes  in total valuation allowance for the years  ended
     December  31,  1995 and  1996  were  increases  of   $1,911,619  and
     $3,630,332 respectively.  In assessing the realizability of deferred
     tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not
     that some portion  or  all  of  the  deferred tax assets will not be
     realized.  The  ultimate  realization  of  deferred  tax  assets  is  
     dependent upon the  generation  of  future taxable income during the 
     periods in which those temporary differences become deductible.  The 
     Company considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, 
     projected  future  taxable income  and  tax  planning  strategies in 
     making  this  assessment.   Based  upon  these  considerations,  the 
     Company has recognized deferred tax assets to the extent such assets 
     can  be  realized  through  future  reversals  of  existing  taxable 
     temporary differences.

     The Company did not  recognize  any  income  tax benefit for 1994 or
     1995 due to management's conclusion that a 100%  valuation allowance
     for the net deferred tax asset was warranted.  The  consummation  of
     the  TruVision transaction resulted in deferred tax liabilities that
     will be  recognized during periods in which the net operating losses
     may be utilized.   The Company has therefore recorded a deferred tax
     benefit in the year  ended  December  31,  1996  to  the extent such
     assets  can  be  realized  through future reversals of deferred  tax
     liabilities.   Income  tax benefit  in  1996  consists  entirely  of
     deferred income tax benefit  resulting  from  the recognition of net
     operating losses.

     The reconciliation of income tax from continuing operations computed  
     at the  U.S. Federal statuatory tax  rate to the company's effective
     income tax rate is as follows for each  of  the years ended December
     31,:


                                                1994      1995      1996
                                               -------   -------   -------
         Tax at U.S. Federal statutory rate    (34.0)%   (34.0)%   (34.0)%
         State and local income taxes, net
           of U.S. federal benefit                 -         -      (0.9)
         Valuation allowance                    34.0      28.3      23.5
         Other                                     -       5.7       0.8
                                               -------   -------   -------
                                                   -%        -%    (10.6)%
                                               =======   =======   =======

     
     The Company  had net  operating loss  carryforwards for  Federal and
     state  income  tax  purposes  of  approximately  $62,916,000  as  of 
     December 31, 1996.  The carryforwards expire in years 2008-2011.


(10) Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

     On  April  14, 1995, the  Company completed  a  private placement of 
     14,781.75 shares   of  redeemable  convertible preferred  stock  and  
     591,270 warrants to purchase common stock (collectively the "Units") 
     at a price  of  $1,000  per  Unit.  The proceeds from the issue were
     $13,866,000, net of issuance costs.   The  excess of the liquidation
     value over the carrying value was accreted by  periodic  charges  to
     additional   paid-in   capital  during  the  period  the  stock  was
     outstanding.  Contemporaneously  with  the  closing  of  the initial
     public offering of common stock in October 1995, the preferred stock
     and  warrants were converted into approximately 4,524,512 shares  of
     common stock.

(11) Stockholders' Equity

     In connection  with  the 1995 Senior Notes, the Company issued warrants
     to acquire 450,000 shares  of  its common stock.  Each warrant entitles
     the holder to purchase one share  of  common stock at $11.55 per share.
     The warrants are exercisable at any time  on  or after October 24, 1996
     and will expire on October 24, 2000.  For financial reporting purposes,
     these warrants were valued at $1,890,000.

     In connection with the 1996 Senior Discount Notes,  the  Company issued
     warrants  to acquire 544,059 shares of common stock.  The warrants  are
     exercisable  at  any  time  on or after August 12, 1997, at an exercise
     price of $16.6375 per share and  will  expire  on August 12, 2001.  For
     financial reporting purposes, these warrants were valued at $5,053,387.

     In  connection  with  the  Heartland  Transaction, the  Company  issued
     warrants  (the "GKM Warrants") to purchase  300,000  shares  of  common
     stock to an  underwriter  for  nominal consideration.  The GKM Warrants
     are initially exercisable at $12.60 per share through October 18, 2000.
     For  financial  reporting  purposes,  these  warrants  were  valued  at
     $1,125,000.

     In  connection  with  the Heartland  Transaction,  and  as  amended  in
     connection with the TruVision  Transaction, certain of the shareholders
     of the Company have entered into  an  agreement  whereby,  among  other
     things,  they  have  agreed  to  vote  their  common  stock  to elect a
     specified  slate of directors, which will be designated by the  parties
     to the stockholders agreement.

(12) Stock Option Plan

     In  October  of   1995,  the  Company  adopted  the  1995  Long-Term
     Performance Incentive  Plan  (the  "Incentive Plan"), which provides
     for  the grant to key employees of the  Company  of  stock  options,
     appreciation  rights,  restricted  stock, performance grants and any
     other type of award deemed to be consistent  with the purpose of the
     Incentive Plan.
     
     The  total  number of shares of Common Stock which  may  be  granted
     pursuant to the  Incentive  Plan  is  1,300,000.  The Incentive Plan
     will  terminate  upon the earlier of the  adoption  of  a  Board  of
     Directors' resolution terminating the Incentive Plan or on the tenth
     anniversary  of  the  date  of  adoption,  unless  extended  for  an
     additional  five-year   period  for  grants  of  awards  other  than
     incentive stock options.

     The  exercise  price  of  stock   options   is   determined  by  the
     Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors,  but  may  not  be
     less  than  100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the
     date of the grant  and the term of any such option may not exceed 10
     years from the date of grant.  With respect to any employee who owns
     stock  representing more  than  10%  of  the  voting  power  of  the
     outstanding  capital stock of the Company, the exercise price of any
     incentive stock  option may not be less than 110% of the fair market
     value of such shares  on  the  date  of  grant  and the term of such
     option may not exceed five years from the date of grant.

     Awards granted under the Incentive Plan will generally  vest  upon a
     proposed sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company,  or
     the merger of the Company with or into another corporation.  Options
     generally  vest  over  a  five-year period commencing on the date of
     grant and expire ten years from the date of grant.

     On  July  26,  1996, The Company  adopted  the  1996  Non  Employees
     Directors' Stock  Option Plan (the "Directors' Plan").  Directors of
     the Company who are  not  employees  of  the Company are eligible to
     receive  options under the Directors' Plan.   The  total  number  of
     shares of  Common  Stock  for which options may be granted under the
     Directors' Plan is 100,000.

     Participants in office on July 26, 1996, received options to acquire
     4,000 shares under the Directors'  Plan  and  on  January  1 of each
     year,  eligible  participants will receive options to acquire  2,000
     shares under the Directors' Plan.

     Options granted under  the Directors' Plan may be subject to vesting
     and certain other restrictions.   Subject to certain exceptions, the
     right to exercise an option generally  terminates  at the earlier of
     (i) the first date on which the initial grantee of such option is no
     longer  a director of either the Company or any subsidiary  for  any
     reason  other  than  death  or  permanent  disability  or  (ii)  the
     expiration date of the option.  Options granted under the Directors'
     Plan will  also  generally  vest  upon  a "change in control" of the
     Company.

     For the aforementioned plans, the Company has adopted the disclosure-
     only  provisions  of  Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 
     123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation."   Accordingly, no
     compensation  cost has been  recognized  for the stock option grants.  
     Had compensation  cost for the  Company's two stock option plans been
     determined  based  on the fair value  at the grant date for awards in 
     1995 and  1996 consistent  with the  provisions  of SFAS No. 123, the 
     Company's net loss applicable to common stock and net loss per common 
     share  would have  been increased to  the pro forma amounts indicated 
     below:

                                                    1995           1996
                                               -------------   -------------
Net Loss Applicable to Common Stock - 
  as reported                                  $   8,478,863   $  39,670,395
Net Loss Applicable to Common Stock - 
  pro forma                                       10,141,210      44,022,171
Net Loss Per Common Share - as reported                 2.02            2.65
Net Loss Per Common Share - pro forma                   2.42            2.94


     The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the  date of  grant
     using  the   Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model  with  the  following
     weighted-average assumptions used for grants in 1995 and 1996: expected
     volatility of  83%;  expected dividend yield  of 0%; risk-free interest
     rate of 6.76%; and expected lives of 10 years.

     Information regarding these option plans for 1994, 1995 and 1996 is as
     follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               1994        1995                        1996
                                           ------------------------          ------------------------
                                                                                             Weighted
                                                                                              Average
                                                                                             Exercise
                                               Shares      Shares              Shares          Price
                                             ---------    --------           ---------        -------
<S>                                          <C>          <C>                <C>              <C>
Options Outstanding, beginning of year               -     248,917             804,187        $  7.98
Options Granted
  Exercise Price = Fair Market Value           248,917     555,270              59,000        $ 11.89
  Exercise Price < Fair Market Value                 -           -             195,226        $  6.82
Options exercised                                    -           -               5,000        $  6.21
Options canceled                                     -           -              25,000        $ 10.50
                                             ---------    --------           ---------        -------
Options outstanding, end of year               248,917     804,187           1,028,413        $  7.93
                                             ---------    --------           ---------        -------

Option price range at end of year              $  6.21     $ 4.16 - 13.83    $ 4.16 - 16.25
Option price range for exercised shares        $     -           -           $    6.21

Options available for grant at end of year   1,051,083     495,813             371,587
Weighted-average fair value of options,
  granted during the year                                                    $   13.10

</TABLE>

The following table summarizes information about fixed-price stock options
outstanding at December 31, 1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                 Options Outstanding                        Options Exercisable
- -------------------------------------------------------   ------------------------
                                 Weighted-
                                  Average     Weighted-                  Weighted-
                      Number     Remaining     Average      Number        Average
    Range of       Outstanding  Contractual   Exercise    Exercisable    Exercise
Exercise Prices    at 12/31/96     Life         Price     at 12/31/96      Price
- ---------------    -----------  -----------   --------    -----------    --------- 
<S>                <C>             <C>        <C>           <C>          <C>
$ 4.16 - $ 6.21      421,145       7.9        $ 5.6545      271,793      $ 5.3492
     
$ 6.63 - $ 7.59      310,840       9.2        $ 7.0985      195,226      $ 6.8200
           
$10.24 - $13.83      264,428       8.4        $11.6020       17,440      $10.7221
                        
$15.25 - $16.25       32,000       7.6        $15.5937            0      $ 0.0000
                   ---------       ---        --------      -------      --------
                   1,028,413       8.4        $ 7.9295      484,459      $ 6.1353
                   =========       ===        ========      =======      ========
</TABLE>                                                                     

(13)    Commitments and Contingencies

     The Company leases, from third parties, channel  rights  licensed by
     the  FCC.   Under  FCC policy, the base term of these leases  cannot
     exceed the term of the  underlying  FCC  license.   FCC licenses for
     wireless cable channels generally must be renewed every  five to ten
     years, and there is no automatic renewal of such licenses.   The use
     of  such  channels by third parties is subject to regulation by  the
     FCC and, therefore,  the  Company's  ability to enjoy the benefit of
     these leases is dependent upon the third  party  lessor's continuing
     compliance with applicable regulations.  The remaining  terms of the
     Company's  leases  range  from  approximately five to twenty  years.
     Most of the Company's leases provide for rights of first refusal for
     their renewal.  The termination of  or  failure  to  renew a channel
     lease  or  termination  of the channel license would result  in  the
     Company  being  unable to deliver  television  programming  on  such
     channel.  Although the Company does not believe that the termination
     of or failure to  renew a single channel lease, other than that with
     EdNet,  could  adversely   affect   the  Company,  several  of  such
     terminations or failures in one or more  markets  that  the  Company
     actively serves could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
     Channel rights lease agreements generally require payments based  on
     the  greater  of  specified  minimums  or amounts based upon various
     factors, such as subscriber levels or subscriber revenues.

     The Company is a party to a renewable long-term  agreement  with the
     Mississippi  EdNet  Institute,  Inc. ("EdNet"), a non-profit, quasi-
     governmental body which manages the  licenses  designated to various
     state  educational  entities.  The  agreement  gives   the   Company
     exclusive  rights  to  utilize  excess  air  time (that portion of a
     channel's airtime available for commercial broadcasting according to
     FCC regulations) on the 20 ITFS channels in Mississippi.   The terms
     of  the  channel  leases  are  10  years,  commencing  in 1992.  The
     contract  provides  for  the monthly payment of $0.05 per subscriber
     per channel or, beginning one year after operating the first market,
     a minimum of $7,500 per month.   Expense  for  1996  related to this
     agreement  was  $79,336.   The agreement also required TruVision  to
     make advances to EdNet during  the  first 24 months of operations in
     the amount of $6,000 per month.  These  advances are being recovered
     as a credit against license fees owed to  EdNet.  The commercial use
     of these channels represents the majority of the Company's  channels
     in  Mississippi  and  the  loss  of, or inability to renew the EdNet
     Agreement  would have a material adverse  effect  on  the  Company's
     operation.

     The EdNet agreement  requires  the  Company to install, operate, and
     maintain a system sufficient to serve  95%  of the population of the
     licensed  geographic  area of  Mississippi  by July  1,  1998.   The
     agreement  also  requires the Company to provide  installations  and
     equipment at no charge  to EdNet at 1,100 sights EdNet may designate
     and to install and equip  an electronic classroom in each of its
     Mississippi markets at a minimum cost of $20,000 per classroom.

     The  Company  capitalizes  the cost  incurred  to  comply  with  the
     facility installation and interconnection  requirements of the EdNet
     Agreement and depreciates such cost over the  estimated  life of the
     related equipment.

     Payments  under the channel rights lease agreements generally  begin
     upon the completion  of  construction  of the transmission equipment
     and facilities and approval for operation  pursuant to the rules and
     regulations of the FCC.  However, for certain leases, the Company is
     obligated  to  begin  payments  upon  grant of the  channel  rights.
     Channel rights lease expense was $179,172,  $380,346, and $1,454,898
     for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995, and 1996, respectively.

     The  Company also has certain operating  leases  for  office  space,
     equipment  and  transmission  tower space.  Rent expense incurred in
     connection with other operating  leases  was  $79,791, $183,003, and
     $1,805,083 for the years  ended December  31, 1994,  1995, and 1996,
     respectively.

     Future  minimum lease payments due under channel rights  leases  and
     other noncancelable  operating  leases  at  December 31, 1996 are as
     follows:

                                         Channel       Other
        Year ending                      rights      operating
        December 31,                     leases        leases
        ------------                 ------------   ------------
          1997...................... $  1,588,462   $  1,432,564
          1998......................    1,688,164      1,361,857
          1999......................    1,703,548      1,310,972
          2000......................    1,737,460      1,244,260
          2001......................    1,745,272        967,600
          Thereafter................    1,810,871        802,202
                                     ------------   ------------
                                     $ 10,273,777   $  7,119,455
                                     ============   ============


     The Company has entered into various service  agreements  to  obtain
     programming   for  delivery  to  customers  of  the  Company.   Such
     agreements require a per subscriber fee to be paid by the Company on
     a monthly basis.   These  agreements  range  in life from two to ten
     years.

      The Company is involved in various other claims  and  legal actions
      arising  in  the  ordinary  course of business.  In the opinion  of
      management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have
      a material adverse effect on  the  Company's consolidated financial
      position, results of operations or liquidity.

(14) Concentrations of Credit Risk

     Financial instruments which  potentially  expose  the   Company   to
     concentrations  of  credit risk consist primarily of cash, temporary
     cash investments, and  accounts  receivable.  The Company places its
     cash  and  temporary  cash  investments  with  high  credit  quality
     financial services companies.  Collectibility of subscriber accounts
     receivable is impacted by economic  trends  in each of the Company's
     markets.   Such  receivables are typically collected  within  thirty
     days, and the Company has provided an allowance which it believes is
     adequate to absorb losses from uncollectible accounts.

(15) Supplemental Cash Flow Information

     Cash  interest  payments  made  in  1994,  1995,  and  1996  totaled
     $168,512, $351,178, and $19,404,454 respectively.

     The Company made no Federal or state income tax payments during the
     years ended December 31, 1994, 1995, and 1996.

     During 1995, the  Company  paid  $288,104  in cash and issued 48,752
     shares  of its common stock in connection with  the  acquisition  of
     channel rights  in  Tennessee.   The  cost of the channel rights and
     other intangible assets acquired was $800,000  based  on the initial
     public offering price per share of $10.50.

     During  1995, the Company completed a public offering of  the  1995
     Senior Notes  which  had  an underwriters fee treated as a non-cash
     transaction in the accompanying cash flow statement of $5,250,000.

     During 1996, the Company paid  $1.8  million  in cash, issued 3,442,945
     shares  of  common  stock and issued options valued  at  $1,401,723  in
     connection with the TruVision acquisition.  The cost of the acquisition
     including  property and  equipment  and  license  rights  acquired  was
     $51,402,953  based  on  the then market price of the Company's stock of
     $14.

     In December 1996, the Company  entered  into  a  lease  transaction for
     computer  equipment  accounted  for  as  a  capital  lease.  The  value
     assigned to the equipment and the related capital lease  obligation was
     $924,782.


     During 1996, the Company financed $22,257,207 of the bid price  in  the
     BTA auction with the FCC representing 80% of the Company's bid in those
     markets.   In  addition,  the Company recorded other long term debts of
     $1,959,252 and related license investment related to BTA's in which the
     company was the successful bidder but has not been granted the licenses
     as of December 31, 1996 (see note 8).

     During 1996, the Company acquired  all  of the outstanding common stock
     of Shoals Wireless, Inc., whose principal  asset  is  a  wireless cable
     system in Lawrenceburg, Tennessee, for $1,068,000 in cash  and  a  note
     payable for $118,000.

     During 1996, the Company completed a public offering of the 1996 Senior
     Discount  Notes  which  had  an  underwriters fee treated as a non-cash
     transaction in the accompanying cash flow statement of $4,374,986.

(16) Disclosures About Fair Value Of Financial Instruments

     The following table presents the carrying  amounts  and  estimated fair
     values  of  the Company's financial instruments at December  31,  1996.
     The fair value  of  a  financial instrument is defined as the amount at
     which  the instrument could  be  exchanged  in  a  current  transaction
     between willing parties.
                                                    At December 31, 1996
                                                    --------------------
                                                  Carrying      Estimated
                                                   Amount       Fair Value
                                              --------------  --------------
         Marketable investment securities     $   37,034,745  $   37,002,142
         Long-term debt                          303,078,604     288,818,456


     The estimated  fair  value amounts have been determined by the Company
     using   available  market   information   and   appropriate   valuation
     methodologies as follows:

        *  The  carrying  amounts  of  cash and cash equivalents, subscriber
           receivable,  accrued interest  and  other  receivables,  accounts
           payable and accrued  expenses  approximate  fair value because of
           the short term nature of these items.

        *  The fair values of the Company's marketable investment securities
           are based on quoted market prices.

        *  The  fair  value  of long-term debt is based upon  market  quotes
           obtained from dealers  where  available and by discounting future
           cash  flows  at  rates currently available  to  the  Company  for
           similar instruments when quoted market rates are not available.

     Fair value estimates are subject to inherent limitations.  Estimates of
     fair value are made at a  specific  point  in  time,  based on relevant
     market information and information about the financial instrument.  The
     estimated fair values of financial instruments presented  above are not
     necessarily indicative of amounts the Company might realize  in  actual
     market  transactions.  Estimates of fair value are subjective in nature
     and involve  uncertainties  and  matters  of  significant  judgment and
     therefore  cannot be determined with precision.  Changes in assumptions
     could significantly affect the estimates.


 
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors of TruVision Wireless, Inc.:
 
  We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of TruVision Wireless, Inc.
(a Delaware corporation formerly named TruVision Cable,  Inc.) as of December
31, 1994  and 1995,  and  the  related statements  of operations,  changes in
stockholders' equity and cash flows for the period from inception (August 25,
1994) through December 31, 1994 and for the year ended December 31, 1995.  We
have also  audited  the statements of  operations, partners' capital and cash 
flows  of Mississippi Wireless TV L. P.  (the predecessor entity to TruVision 
Wireless, Inc.)  for the period from inception (November 2, 1993) to December 
31, 1993  and  the  period  from  January 1, 1994  through  August  24, 1994. 
TruVision  Wireless, Inc. and  Mississippi Wireless  TV L. P. are hereinafter 
together referred to as  "the Company."  These financial  statements  are the 
responsibility of the  Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. 
 
  We  conducted our  audits in  accordance with  generally accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards  require that we  plan and  perform the audits to 
obtain  reasonable assurance  about whether the financial statements are free 
of  material  misstatement.  An  audit includes  examining,  on a test basis, 
evidence supporting  the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.
An  audit  also  includes  assessing  the   accounting  principles  used  and 
significant estimates  made by management,  as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement  presentation.  We  believe that  our  audits  provide  a
reasonable basis for our opinion. 
 
  In our opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects,  the financial position of TruVision Wireless, Inc. 
as of December 31, 1994 and 1995,  and the results  of its operations and its 
cash flows for the period from inception (August  25, 1994)  through December 
31, 1994  and for  the year  ended  December  31, 1995, and  the  results  of 
operations  and cash  flows of  Mississippi  Wireless TV L. P. for the period 
from inception (November 2, 1993)  through  December 31, 1993  and the period 
from  January  1, 1994  through  August  24, 1994,  all  in  conformity  with 
generally accepted accounting principles. 
 
Arthur Andersen LLP
 
Jackson, Mississippi,
March 26, 1996 (except with respect to 
      the matter discussed in Note 11, 
      as to which the date is April 25, 
      1996). 
                            
                            
                            TRUVISION WIRELESS, INC.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
              (Data with respect to June 30, 1996 are unaudited)
 
                                                                   December 31,         June 30,   
                                                             ------------------------               
                                                                1994         1995         1996     
                                                             ----------- ------------ ------------ 
                           ASSETS                                                     (unaudited)  
<S>                                                          <C>         <C>          <C>
Current assets:                                              
  Cash and cash equivalents................................. $2,712,851      $88,882    $ 193,100  
  Short-term investments....................................     75,000       36,300       48,500  
  Accounts receivable (less allowance for doubtful accounts 
    of $34,000, $150,426 and $217,211, respectively)........     41,178      283,656      398,472  
  Other current assets......................................     11,005      108,376      310,026  
                                                             ----------- ------------ ------------ 
    Total current assets....................................  2,840,034      517,214      950,098  
                                                             ----------- ------------ ------------ 
Property, plant and equipment:                               
  Transmission equipment....................................  1,197,425    3,029,214    4,487,166  
  Subscriber premises equipment and installation costs......  1,841,868    6,866,806   10,603,107  
  Office furniture and equipment............................    263,743      437,169    1,007,267 
  Vehicles..................................................    223,996      215,344      223,346  
  Buildings and improvements................................    204,340      326,090      378,837  
                                                             ----------- ------------ ------------ 
                                                              3,731,372   10,874,623   16,699,723  
  Less: accumulated depreciation............................   (217,676)  (1,375,402)  (2,475,099) 
                                                             ----------- ------------ ------------ 
                                                              3,513,696    9,499,221   14,224,624  
  Uninstalled subscriber premises equipment.................  1,006,854      546,316    1,709,244  
                                                             ----------- ------------ ------------ 
                                                              4,520,550   10,045,537   15,933,868  
                                                             ----------- ------------ ------------ 
License costs, net-Notes 2 and 3............................    157,480      179,592    8,803,889   
Organizational costs, net...................................    374,654      285,318      178,443   
Deferred costs, net and other assets-Note 7.................     90,341    1,849,556    4,791,659  
                                                             ----------- ------------ ------------ 
    Total assets............................................ $7,983,059  $12,877,217  $30,657,957  
                                                             =========== ============ ============ 
            LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY      

Current liabilities:                                         
  Trade accounts payable....................................   $813,471     $713,218   $4,791,081  
  Accrued expenses..........................................     77,671       43,000    1,785,109  
  Short-term debt...........................................         -     4,531,464   22,485,810  
                                                             ----------- ------------ ------------ 
    Total current liabilities...............................    891,142    5,287,682   29,062,000  
                                                             ----------- ------------ ------------ 
Commitments and contingencies                                
Stockholders' equity-Notes 5 and 6:*                         
  Series A, Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value;                                             
    800,000 authorized, issued and outstanding; 
    (liquidation preference of $8,000,000)..................      8,000        8,000        8,000  
  Series B, Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value;                                             
    300,000 authorized, issued and outstanding in 1995
    and 1996 (liquidation preference of $3,000,000).........         -         3,000        3,000  
  Common Stock, $.01 par value; 6,000,000 shares authorized,                                         
    2,400,000 shares issued and outstanding.................     24,000       24,000       24,000  
  Additional paid-in capital................................  7,701,679   10,698,679   10,698,679  
  Accumulated deficit.......................................   (641,762)  (3,144,144)  (9,137,722) 
                                                             ----------- ------------ ------------ 
    Total stockholders' equity..............................  7,091,917    7,589,535    1,595,957  
                                                             ----------- ------------ ------------ 
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity.............. $7,983,059  $12,877,217  $30,657,957  
                                                             =========== ============ ============ 
</TABLE>
- ------
*  Restated to reflect the 2-for-1 common stock split. See Note 2.
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
                            
                            TRUVISION WIRELESS, INC.
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION>

                       STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (NOTE 1)
          (Data with respect to June 30, 1995 and 1996 are unaudited)
 
                              Mississippi Wireless TV L.P.                          TruVision Wireless, Inc.                      
                         --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------   
                               Period from                                                                                        
                                Inception                                                                                         
                            (November 2, 1993)  January 1, 1994 to August 25, 1994 to    Year Ended         Six Months Ended     
                           to December 31, 1993  August 24, 1994   December 31, 1994  December 31, 1995         June 30,         
                          -------------------- ------------------ ------------------ ----------------- ------------------------ 
                                                                                                         1995         1996      
                                                                                                      ----------- ------------- 
                                                                                                            (unaudited)
<S>                       <C>                 <C>                <C>                <C>               <C>         <C>
Revenues:                
  Service revenues......  $               -    $         16,233   $        264,491   $     2,595,514   $ 915,833   $ 2,513,555
  Installation                                                                                                                    
    revenues............                  -              57,137            166,043           486,100     216,606       293,701  
                         -------------------- ------------------ ------------------ ----------------- ----------- ------------- 
    Total revenues......                  -              73,370            430,534         3,081,614   1,132,439     2,807,256  
                         -------------------- ------------------ ------------------ ----------------- ----------- ------------- 
Expenses:                
  System operating                                                                                                                
    expenses............             116,733            278,000            425,603         2,103,053     781,121     2,015,657
  Selling, general                                                                                                                
    and administrative       
    expenses............             111,186            668,009            534,431         2,086,200     547,266     2,102,118  
  Depreciation and                                                                                                                
    amortization........                  -              82,196            167,990         1,266,301     439,355     1,439,974  
                         -------------------- ------------------ ------------------ ----------------- ----------- ------------- 
    Total operating                                                                                                                 
      expenses..........             227,919          1,028,205          1,128,024         5,455,554   1,767,742     5,557,749  
                         -------------------- ------------------ ------------------ ----------------- ----------- ------------- 
Loss from operations....            (227,919)          (954,835)          (697,490)       (2,373,940)   (635,303)   (2,750,493) 
Interest income.........                  -               6,632             55,728            15,063      14,621            -   
Interest expense........                  -                  -                  -           (143,505)     (8,939)     (728,085) 
Costs of aborted offering                 -                  -                  -                 -           -     (2,515,000)  
                         -------------------- ------------------ ------------------ ----------------- ----------- ------------- 
Net loss................            (227,919)          (948,203)          (641,762)       (2,502,382)   (629,621)   (5,993,578) 
Preferred dividend                                                                                                              
  requirement...........                  -                  -            (227,000)         (687,000)   (320,000)     (440,000)
                         -------------------- ------------------ ------------------ ----------------- ----------- ------------- 
Net loss attributable to                                                                                                        
  common stockholders...           $(227,919)         $(948,203)         $(868,762)      $(3,189,382)  $(949,621)  $(6,433,578) 
                         ==================== ================== ================== ================= =========== ============= 
Loss per common                                                                                                                 
  share*................                 N/A                N/A             $(0.36)           $(1.33)     $(0.40)       $(2.68)
                         ==================== ================== ================== ================= =========== ============= 
Weighted average                                                                                                                
  shares outstanding*...                 N/A                N/A          2,400,000         2,400,000   2,400,000     2,400,000  
                         ==================== ================== ================== ================= =========== ============= 

</TABLE>
- ------
* Restated to reflect the 2-for-1 common stock split. See Note 2.
 
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
                          
                          MISSISSIPPI WIRELESS TV L.P.
 
                    STATEMENTS OF PARTNERS' CAPITAL (NOTE 1)
For the Period from Inception (November 2, 1993) through December 31, 1993 and 
the Period from January 1, 1994 through August 24, 1994 
 
                                                              Total    
                                     General     Limited    Partners'  
                                     Partner     Partner     Capital   
                                   ----------- ----------- ----------- 
Initial investment................  $       -   $1,081,000  $1,081,000  
Net loss..........................     (2,279)   (225,640)   (227,919) 
                                   ----------- ----------- ----------- 
Balance, December 31, 1993........     (2,279)    855,360     853,081  
Net loss..........................   (170,677)   (777,526)   (948,203) 
Partners' contributions...........    229,162     361,000     590,162  
                                   ----------- ----------- ----------- 
Balance, August 24, 1994..........  $  56,206   $ 438,834   $ 495,040
                                   =========== =========== =========== 
 
                          
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
                            
                            TRUVISION WIRELESS, INC.
             STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (NOTE 1)
              (Data with respect to June 30, 1996 are unaudited)

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION>

                                        Series A        Series B                                                 
                                       Convertible     Convertible                                                
                                     Preferred Stock Preferred Stock    Common Stock*    Additional               
                                     --------------- --------------- ------------------   Paid-in    Accumulated  
                                      Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount   Shares    Amount   Capital*     Deficit
                                     -------- ------ -------- ------ ---------- -------  ----------  -----------
<S>                                  <C>      <C>    <C>      <C>    <C>        <C>     <C>         <C>
Exchange of the net assets of                                                                                 
  Mississippi Wireless TV L.P. 
  for common stock of the 
  Company.........................         -   $  -        -   $  -   2,400,000 $24,000   $  471,040    $      - 
Sale of preferred stock, net of                                                                               
  issuance costs of $761,361 .....    800,000  8,000       -      -          -       -     7,230,639           -   
Net loss for the period from                                                                                  
  inception through December 31,                                                                                
  1994............................         -      -        -      -          -       -           -      (641,762) 
                                     -------- ------ -------- ------ ---------- ------- -----------  ------------ 
*Balance, December 31, 1994.......    800,000  8,000       -      -   2,400,000  24,000   7,701,679     (641,762) 
Net loss..........................         -      -        -      -          -       -           -    (2,502,382) 
Sale of preferred stock...........         -      -   300,000  3,000         -       -    2,997,000           -  
                                     -------- ------ -------- ------ ---------- ------- -----------  ------------ 
Balance, December 31, 1995........    800,000  8,000  300,000  3,000  2,400,000  24,000  10,698,679   (3,144,144) 
Net loss..........................         -      -        -      -          -       -           -    (5,993,578)
                                     -------- ------ -------- ------ ---------- ------- -----------  ------------ 
Balance, June 30, 1996............    800,000 $8,000  300,000 $3,000  2,400,000 $24,000 $10,698,679  $(9,137,722) 
                                     ======== ====== ======== ====== ========== ======= ===========  ============ 

</TABLE>
- ------
* Restated to reflect the 2-for-1 common stock split. See Note 2.
 

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
                            
                            
                            TRUVISION WIRELESS, INC.
 
                       STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (NOTE 1)
          (Data with respect to June 30, 1995 and 1996 are unaudited)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Mississippi Wireless TV L.P.                    TruVision Wireless, Inc.             
                                 ----------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Period from                                                                         
                                    inception                                                               Six Months Ended
                                 (November 2, 1993)  January 1, 1994  August 25, 1994                            June 30,          
                                      through              to               to            Year Ended                                
                                 December 31, 1993   August 24, 1994 December 31, 1994 December 31, 1995     1995         1996      
                                 ------------------  --------------- ----------------- ----------------- ------------ ------------
                                                                                                                (unaudited) 
<S>                              <C>                <C>             <C>               <C>               <C>          <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:                           
  Net loss......................  $       (227,919)  $    (948,203)  $     (641,762)   $    (2,502,382)  $ (629,621)  $(5,993,578)
  Adjustments to reconcile net 
    loss to net cash provided by
    operating activities:                        
    Depreciation and                                                                           
      amortization..............                -           82,196           167,990         1,266,301      439,355     1,439,974
    Provision for losses on                                                                                            
      accounts receivable.......                -               -             34,000           126,370       22,722        22,038
    Changes in operating assets                  
      and liabilities:                             
      Decrease (increase) in                                                                                   
        accounts receivable.....                -         (105,395)          (23,783)         (368,848)     (88,384)     (136,854)
      Decrease (increase) in other                                                                                  
        current assets..........                -          (76,969)           63,014           (97,371)    (118,923)     (201,650)
      Increase (decrease) in                                                                                              
        accounts payable........            17,785         431,319           364,367          (100,254)     170,938     4,077,863
      Increase (decrease) in                                                                                             
        accrued liabilities.....                -               -             77,671           (34,671)     (59,747)    1,742,109
                                 ------------------ --------------- ----------------- ----------------- ------------ -------------
Cash provided by (used in)                                                                                           
  operating activities: ........          (210,134)       (617,052)           41,497        (1,710,855)    (263,660)      949,902 
                                 ------------------ --------------- ----------------- ----------------- ------------ -------------

Cash flows from investing activities:        
  Capital expenditures..........          (177,000)     (2,555,318)       (1,896,615)       (6,682,712)  (3,391,291)   (6,988,028)
  Payments for license and                                                                                          
    organizational costs........                -         (541,823)         (165,505)               -            -     (8,352,000)
  Increase in deferred costs and                                                                                         
    other assets................                -               -                 -         (1,250,566)    (342,370)   (1,947,802)
  Deposits for acquisitions.....                -               -                 -           (100,000)          -     (1,500,000)
  Deposit for FCC auction.......                -               -                 -           (450,000)          -             - 
  Proceeds from short-term                                                                                             
    investments.................                -               -                 -             38,700       38,700            - 
  Purchase of short-term                                                                                                    
    investments.................                -               -            (75,000)               -            -        (12,200)
                                 ------------------ --------------- ----------------- ----------------- ------------ -------------
Net cash used in investing                                                                                                 
  activities....................          (177,000)     (3,097,141)       (2,137,120)       (8,444,578)  (3,694,961)  (18,800,030)
                                 ------------------ --------------- ----------------- ----------------- ------------ -------------

Cash flows from financing activities:        
  Proceeds from issuance of                                                                                               
    preferred stock.............                -               -          8,000,000         3,000,000           -             - 
  Preferred stock issuance 
    costs.......................                -               -           (761,361)               -            -             - 
  Principal payments on notes                                                                                               
    payable.....................                -               -         (3,308,000)               -            -             - 
  Proceeds from issuance of 
    short-term debt.............                -        3,308,000                -          4,531,464    1,396,302    17,954,346
  Proceeds from partners'                                                                                                     
    contributions...............         1,081,000         590,162                -                 -            -             -
                                 ------------------ --------------- ----------------- ----------------- ------------ ------------
Net cash provided by financing                                                                                    
  activities....................         1,081,000       3,898,162         3,930,639         7,531,464    1,396,302    17,954,346
                                 ------------------ --------------- ----------------- ----------------- ------------ -------------
Net increase (decrease) in 
  cash and cash equivalents.....           693,866         183,969         1,835,016        (2,623,969)  (2,562,319)      104,218
Cash and cash equivalents at                                                                                           
  beginning of period...........                -          693,866           877,835         2,712,851    2,712,851        88,882
                                 ------------------ --------------- ----------------- ----------------- ------------ -------------
Cash and cash equivalents 
  at end of period..............  $        693,866   $     877,835   $     2,712,851   $        88,882    $ 150,532   $   193,100
                                 ================== =============== ================= ================= ============ =============
 
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                            TRUVISION WIRELESS, INC.
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         (Data with respect to June 30, 1996 and 1995 are unaudited) 

NOTE 1: THE COMPANY
 
History and Organization
 
  TruVision Cable, Inc. ("TruVision" or the "Company"), a Delaware corporation, 
was incorporated in April 1994, and began business activities on August 25, 
1994. The Company's name was changed to TruVision Wireless, Inc. on February 6, 
1996. The Company is engaged in building, managing and owning wireless cable 
systems which retransmit television and programming received at a head-end via 
encryptic microwave signals from multichannel broadcast towers to subscribers 
within an approximate 40 mile radius of each tower. The Company has exclusive 
lease rights to substantially all of the ITFS wireless cable channels in the 
State of Mississippi licensed by the Federal Communications Commission ("FCC"). 
 
  Mississippi Wireless TV L. P. ("MWTV"), a Mississippi limited partnership, 
was formed on November 2, 1993. For the period from inception through August 
24, 1994, MWTV's business activities consisted primarily of development and 
initial operational activities related to certain of its wireless cable rights 
which had been assigned to it by an affiliate. 
 
  TruVision began business activities upon the contribution of all of the net 
assets of MWTV in exchange for 1,200,000 shares (2,400,000 after the 2-for-1 
common stock split-see Note 2) of common stock in the Company. At the same 
time, an unrelated party, Chase Venture Capital Associates ("CVCA") (formerly 
Chemical Venture Capital Associates), a California limited partnership, 
contributed $8,000,000 cash in exchange for 800,000 shares of Series A 
Convertible Preferred Stock. This transfer of the net assets of MWTV to 
TruVision has been accounted for as a transfer of net assets between related 
parties, and accordingly, the Company has recorded the net assets received in 
the exchange at MWTV's historical carrying values. 
 
  The Company is developing its Mississippi wireless cable operations in two 
phases. Phase I will consist of five markets which cover West, Central and 
South Mississippi. In May 1994, the Company placed its first market in 
operation in the Jackson, Mississippi area. In July 1995, the Company placed 
its second market in operation in the Delta area. A third market, serving 
portions of the Gulf Coast, is expected to begin operations in the first 
quarter of 1996. Construction plans call for the development of the additional 
markets within the Phase I area. 
 
  Plans for the development of Phase II, which consists of four markets 
primarily in North Mississippi, have not been finalized. Pursuant to a 
stockholders' agreement between CVCA and MWTV, the Company has the option to 
complete development of Phase II within a five-year period. Under the terms of 
the option, each of the parties to the agreement will contribute their 
respective portions of the development costs in cash. In the event the Company 
participates in an initial public offering or sale prior to commencing 
development of each cell of Phase II, Vision Communications, Inc. ("VCI"), an 
entity owned primarily by the general partner of MWTV, will be eligible to 
receive a payment (the "Phase II Payment") for its contribution of frequency 
rights equal to $1,125,000 per market (total of $4.5 million), payable in cash 
or in shares of Common Stock of the Company based on the fair value of such 
shares at the time of the Phase II Payment. See Note 10. 
 
Risks and Other Factors
 
  The Company has recorded net losses in each period of its operations. At 
December 31, 1995, the Company's accumulated deficit was approximately 
$3,144,000 ($9,137,722 at June 30, 1996). Losses incurred since inception are 
attributable primarily to start-up costs, marketing and sales costs 
and depreciation of assets used in the Company's wireless cable systems in 
various markets. The Company expects to continue to experience net losses while 
it develops and expands its wireless cable systems, although mature individual 
systems of the Company may reach profitability sooner than the Company on a 
consolidated basis. In the opinion of management, the Company will ultimately 
achieve positive cash flow and net income sufficient to realize its investment 
in its assets; however, there can be no assurance that the Company will 
generate sufficient operating revenues to achieve positive cash flow or net 
income. 
 
  The growth of the Company's business requires substantial investment on a 
continuing basis to finance capital expenditures and related expenses for 
expansion of the Company's customer base and system development. Management 
expects that the Company will require significant additional financings, 
through debt or equity financings, joint ventures or other arrangements, to 
achieve its targeted subscriber levels in its current business plans in its 
operating systems and target markets and to cover ongoing operating losses. 
Additional debt or equity also may be required to finance future acquisitions 
of wireless cable companies, wireless cable systems or channel rights. While 
management believes the Company will be able to obtain additional debt or 
equity capital on satisfactory terms to meet its future financing needs, there 
can be no assurance that either additional debt or equity capital will be 
available. 
 
  The Company is dependent on leases with unaffiliated third parties for 
substantially all of its wireless cable channel rights. ITFS licenses generally 
are granted for a term of 10 years and are subject to renewal by the FCC. MDS 
licenses generally will expire on May 1, 2001 unless renewed. FCC licenses also 
specify construction deadlines which, if not met by the Company or extended by 
the FCC, could result in the loss of the license. There can be no assurance 
that the FCC will grant any particular extension request or license renewal 
request. The remaining initial terms of most of the Company's ITFS channel 
leases are approximately five to 10 years. The Company's MDS leases generally 
are for substantially longer terms and the Company has acquired options to 
purchase a majority of the underlying MDS licenses. The use of wireless cable 
channels by the license holders is subject to regulation by the FCC and the 
Company is dependent upon the continuing compliance by channel license holders 
with applicable regulations. The termination or non-renewal of a channel lease 
or of a channel license, or the failure to grant an application for an 
extension of the time to construct an authorized station, would result in the 
Company being unable to deliver programming on the channels authorized pursuant 
thereto. Although the Company does not believe that the termination of or 
failures to renew a single channel lease other than that with EdNet would 
materially adversely affect the Company, several of such terminations or 
failure to renew in one or more markets that the Company actively serves or 
intends to serve could have a material adverse effect on the Company. In 
addition, the termination, forfeiture, revocation or failure to renew or extend 
an authorization or license held by the Company's lessors could have a material 
adverse effect on the Company. 
 
  The Company contracts for the commercial use of 20 ITFS channels in various 
markets throughout the state of Mississippi with EdNet. The commercial use of 
these channels represents the majority of the Company's channels in Mississippi 
and the loss of, or inability to renew, the EdNet Agreement would have a 
material adverse effect on the Company's operations. See Note 3. 
 
NOTE 2: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements
 
  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted 
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions 
that effect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the 
financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during 
the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. 
 
Revenue Recognition
 
  Revenues from monthly service charges are recognized as the service is 
provided to the customer. Customers are billed in the month services are 
rendered. Installation fees are recognized as income to the extent the Company 
has incurred direct selling costs. 
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
  The Company recognizes an allowance for doubtful accounts to the extent it 
believes receivables are not collectible. The provision for doubtful accounts 
was approximately $34,000 and $126,000 for 1994 and 1995, respectively. No 
writeoffs were made in 1994. Writeoffs of accounts receivable were 
approximately $45,000 in 1995. 
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
 
  The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities 
of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents. 
 
Short-term Investments
 
  Short-term investments represent certificates of deposit of approximately 
$75,000 in 1994, $36,000 in 1995 and $49,000 in 1996 restricted for use under 
a programming contract. 
 
System Operating Expenses
 
  System operating expenses consist principally of programming fees, license 
fees, tower rental, maintenance, engineering and other costs incidental to 
providing service to customers. Administrative and marketing expenses incurred 
by systems during their launch period are expensed as incurred. 
 
System Launch Costs
 
  The costs incurred to prepare a market for launch (marketing, pre-opening 
administration, training, etc.) are expensed in the period incurred. 
 
Property, Plant and Equipment
 
  Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is recorded on 
the straight-line basis for financial reporting purposes. Costs incurred for 
repair and maintenance of property, plant and equipment are charged to expense 
when incurred. Costs incurred for renewals and improvements are capitalized. 
Costs of subscriber equipment, including installation labor and other direct 
installation costs, are capitalized. Subscriber premises equipment and 
installation costs are depreciated using a composite method over five years 
which factors in the Company's estimates of useful lives of recoverable 
equipment and average subscriber lives of nonrecoverable installation costs. 
Materials and supplies used to provide service to customers are included in 
office furniture and equipment and are valued at the lower of cost or market. 
 
  Depreciation is recorded over the estimated useful lives as follows:
 
       Transmission equipment................................. 5-10 years 
       Subscriber premises equipment and installation costs...    5 years 
       Office furniture and equipment.........................   10 years 
       Vehicles...............................................    5 years 
       Buildings and improvements.............................   31 years 
 
License and Organizational Costs
 
  License costs include the costs of acquiring the rights to use certain FCC 
frequencies to broadcast programming to the Company's customers. These costs, 
net of amortization of $6,000 and $25,000 at December 31, 1994, and 1995, 
respectively, and $250,000 at June 30, 1996, are being amortized over a
ten-year period beginning with inception of service in a market. The Company 
from time to time reevaluates the carrying amounts of the licenses based on 
estimated undiscounted future cash flows as well as the amortization period to 
determine whether current events or circumstances warrant adjustments to the 
carrying amounts or a revised estimate of the useful life. 
 
  Organizational costs include legal fees and other professional fees and 
expenses incident to organizing the Company. These costs, net of amortization 
of $28,000 and $118,000 at December 31, 1994 and 1995, respectively, and 
$225,000 at June 30, 1996, are being amortized over a five-year period. 
 
Income Taxes
 
  Income taxes are provided using an asset and liability approach. The current 
provision for income taxes represents actual or estimated amounts payable or 
refundable on tax returns filed or to be filed for each year. Deferred tax 
assets and liabilities are recorded for the estimated future tax effects of (a) 
temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and 
amounts reported in balance sheets, and (b) operating loss and tax credit carry 
forwards. The overall change in deferred tax assets and liabilities for the 
period measures the deferred tax expense for the period. Effects of changes in 
enacted tax laws on deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected as 
adjustments to tax expense in the period of enactment. The measurement of 
deferred tax assets may be reduced by a valuation allowance based on judgmental 
assessment of available evidence if deemed more likely than not that some or 
all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. 
 
  The following summarizes the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities as 
of December 31, 1994 and 1995: 
 
                                               December 31,    
                                           --------------------- 
                                             1994        1995    
                                           --------   ---------- 
Deferred tax assets:                
  Net operating loss carryforwards........ $287,820   $1,827,540 
  Allowance for bad debt..................   13,260       62,400 
                                           --------   ---------- 
     Total tax assets.....................  301,080    1,889,940 
     Valuation allowance..................  249,990    1,224,210 
                                           --------   ---------- 
                                             51,090      665,730 
                                           --------   ---------- 
Deferred tax liabilities:           
  Depreciation............................   25,350      540,150 
  Deferred cost...........................   25,740      125,580 
                                           --------   ---------- 
      Total deferred tax liabilities......   51,090      665,730 
                                           --------   ---------- 
Net deferred tax asset.................... $     -    $       -  
                                           ========   ========== 
 
  The Company recognizes a deferred tax asset to the extent such amounts offset 
deferred tax liabilities. The $974,000 change in the valuation allowance from 
December 31, 1994 to December 31, 1995 is due primarily to the increase in the 
net operating loss carryforwards, which gives rise to deferred tax assets, over
the increase in the temporary differences related to depreciation, which gives 
rise to deferred tax liabilities. 
 
  The Company has net operating loss carryforwards for Federal income tax 
purposes of approximately $4,686,000 as of December 31, 1995. The carryforwards 
expire in years 2009 and 2010. 
 
Stock Split
 
  On March 26, 1996, the Board of Directors authorized a 2-for-1 stock split in 
the form of a 100% stock dividend which will be distributed on April 15, 1996 
to shareholders of record on March 15, 1996. Unless otherwise indicated, all 
per share data, number of common shares and the statements of stockholders' 
equity have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this stock split. 
 
Net Loss Per Common Share
 
  Net loss per common share is based on the net loss attributable to the 
weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period 
presented (2,400,000 as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and June 30, 1995 and
1996.) Conversion of the Series A and B Convertible Preferred Stock into Common 
Stock is not assumed because the impact is antidilutive. Shares issuable upon 
exercise of stock options are antidilutive and have been excluded from the 
calculation. For all periods presented, fully diluted loss per common share and 
primary loss per common share are the same. 
 
Statement of Cash Flows
 
  In 1994, the Company issued 2,400,000 shares of Class B Common Stock to MWTV 
in exchange for assets with a carrying amount of $4,252,144 and liabilities of 
$3,757,104. This exchange has been treated as a non-cash transaction except for 
the cash balances of $877,835 acquired from MWTV. No interest or income taxes 
were paid in 1994. Interest of $137,385 was paid during the year ended December 
31, 1995 of which approximately $65,000 was capitalized. For the six months 
ended June 30, 1996 interest of $152,832 was paid. No interest was paid for the 
six months ended June 30, 1995 and no interest was capitalized for the six 
month periods ended June 30, 1995 and 1996. No income taxes were paid for any 
period presented. 
 
Disclosure about the Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
  The fair value of the Company's financial instruments (which consist of cash, 
accounts receivable and payable, and short-term debt) approximate their 
carrying amounts. 
 
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
 
  In 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Statement 
of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 121, Accounting for the 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of. 
The Statement does not apply to deferred acquisition costs or deferred tax 
assets. The Company plans to adopt this statement effective January 1, 1996; 
however, management believes that its adoption will not have a material effect 
on the Company's financial statements. 
  
  In October 1995, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock Based 
Compensation, which generally requires disclosure of additional information 
concerning stock based employee compensation arrangements. The Company plans to 
adopt SFAS No. 123 effective January 1, 1996. 
 
Unaudited Interim Financial Statements
 
The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared 
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim 
financial information and Rule 10.01 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do 
not include all of the information and footnotes required by generally accepted 
accounting principles for complete financial statements. In the opinion of 
management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) 
considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. Operating 
results for the six months ended June 30, 1996 are not necessarily 
indicative of the results that will be expected for the year ending December 
31, 1996.  
 
NOTE 3: LICENSE CONTRACTS
 
  In August 1993, VCI signed a renewable long-term agreement with the 
Mississippi EdNet Institute, Inc. ("EdNet"), a non-profit, quasi-governmental 
body which manages the licenses designated to various state educational 
entities. Subsequently, VCI assigned its rights under the EdNet agreement to 
the Company. See Note 1. This lease gives the Company exclusive rights to 
utilize excess air time (that portion of a channel's airtime available for 
commercial broadcasting according to FCC regulations) on the 20 ITFS channels 
in Mississippi. The terms of the channel leases are 10 years, commencing in 
1992. The contract provides for the monthly payment of $0.05 per subscriber per 
channel or, beginning one year after operating the first market, a minimum of 
$7,500 per month. Expense for 1994 and 1995 related to this agreement was 
$9,300 and $69,000, respectively. 
 
  The contract also requires TruVision to make advances to EdNet during the 
first 24 months of operations in the amount of $6,000 per month. These advances 
are being recovered as a credit against license fees owed to EdNet. 
 
  The agreement with EdNet contains the following major provisions and 
requirements to be met by TruVision: 
 
  * The system is to ultimately cover at least 95% of the population of the 
licensed Mississippi geographic coverage area (including the areas designated 
as Phase II by the Company). 
 
  * The system must be interconnected by a two-way audio/video link between 
TruVision/EdNet transmission sites and Mississippi Authority for Educational 
Television headquarters in Jackson, Mississippi. The cost of this 
interconnection must be borne by TruVision within certain limits. 
 
  * TruVision will provide standard installations at locations as EdNet may 
designate. 
 
  * TruVision will install and equip an electronic classroom in each of its 
Mississippi Markets. 
 
  * TruVision will complete the network by July 1, 1998.
 
  The Company capitalizes the cost incurred to comply with the facility 
installation and interconnection requirements of the EdNet Agreement and 
depreciates such cost over the estimated life of the related equipment. 
 
NOTE 4: SHORT-TERM DEBT
 

  Short-term debt consists of the following:
 
                                                   December 31,             
                                                 ---------------  June 30,
                                                 1994    1995       1996
                                                 ---- ----------  ---------
Borrowings under $6,000,000 revolving 
  line of credit with a bank, due June 30, 
  1996, with interest due monthly at 1% 
  above the bank's prime rate (9.50% at 
  December 31, 1995)........................... $ -   $4,531,464  $4,026,795
Borrowings under the Interim Credit 
  Facility with CVCA, due on demand after 
  June 30, 1996, with interest of 10% due 
  at maturity. See Note 10.....................   -           -   12,000,000 
Borrowings under interim credit facility
  with Wireless One, Inc. See Note 11..........   -           -    5,722,482
Other..........................................   -           -      736,533 
 

  The borrowings under the revolving line of credit are secured by 
substantially all of the assets of the Company, including licenses, accounts 
receivable, inventory, property and equipment, and contract rights. 
Additionally, the borrowings are guaranteed by the Company's president and a 
stockholder. The Company may prepay its obligations without penalty at any 
time. 
 
NOTE 5: STOCK OPTION PLANS AND EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS
 
  The Company has established a stock option plan for executives and other key 
employees. The plan provides for a maximum of 250,000 shares of Common Stock to 
be reserved for such options. Terms and conditions of the Company's options 
generally are at the discretion of the board of directors; however, no options 
are exercisable after June 8, 2004. 
 
  In August 1994, the Company granted options totaling 191,490 shares to two 
key employees at an exercise price of $5.00 per share. In June 1995 and August 
1995, options to purchase shares of 30,000 and 20,000, respectively, were 
granted to two additional key employees at a price of $5.00 per share. The 
options granted in 1995 vest over a five-year period. As of December 31, 1995, 
options for 140,426 shares are exercisable. No compensation expense has been 
recorded on these options granted since the option price was equal to the 
estimated fair market value of the option shares on the date the options were 
granted. 
 
NOTE 6: PREFERRED AND COMMON STOCK RIGHTS
 
  In October 1995, the Company issued 300,000 shares of Series B Convertible 
Preferred Stock for gross proceeds of $3,000,000. Pursuant to a prior 
commitment, CVCA acquired 270,000 shares and 30,000 shares were issued to a 
common stockholder. MWTV has pledged its shares of the Company's Common Stock 
to CVCA. 
 
  Series A and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock is senior to all other 
shares of stock. Convertible Preferred Stock dividend rights are cumulative at 
8% per annum based on a stated value of $10 per share. As of December 31, 1994 
and 1995, the aggregate amount of Convertible Preferred Stock dividends in 
arrears was approximately $227,000 and $914,000, respectively ($547,000 and 
$1,354,000, respectively, at June 30, 1995 and 1996). No preferred dividends 
have been declared. See Note 11. 
  
  In the event of any liquidation, holders of Series A and Series B Convertible 
Preferred Stock would first be entitled to receive the greater of (i) the total 
$11,000,000 liquidation preference ($8,000,000 for Series A and $3,000,000 for 
Series B) plus all accrued but unpaid dividends, or (ii) the amount that would 
have been paid, or the value of property that would have been distributed if, 
prior to liquidation, the shares had been converted to Common Stock plus all 
accrued but unpaid dividends. 
 
  Each share of Convertible Preferred Stock carries voting rights as if 
converted into shares of Common Stock and, at the option of the holder, is 
convertible at any point in time into one fully paid, nonassessable share (two 
shares after the 2-for-1 common stock split-see Note 2) of Common Stock plus 
cash equal to accrued but unpaid dividends. If the conversion is not made 
pursuant to an initial public offering, TruVision may, at its option, issue a 
promissory note in lieu of paying the dividends. 
 
  The holders of Convertible Preferred Stock are also entitled to elect two of 
the five member Board of Directors of the Company. Pursuant to the terms of a 
stockholder's agreement certain restrictions have been placed on the 
stockholders' ability to vote on specified matters. 
 
  In October 1995, the corporate charter was amended to combine Class A and 
Class B Common Stock into a single class of $0.01 par value, Common Stock. 
 
  Holders of Common Stock are not eligible to receive dividends as long as any 
shares of Convertible Preferred Stock are outstanding. 
 
  In the event of liquidation, after distribution in full of preferential 
amounts to be distributed to holders of Convertible Preferred Stock, the 
holders of Common Stock would receive distributions in proportion to the number 
of shares held. 
 
NOTE 7: DEFERRED COSTS AND OTHER ASSETS
 
                                                 December 31,    
                                              ------------------ 
                                                                  June 30,
                                                1994     1995       1996    
                                              ------- ---------- ---------- 
Deferred costs and other assets 
  consist of: 
  Deferred merger, financing and 
    acquisition costs -Note 11............... $    -  $1,027,216 $2,464,637 
  Advances to EdNet-Note 3...................  84,000    132,000    102,924 
  Deposits for future acquisitions
    -Note 10.................................      -     100,000    142,153 
  FCC auction deposit........................      -     450,000  1,450,000 
  Other......................................   6,341    140,340    631,945 
                                              ------- ---------- ---------- 
                                              $90,341 $1,849,556 $4,791,659 
                                              ======= ========== ========== 

  Deferred acquisition costs consist primarily of professional fees, 
engineering costs, travel costs and other related costs associated with the 
acquisition of channel rights, licenses and related cable systems which are 
currently subject to letters of intent or definitive agreements (see Note 10). 
Such costs will be amortized over periods ranging from five to 10 years, 
beginning when each acquisition is consummated, or, if the acquisition is not 
consummated, written off. At June 30, 1996 deferred merger and financing costs
relate to a proposed public offering of common stock and Senior Discount Notes
and the pending merger with Wireless One, Inc. See Note 11.
 
NOTE 8: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
  The Company leases office space, antenna space and certain channel broadcast 
rights under noncancelable operating leases with remaining terms ranging from 
four to eight and one-half years. The following is a schedule by years of 
future minimum rentals due under the leases at December 31, 1995: 
 
         1996............................... $369,920 
         1997...............................  397,744 
         1998...............................  309,657 
         1999...............................  190,228 
         2000...............................  132,502 
         Thereafter.........................  225,711 
 
  Rent under these leases was $55,004 for the period August 25, 1994 to 
December 31, 1994 and $254,512 for the year ended December 31, 1995. 
 
  The Company is participating in an auction conducted by the FCC for rights to 
obtain use of available MDS commercial channels in certain basic trading areas. 
The Company's outstanding bids for these rights aggregate approximately $16 
million. If the Company is the highest bidder in any, or all, of the areas, the 
Company will be required to pay up to $14 million (net of a small business 
bidding credit), a portion of which will be financed by the U.S. government. 
 
  The Company is involved in certain legal proceedings generally incidental to 
its business. While the results of any litigation contain an element of 
uncertainty, management believes that the outcome of any known or threatened 
legal proceeding will not have a material effect on the Company's financial 
position or results of operations. 
 
NOTE 9: CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK 
 
  Financial instruments which potentially expose the Company to concentrations 
of credit risk, consist primarily of cash and accounts receivable. The Company 
has not experienced any losses on its deposits. Subscriber accounts receivable 
collectibility is impacted by economic trends in each of the Company's markets. 
Such receivables are typically collected within 30 days, and the Company has 
provided an allowance which it believes is adequate to absorb losses from 
uncollectible accounts. 
 
NOTE 10: BUSINESS COMBINATIONS AND PROPOSED FINANCING TRANSACTIONS 
 
  In February 1996, TruVision acquired all the outstanding common stock of 
BarTel, Inc., a company holding wireless cable license rights in the Demopolis 
and Tuscaloosa, Alabama Markets for cash of approximately $1.7 million and, if 
certain conditions are met, notes payable of $652,000. Accordingly, BarTel, 
Inc.'s financial position at June 30, 1996 and the results of its operations 
for the period from the date of the consummation of the acquisition to June 30,
1996, are reflected in the Company's results for the six months ended June 30, 
1996. Additionally, TruVision has entered into a definitive agreement to 
purchase substantially all of the assets of Madison Communications, Inc. and 
Beasley Communications, Inc. ("Madison"), a wired and wireless cable provider 
located near Huntsville, Alabama, for approximately $6.0 million. 
 
  In March 1996, the Company entered into a letter of intent to acquire 
substantially all of the assets of Shoals Wireless, Inc., a wireless cable 
provider located in Lawrenceburg, Tennessee, for $1,180,000 in cash. 
 
  TruVision has also entered into agreements to purchase licenses, channel 
rights and equipment in several other markets for cash of approximately $11.9 
million. None of these markets is currently operating and no significant 
liabilities are expected to be assumed in connection with these asset 
acquisitions. 
 
  The Company expects to finance the acquisitions described above with the 
short-term line of credit discussed in Note 4 and with an Interim Facility of 
up to $12.0 million provided by CVCA in the form of a 10% note payable (due on 
demand after June 30, 1996). See Notes 4 and 11. 
 
NOTE 11: SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
  On April 25, 1996, the Company entered into an agreement and plan of merger 
(the "Agreement") with Wireless One, Inc. ("Wireless One"), in which Wireless 
One will exchange approximately 3.4 million shares of its common stock for all 
of the Company's outstanding shares in a transaction valued at $45 million. The 
transaction is expected to close by late July 1996. In connection with the 
consummation of the Agreement it is expected that all of the Shares of Series A 
and B Convertible Preferred Stock will be converted into shares of Common Stock 
and all accrued and unpaid preferred dividends ($1,354,000 at June 30, 1996) 
will be paid. 
 
  On May 6, 1996, Wireless One issued the Company two short-term lines of 
credit, a $1.5 million line of credit which is to be used to fund working 
capital purposes and pay off the borrowings under the bank revolving line of 
credit ("Working Capital Line of Credit") and a $9 million line of credit to be 
used to fund acquisition needs ("Acquisition Line of Credit"), together the 
"Lines of Credit". The Acquisition Line of Credit will increase to $15 million 
upon repayment of the Working Capital Line of Credit. The Lines of Credit are 
secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company and accrue interest 
at Wireless One's borrowing rate of 13%. Principal and interest are due on the 
tenth business day following the earliest of (1) the date of the consummation 
of the Agreement, (2) December 31, 1996, or (3) the date the Agreement is 
rescinded. 
 
  Prior to the Agreement, the Company was pursuing a public offering of Common 
Stock and Senior Discount Notes (the "Offerings"). Concurrent with the 
Agreement, the Company withdrew the Offerings. Certain costs related to the 
Offerings and the Agreement of approximately $474,000 were deferred at June 30, 
1996.  Costs related to the Offerings which did not relate to the Agreement or
a related public offering of Wireless One were written off.
                    

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To Madison Communications, Inc. and
Beasley Communications, Inc.:
 
  We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of Madison 
Communications, Inc. and Beasley Communications, Inc. (Alabama corporations) as 
of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the related combined statements of operations 
and accumulated deficit and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 1993, 
1994 and 1995. These combined financial statements are the responsibility of 
the Companies' management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these 
combined financial statements based on our audits. 
 
  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing 
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to 
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of 
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence 
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit 
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant 
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial 
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis 
for our opinion. 
 
  In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present 
fairly, in all material respects, the combined financial position of Madison 
Communications, Inc. and Beasley Communications, Inc. as of December 31, 1994 
and 1995 and the combined results of their operations and their combined cash 
flows for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, in conformity with 
generally accepted accounting principles. 
 
Arthur Andersen LLP
 
Jackson, Mississippi,
January 19, 1996 (except with respect 
   to the matter discussed in note 6, 
   as to which the date is February 6, 
   1996). 
         
         
         MADISON COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND BEASLEY COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                      COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS (Note 1)
              (Data with respect to June 30, 1996 are unaudited)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     December 31,           June 30,
                                              --------------------------- ------------- 
                                                  1994          1995          1996      
                                              ------------- ------------- ------------- 
                                                                           (unaudited)  
                    ASSETS                                                              
<S>                                           <C>           <C>           <C>
Current assets:                                                                        
Cash.........................................  $     5,705   $    39,711   $   100,644
Accounts receivable (less allowance for                                                 
  doubtful accounts of $16,302, $13,888 and                                               
  $19,673, respectively).....................        1,068         3,513            -
Other current assets.........................        7,804        13,401           287  
                                              ------------- ------------- ------------- 
Total current assets.........................       14,577        56,625       100,931  
                                              ------------- ------------- ------------- 
Property, plant and equipment:                                                          
  Cable system-wireless......................    2,337,362     2,462,318     2,500,569  
  Cable system-wired.........................    1,042,923     1,062,824     1,065,641
  Machinery and equipment....................      155,753       130,494       130,494  
  Buildings, leasehold improvements, office                                               
    furniture and equipment..................       34,605        40,071        40,071  
  Land.......................................       50,000        50,000        50,000  
                                              ------------- ------------- ------------- 
                                                 3,620,643     3,745,707     3,786,775  
  Less: accumulated depreciation.............   (1,944,781)   (2,499,752)   (2,753,203) 
                                              ------------- ------------- ------------- 
                                                 1,675,862     1,245,955     1,033,572  
Uninstalled subscriber premises equipment....       18,195        10,431        12,538  
                                              ------------- ------------- ------------- 
                                                 1,694,057     1,256,386     1,046,110  
                                              ------------- ------------- ------------- 
License costs, net-(note 2)..................       73,333        66,666        63,332  
Other assets.................................        1,835         1,835         1,835  
                                              ------------- ------------- ------------- 
    Total assets.............................  $ 1,783,802   $ 1,381,512   $ 1,212,208  
                                              ============= ============= ============= 
 
     LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                                               
Current liabilities:                                                                    
  Accounts payable...........................  $    84,042   $    64,874   $    60,613  
  Accrued expenses, primarily programming                                                 
    costs....................................      275,294       319,424       332,977  
  Deferred income............................       28,055        20,576        17,560  
  Borrowings under line of credit (note 3)...      275,000       125,000        75,000  
                                              ------------- ------------- ------------- 
    Total current liabilities................      662,391       529,874       486,150  
                                              ------------- ------------- ------------- 
Commitments and contingencies (note 4)                                                  

Stockholders' equity                                                                    
  Common Stock; $1 par value; 1,000 shares                                                
    authorized issued and outstanding........        1,000         1,000         1,000  
  Additional paid-in capital.................    2,475,192     2,475,192     2,475,192  
  Accumulated deficit........................   (1,354,781)   (1,624,554)   (1,750,134) 
                                              ------------- ------------- ------------- 
    Total stockholders' equity...............    1,121,411       851,638       726,058  
                                              ------------- ------------- ------------- 
    Total liabilities and stockholders' 
      equity.................................  $ 1,783,802   $ 1,381,512   $ 1,212,208  
                                              ============= ============= ============= 
</TABLE> 

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
         

         MADISON COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND BEASLEY COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
           COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND ACCUMULATED DEFICIT
          (Data with respect to June 30, 1995 and 1996 are unaudited)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          Six Months Ended  
                                                    Year Ended December 31,                    June 30,          
                                           ----------------------------------------- --------------------------- 
                                               1993          1994          1995          1995          1996      
                                           ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- 
                                                                                             (unaudited)         
<S>                                        <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Revenues:                                                                                                        
  Service revenues........................  $ 1,426,971   $ 1,493,337   $ 1,543,470   $   777,592   $   782,283  
  Installation revenues...................       68,026        63,400        38,677            -             -  
                                           ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- 
    Total revenues........................    1,494,997     1,556,737     1,582,147       777,592       782,283  
                                           ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- 
Expenses:                                                                                                        
  System operating expenses...............      727,124       814,715       888,707       311,901       301,840  
  General and administrative                                                                                                   
    expenses..............................      386,911       402,897       404,804       305,642       374,095
  Depreciation and amortization...........      578,739       626,531       577,240       296,193       256,784
                                           ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- 
    Total operating expenses..............    1,692,774     1,844,143     1,870,751       913,736       932,719
                                           ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- 
Loss from operations......................     (197,777)     (287,406)     (288,604)     (136,144)     (150,436)
Other income (expense):                                                                                          
  Other income............................       40,793        43,180        43,414        19,430        30,060  
  Gain (loss) on sale of assets...........      103,583            -         (7,143)           -             -   
  Interest (expense)......................      (55,465)      (31,090)      (17,440)      (10,619)       (5,204) 
                                           ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- 
Net loss..................................     (108,866)     (275,316)     (269,773)     (127,333)     (125,580)  
Accumulated deficit-beginning of period...     (970,599)   (1,079,465)   (1,354,781)   (1,354,781)   (1,624,554) 
                                           ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- 
Accumulated deficit-end of period.........  $(1,079,465)  $(1,354,781)  $(1,624,554)  $(1,482,114)  $(1,750,134)
                                           ============= ============= ============= ============= ============= 
</TABLE> 

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
         
         MADISON COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND BEASLEY COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
          (Data with respect to June 30, 1995 and 1996 are unaudited)
 
<TABLE>                                                                                                  
<CAPTION>                                                                                             Six Months      
                                                                Year Ended December 31,             Ended June 30, 
                                                          -----------------------------------   ---------------------- 
                                                             1993        1994        1995          1995        1996    
                                                          ----------- ----------- -----------   ----------  ---------- 
                                                                                                     (unaudited)      
<S>                                                       <C>          <C>        <C>           <C>         <C>
Cash flows provided by operating activities:                                                                        
  Net loss...............................................  $(108,866)  $(275,316)  $(269,773)    $(127,333)  $(125,580) 
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash 
    provided by operating activities:                                                                                               
    Depreciation and amortization........................    578,739     626,531     577,240       296,193     256,784  
    (Gain) loss on sale of assets........................   (103,583)         -        7,143            -           -   
    Provision for losses on accounts receivable..........     22,500      18,000      15,505         9,000       9,000
    (Increase) in other assets...........................       (125)        (65)         -             -           -   
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                                                                        
      (Increase) decrease in accounts receivable.........    (17,720)    (10,184)    (17,950)       (7,931)     (5,487) 
      (Increase) decrease in other current assets........     (8,110)     16,418      (5,597)        7,804      13,115
      Increase (decrease) in accounts payable............      3,170      39,575     (19,168)         (378)     (4,261) 
      Increase in accrued expenses.......................    127,134      91,610      44,130        53,191      13,553  
      Increase (decrease) in deferred income.............         65       5,165      (7,479)       (3,225)     (3,016)
                                                          ----------- ----------- -----------    ----------  ---------- 
Cash flows provided by operating activities..............    493,204     511,734     324,051       227,321     154,108
                                                          ----------- ----------- -----------    ----------  ---------- 
Cash flows used in investing activities:                                                                            
  Capital expenditures...................................   (329,640)   (220,778)   (143,545)      (88,554)    (43,175) 
  Proceeds from sale of assets...........................    180,000          -        3,500            -           -   
                                                          ----------- ----------- -----------    ----------  ---------- 
Net cash used in investing activities....................   (149,640)   (220,778)   (140,045)      (88,554)    (43,175) 
                                                          ----------- ----------- -----------    ----------  ---------- 
Cash flows used in financing activities:                                                                            
  Payment on bank overdraft..............................    (21,815)         -           -             -           -   
  Payments on line of credit.............................   (300,000)   (307,000)   (150,000)     (100,000)    (50,000) 
                                                          ----------- ----------- -----------    ----------  ---------- 
Net cash used by financing activities....................   (321,815)   (307,000)   (150,000)     (100,000)    (50,000) 
                                                          ----------- ----------- -----------    ----------  ---------- 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents.....     21,749     (16,044)     34,006        38,767      60,933  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period.........         -       21,749       5,705         5,705      39,711  
                                                          ----------- ----------- -----------    ----------  ---------- 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period...............  $  21,749   $   5,705   $  39,711      $ 44,472    $100,644  
                                                          =========== =========== ===========    ==========  ========== 
</TABLE> 
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
         
         MADISON COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND BEASLEY COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
(1) The Companies
 
(a) History and Organization
 
  Madison Communications, Inc. ("Madison"), an Alabama corporation, was formed 
and began operations on July 26, 1989. Beasley Communications, Inc. 
("Beasley"), an Alabama corporation, was formed on June 16, 1994. The 
shareholders of Madison and Beasley are the same and the business operations 
are generally conducted as if Madison and Beasley were a single entity. 
Accordingly, the financial statements of Madison and Beasley are presented on a 
combined basis. Madison and Beasley are hereafter referred to as "the Company." 
 
  The Company is engaged in building, managing and owning wired and wireless 
cable systems. Wired cable systems retransmit television signals to subscribers 
over coaxial cable networks from a head-end facility where the signals are 
received and processed. Wireless cable systems retransmit television 
programming received at the head-end via encrypted microwave signals from 
multi-channel broadcast towers to subscribers within an approximate 40 mile 
radius of each tower. The Company has licenses for contractual control over 27 
wireless cable channels in Madison and Limestone Counties of North Alabama 
licensed by the Federal Communications Commission ("FCC"). 
 
(b) FCC Licenses
 
  The Company is dependent on leases with unaffiliated third parties for 
substantially all of its wireless cable channel rights. ITFS licenses generally 
are granted for a term of 10 years and are subject to renewal by the FCC. MDS 
licenses generally will expire on May 1, 2001 unless renewed. FCC licenses also 
specify construction deadlines which, if not met by the Company or extended by 
the FCC, could result in the loss of the license. There can be no assurance 
that the FCC will grant any particular extension request or license renewal 
request. The use of wireless cable channels by the license holders is subject 
to regulation by the FCC and the Company is dependent upon the continuing 
compliance by channel license holders with applicable regulations. The 
termination or non-renewal of a channel lease or of a channel license, or the 
failure to grant an application for an extension of the time to construct an 
authorized station, would result in the Company being unable to deliver 
programming on the channels authorized pursuant thereto. Although the Company 
does not believe that the termination of or failure to renew a single channel 
lease would materially adversely affect the Company, several of such 
terminations or failures to renew in one or more Markets that the Company 
actively serves or intends to serve could have a material adverse effect on the 
Company. In addition, the termination, forfeiture, revocation or failure to 
renew or extend an authorization or license held by the Company's lessors could 
have a material adverse effect on the Company. 
 
(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
(a) Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements
 
  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted 
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions 
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the 
financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during 
the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. 
 
(b) Property, Plant and Equipment
 
  Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is recorded on 
the straight-line basis for financial reporting purposes. Costs incurred for 
repair and maintenance of property, plant and equipment are charged to expense 
when incurred. Costs incurred for renewals and improvements are capitalized. 
The costs of subscriber equipment, including installation labor and other 
direct installation costs, is capitalized. Subscriber premises equipment and 
installation costs are depreciated using a composite method over five years 
which factors in the Company's estimates of useful lives of recoverable 
equipment and average subscriber lives of nonrecoverable installation costs.
 
  Depreciation is recorded over the estimated useful lives as follows:
 
         Cable systems-wireless......................... 3-10 years 
         Cable systems-wired............................ 5-10 years 
         Machinery and equipment........................ 5-10 years 
         Office furniture and equipment.................    7 years 
         Buildings and improvements.....................   31 years 
 
(c) License Costs
 
  License costs include the costs of acquiring the rights to use certain FCC 
frequencies to broadcast programming to the Company's customers. These costs, 
net of amortization of $20,001, $26,668 and $33,334 at December 31, 1993, 1994 
and 1995 and $36,668 at June 30, 1996, are being amortized over a 15 year 
period beginning with inception of service in a market. The Company from time 
to time reevaluates the carrying value of the licenses based on estimated 
undiscounted cash flows as well as the amortization period to determine whether 
current events or circumstances warrant adjustments to the carrying amounts or 
a revised estimate of the useful life. In 1993, broadcast licenses to certain 
Markets outside of the Company's area of interests were sold to a third party, 
resulting in a gain of approximately $100,000. 
 
(d) Revenue Recognition
 
  Revenues from monthly service charges are recognized as the service is 
provided to the customer. Customers are billed in the month services are 
rendered. 
 
Operating Expenses
 
  Operating expenses consist principally of programming fees, license fees, 
tower rental, maintenance, engineering and other costs incident to providing 
service to customers. 
 
(e) Income Taxes
 
  Effective March 15, 1990, the Company elected to be taxed as an S Corporation 
under provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. As a result, the Company does 
not pay federal corporate income taxes or Alabama corporate income taxes on its 
taxable income. Instead, the stockholders are liable for individual federal 
income taxes and Alabama income taxes on the Company's taxable income. No 
distributions of earnings to stockholders have been made or are planned to be 
made for payment of income taxes as the Company had a loss for income tax 
purposes in 1995. 
 
(f) Statement of Cash Flows
 
  The Company considers all highly liquid investments with remaining maturities 
of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents. The Company paid interest of 
$55,465, $31,090 and $17,440, for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 
1995, respectively and $5,953 for the six months ended June 30, 1996. No 
interest was paid in the three months ended March 31, 1995. No income taxes 
were paid in any of the periods presented. 

(g) Disclosures about the Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
  The fair values of the Company's financial instruments (which consist of 
cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and borrowings under the line of 
credit) approximate their carrying value. 
 
(h) Recently Issued Accounting Standards
 
  In 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of 
Financial Accounting Standards No. 121 ("SFAS 121"), Accounting for the 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of. 
The Statement does not apply to deferred acquisition costs, or deferred tax 
assets. The Company has adopted this statement effective January 1, 1995, and 
its adoption did not have a material effect on the Company's financial 
statements. 
 
(i) Unaudited Interim Financial Statements
 
  The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been 
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for 
interim financial information and Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, 
they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by generally 
accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. In the 
opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring 
accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. 
Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 1996 are not necessarily 
indicative of the results that will be expected for the year ending December 
31, 1996. 
 
(3) Line of Credit Agreement
 
  On April 8, 1992 the Company obtained a $1,000,000 revolving credit facility 
(the "Revolver") for working capital and other general corporate purposes. 
Borrowings under the Revolver bear interest at the prime rate plus 1.0% (9.5% 
at December 31, 1995). Interest is payable quarterly and the Revolver is 
renewable on an annual basis. Substantially all of the assets of the Company 
are pledged as collateral under the Revolver and the stock of the Company is 
pledged as collateral under the guarantee of the Revolver. Total borrowings 
outstanding under the Revolver were $125,000 at December 31, 1995. 
 
(4) Commitments and Contingencies
 
  The Company leases office space, antenna space and certain equipment under 
noncancelable operating leases with remaining terms ranging from one to five 
years. The following is a schedule by years of future minimum rentals due under 
the leases at December 31, 1995: 
 
         1996..................................... $26,407 
         1997.....................................  10,560 
         1998.....................................   6,600 
         1999.....................................   2,640 
         2000.....................................   1,540 
 
  Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 was 
approximately $13,200, $24,800 and $37,200, respectively. 
 
  In addition to the noncancelable leases above, the Company has entered into 
agreements with certain area schools and colleges to use the ITFS licenses 
awarded them. These contracts give the Company exclusive rights to utilize 16 
channels awarded as educational frequencies to broadcast commercial 
programming. The Company is obligated to reserve a certain number of hours per 
week for broadcasting of educational programming for these institutions and to 
provide the equipment necessary in the institutions to receive the Company's 
transmission. The Company fulfills its educational programming obligation 
through assignment of four channels for full-time educational programming. The 
contracts provide monthly payments of $0.05 to $0.10 per subscriber per 
channel. License expense for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 
was $44,300, $46,900 and $54,300, respectively. 
 
  The Company is involved in certain legal proceedings generally incidental to 
its business. While the results of any litigation contain an element of 
uncertainty, management believes that the outcome of any known or threatened 
legal proceeding will not have a material effect on the Company's financial 
position or results of operations. 
 
(5): Concentrations of Credit Risk
 
  Financial instruments which potentially expose the Company to concentrations 
of credit risk consist primarily of cash and accounts receivable. The Company 
has not experienced any losses on its deposits. Subscriber accounts receivable 
collectibility is impacted by economic trends in each of the Company's Markets. 
Such receivables are typically collected within thirty days, and the Company 
has provided an allowance which it believes is adequate to absorb losses from 
uncollectible accounts. 
 
(6): Sale of the Company
 
  On February 6, 1996, the Company signed a definitive agreement to sell 
substantially all of the assets of Madison and Beasley to TruVision Wireless, 
Inc., for $6.0 million in a combination of cash and notes receivable. The sale, 
which is contingent upon FCC approval, is expected to be consummated in the 
second quarter of 1996. 
                    
   
=================================      ==============================


No   dealer,  salesman  or  other                Prospectus
person  has  been  authorized  to
give  any information or make any
representation  not  contained in
this Prospectus and, if  given or
made,    such    information   or
representation must not be relied
upon as having been authorized by
the  Company.   This   Prospectus
does  not constitute an offer  to
buy any of the securities offered
hereby in any jurisdiction to any
person  to whom it is unlawful to
make   such    offer    in   such
jurisdiction.


- ---------------------------------
                                                Wireless One, Inc.

                                            
                                          13 1/2% Senior Discount Notes
                                             due 2006 and Warrants to 
                                               Purchase Common Stock
Table of Contents

Prospectus Summary............. 2
Risk Factors...................10
Formation of the Company.......19
Dividends and Price Range
  of Common Stock..............20
Capitalization.................21
Selected Financial
  Information..................25
Management's Discussion
  and Analysis of Financial
  Condition and Results of
  Operations...................26
Business.......................31
Management.....................48
Certain Transactions...........55
Principal Stockholders.........56
Description of the Notes.......57
Description of the Warrants....87
Description of Capital
  Stock........................89
Shares Eligible for Future
  Sale.........................92
United States Federal 
  Income Tax Matters...........93               April 30, 1997
Plan of Distribution...........97
Legal Matters..................97
Experts........................97
Available Information..........97
Index to Consolidated 
  Financial Statements........F-1

=================================      ==============================
    



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission